Home

Owner`s Manual 20 1 5 MKC Owner `s M anual

1. 207 Overriding the System 207 Resuming the Set Speed 207 Setting a Speed 205 Setting the Gap Distance 206 Switching the System Off 208 Switching the System On 204 Switching to Normal Cruise Control 210 System Not Available Using All Wheel Drive Driving in Special Conditions With All Wheel DriVe sesscescedvadesssaachvatasataelsesacecdisateedsdonaraeveaesvesenes 177 Using Cruise Control 203 Switching Cruise Control Off 204 Switching Cruise Control On 203 Using MyKey With Remote Start SYSTOMIS este dressent 66 Using Snow Chains 323 Using Stability Control 190 AdvanceTrac with Roll Stability Control RSC B siasscctseartsinderseomainssertioimnin nian as 190 Index Using Traction Control 187 VIN Switching the System Off Using a See Vehicle Identification Numbetv 339 Switch Voice Control Warning Lamps and Indicators 107 Switching the System Off Using the Adaptive Cruise Control 107 Information Display Controls 187 Anti Lock Braking System 108 System Indicator Lights and Messages 187 Batteries 108 Utilizing the Mediation Arbitration Program Blind Spot Monitor 108 Canada OnlYhsssssisussssssisnenemtins 257 Brake System 108 Cruise COMMON ci tssecistsecdssfeeeaindeiieledtvoncssiuisbiens 108 V Direction Indicator 108 Door Ajat eee 108 Electric Park Brake Engine Coolant Temperature 109 Engine Olli
2. Combined Weight of the towing vehicle plus the trailer exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating of the towing vehicle The Gross Combined Weight must never exceed the Gross Combined Weight Rating Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow It assumes a vehicle with mandatory options driver and front passenger weight 150 pounds 68 kilograms each no cargo weight internal or external and a tongue load of 10 15 236 conventional trailer or king pin weight of 15 25 fifth wheel trailer Consult an authorized dealer or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer for more detailed information Tongue Load or Fifth Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that a trailer pushes down on a trailer hitch Examples For a 5000 pound 2268 kilogram conventional trailer multiply 5000 by 0 10 and 0 15 to obtain a proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 pounds 227 to 340 kilograms For an 11500 pound 5216 kilogram fifth wheel trailer multiply by 015 and 0 25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1725 to 2875 pounds 782 to 1304 kilograms Load Carrying WARNINGS A Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the Safety Compliance Certification Label Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower the vehicle s GYWR and
3. 227 LINCOLN DRIVE CONTROL 227 Driver Alert 212 Using Driver Alert 212 Driver and Passenger Airbags 48 Children and Airbags 49 Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating Adjustment ss 49 Driver Knee Airbag 53 Driving Aids 212 Driving Hints ec eeteeeeteeeeeteeeeteeeeees 246 Driving Through Water 247 DRL See Daytime Running Lamps 92 E Economical Driving 246 477 Electric Parking Brake 183 Applying the electric parking brake 183 Applying the electric parking brake when the vehicle is moving 184 Battery With No Charge 185 Releasing the electric parking brake 184 Emission Control System 168 On Board Diagnostics OBD II 169 Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M TESTING anano nanat 170 End User License Agreement 430 SYNC End User License Agreement EWA 23 remains 430 Engine Block Heater 161 Using the Engine Block Heater 162 Engine Coolant Check 284 Adding Engine Coolant Checking the Engine Coolant 284 Recycled Engine Coolant cesses 286 Severe Climates 286 What You Should Know About Fail Safe COON G ssl 286 Engine Immobilizer See Passive Anti Theft System 80 Engine Oil Check 283 Adding Engine Oil 284 Engine Oil Dipstick eeeeteeeeteeeeee 283 Index Engine Specifications 336 Drivebel
4. Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips f To reduce the risk of injury make sure children sit where they can be properly restrained Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash f All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided MKC TME enUSA WARNINGS It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a crash people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a safety belt Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair 1 Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm 2 Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside shoulder 3 Never use a single belt for more than one person When possible all children 12 years old
5. E145977 The controls for using your cruise control are located on the steering wheel Switching the System On Press and release ON The information display shows the Re grey indicator light EE E164805 S Cruise Control The current gap setting and SET also shows Setting a Speed 1 Accelerate to the desired speed 2 Press and release SET Memory stores the vehicle speed 3 The information display shows a green indicator light current gap setting and desired set speed 4 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal ls e E164805 5 Alead vehicle graphic illuminates if there is a vehicle detected in front of you Note When adaptive cruise control is active the speedometer may vary slightly from the set speed displayed in the information display MKC TME enUSA Following a Vehicle WARNINGS When following a vehicle in front of you your vehicle will not decelerate automatically to a stop nor will your vehicle always decelerate quickly enough to avoid a crash without driver intervention Always apply the brakes when necessary Failing to do so may result in a crash serious injury or death Adaptive cruise control only warns of vehicles detected by the radar sensor In some cases there may be no warning or a delayed warning You should always apply the brakes when necessary Failing to do so may result in a crash serious injury or death Note The brakes may emit
6. Not used F44 5A Heated rear window relay coil F45 5A Transmission range control module run start F46 404 Heated rear window relay MKC TME enUSA 266 Fuses Fuse Fuse amp rating Protected components F47 Not used F48 Not used Mini fuse J case fuse Relay Circuits switched R1 Run start R2 Horn R3 Fuel pump R4 Rear window washer pump R5 Cooling fan relay 3 with trailer tow R6 Windshield wipers R7 Cooling fan relay 1 without trailer tow Cooling fan relay 5 with trailer tow R8 Starter R9 Not used 267 MKC TME enUSA Fuses Relay Circuits switched R10 Cooling fan relay 4 with trailer tow R11 Air conditioning clutch R12 Cooling fan relay 1 with trailer tow Cooling fan relay 3 without trailer tow R13 Cooling fan relay 2 R14 Powertrain control module R15 Heated rear window R16 Blower motor Passenger Compartment Fuse Box The fuse panel is behind the lower end of the glove box MKC TME enUSA 268 E145984 269 MKC TME enUSA Fuses Fuse Fuse amp rating Protected components 1 101 Lighting ambient glove box vanity dome cargo 2 25 Memory seats 3 20 Driver door unlock 4 5A Not used spare i 208 a 6 10 Not used spare 7 104 Not used spare 8 104 Not used spare 9 104 Not used spare 10 SA Keypad
7. Note Replacing the battery will not delete the transmitter from the vehicle The transmitter should operate normally A message will appear in the information display when the remote control battery is low See General Information page 112 Intelligent Access Transmitter The remote control uses two coin type three volt lithium batteries CR2025 or equivalent Keys and Remote Controls E176225 1 Slide the release on the back of the remote control and pivot the cover off E153890 2 Insert a coin into the slot and twist to separate the housing MKC TME enUSA E176226 3 Remove the batteries 4 Install new batteries with the facing each other Note Make sure to replace the label between the two batteries 5 Reinstall the housing and cover Car Finder Press the button twice within three A seconds The horn will sound and the turn signals will flash We recommend you use this method to locate your vehicle rather than using the panic alarm 59 Sounding a Panic Alarm Note The panic alarm will only operate when the ignition is off Press the button to activate the mg alarm Press the button again or switch the ignition on to deactivate Remote Start WARNING To avoid exhaust fumes do not use remote start if your vehicle is parked indoors or areas that are not well ventilated Note Do not use remote start if your vehicle is low on fuel 5 The remote start butt
8. Play folder lt name gt Play genre lt name gt Play playlist lt name gt Play podcast lt name gt Play podcast episode lt name gt MKC TME enUSA If you have said you would like to browse your USB or SD card the system prompts you to specify what you would like to browse When prompted see the following Browse chart 393 BROWSE Album lt name gt All albums All artists All audiobooks All authors All composers All folders All genres All playlists All podcasts All songs Artist lt name gt Audiobook lt name gt Author lt name gt Composer lt name gt MyLincoln Touch BROWSE Folder lt name gt Genre lt name gt Playlist lt name gt Podcast lt name gt Help Supported Media Players Formats and Metadata Information SYNC is capable of hosting nearly any digital media player including iPod Zune plays from device players and most USB drives Supported audio formats include MP3 WMA WAV and AAC Itis also able to organize your indexed media from your playing device by metadata tags Metadata tags which are descriptive software identifiers embedded in the media files provide information about the file MKC TME enUSA If your indexed media files contain no information embedded in t
9. Power liftgate logic 11 5A Not used spare MKC TME enUSA 270 Fuses Fuse Fuse amp rating Protected components 12 2 Climate control 7 5A Gear shift control Push button ignition 13 2 Cluster 7 5A Datalink module logic Steering column module logic 14 104 Not used spare 15 104 Datalink module 16 15A Not used Spare 17 5A Cellphone passport module 18 5A Not used spare 19 5A Not used spare 20 5A Not used spare 21 5A Humidity and in car temperature MKC TME enUSA 271 Fuses MKC TME enUSA Fuse Fuse amp rating Protected components 22 5A Occupant classification sensor 23 104 Delayed accessory driver window switch moonroof logic power inverter logic 24 30A Central lock and unlock 25 30A Driver door window mirror 26 30A Front passenger door window mirror 27 30A Moonroof 28 20 THX amplifier 29 30A Rear driver side door window 30 30A Rear passenger side door window 31 15A Not used spare 32 101 re 272 Radio frequency receiver Fuses Fuse Fuse amp rating Protected components Voice control 33 20A Radio and active noise control 34 30 Run start bus fuse 19 20 21 22 35 36 37 circuit breaker 35 5A Restraints control module 36 154 Auto dimming rear view mirror Continuous control damping suspension Lane keepin
10. You and HERE agree that if any portion of this agreement is found illegal or unenforceable that portion shall be severed and the remainder of the Agreement shall be given full force and effect Governing Law The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois for Data for the Americas and or the Asia Pacific region or The Netherlands for Data for Europe the Middle East and Africa without giving effect to i its conflict of laws provisions or ii the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods which is explicitly excluded For any and all disputes claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data Claims you agree to submit to the personal jurisdiction of a the State of Illinois for Claims related to Data for the Americas and or the Asia Pacific region provided to you hereunder and b The Netherlands for Data for Europe the Middle East and or Africa provided to you hereunder Appendices Government End Users If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government this Data is a commercial item as that term is defined at 48 C F R FAR 2 101 is licensed in accordance with this End User License Agreement and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be mark
11. 84 Heated Steering Wheel Wipers and Washers Windshield Wipers 86 AULOWIDETS cecsscecscessesscsecscserscsscscscsncssensees 87 Windshield Washers 88 Rear Window Wiper and Washets 88 Lighting Lighting Control AUTOlAMPS n ne Instrument Lighting Dimmer re Headlamp Exit Delay MKC TME enUSA Daytime Running Lamps 92 Automatic High Beam Control 93 Direction Indicators 94 Welcome Lighting 95 Interior Lamps 95 Ambient Lighting 96 Windows and Mirrors Power Windows 97 Global Opening and Closing 98 Exterior Mirrors 98 Interior Mirror ss 101 Sun Visors MOONIOOT aiisiasciaeinidctadiaecnace 102 Instrument Cluster GAUGES iis dissed nce E E 105 Warning Lamps and Indicators 107 Audible Warnings and Indicators 111 Information Displays General Information 112 Information Messages 118 Climate Control Automatic Climate Control 136 Hints on Controlling the Interior Seats Sitting in the Correct Position Head Restraints Power Seats Memory Function ss Rear Seals zien enne e nE Heated Seats as Climate Controlled Seats cee Rear Seat Armrest Universal Garage Door Opener Universal Garage Door Openet 150 Auxiliary Power Points Auxil
12. Admin key total includes one additional key An unknown key or fob has been programmed to the vehicle as an admin key The vehicle has a remote start system See Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems page 66 MyKey distances do not accumulate The MyKey user is not using the MyKey An admin key holder cleared the MyKeys and created new MyKeys The key system has been reset No MyKey functions with the Intelligent Access key An admin fob is present at vehicle start No MyKeys are created See Creating a MyKey page 63 MKC TME enUSA 67 Locks LOCKING AND UNLOCKING You can use the power door lock or the remote control to lock and unlock your vehicle Power Door Locks The power door lock is on the driver and front passenger door panels E138628 A Unlock B Lock MKC TME enUSA Door Lock Indicator An LED on each door window trim lights when you lock the door It remains on for up to five minutes after you switch the ignition off Switch Inhibitor When you electronically lock your vehicle the power door lock and interior luggage compartment release switch will no longer operate after 20 seconds You must unlock your vehicle with the remote control or keyless keypad or switch the ignition on to restore function to these switches You can switch this feature on or off in the information display See General Information page 112 Remote Control Y
13. Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal Scheduled Maintenance chart Inspect frequently service as required Replace cabin air filter Replace engine air filter Every 30000 miles 48000 km Change automatic transmission fluid Every 60000 miles 96000 km Replace spark plugs This is an optional feature Operating in dusty or sandy conditions such as unpaved or dusty roads Inspect frequently service as required Replace cabin air filter Replace engine air filter Every 5000 miles 8000 km Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise wear looseness or drag Rotate tires inspect tires for wear and measure tread depth MKC TME enUSA 461 Scheduled Maintenance Operating in dusty or sandy conditions such as unpaved or dusty roads Every 5000 miles 8000 km or six months Change engine oil and filter Perform multi point inspection Every 30000 miles 48000 Change automatic transmission fluid km This is an optional feature Reset your Intelligent Oil Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes See Engine Oil Check page 283 Exceptions There are several exceptions to the Normal Schedule Axle Maintenance Change the axle fluid anytime an axle is submerged in water MKC TME enUSA California
14. For spark plug replacement see your authorized dealer Replace the spark plugs atthe appropriate intervals See Scheduled Maintenance page 451 Note Replace the spark plugs with ones that meet Ford material and design specifications for your vehicle such as Motorcraft or equivalent replacement parts The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if such spark plugs are not used MKC TME enUSA 338 Capacities and Specifications VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER The vehicle identification number is located on the left hand side of the instrument panel XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX E142476 Please note that in the graphic XXXX is representative of your vehicle identification number The Vehicle Identification Number contains the following information MKC TME enUSA XXX XXX X XXXXXX Nig A World manufacturer identifier A B C G E142477 B Brake system Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Restraint Devices and their locations C Make vehicle line series body type Engine type Check digit Model year Assembly plant IO TNn m Production sequence number 339 VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO GVWR _ XXXX KG XXXX LB REAR GAWR AX KG XXXX LB WITH XXXX KG XXXX LB WITH XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX IRES on TIRES XXXXXXX IMS XXXXXX RIMS AT XXXX kPa XXX PSICOLD AT x kPa XXX PSI COLD THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHI
15. O Multi point inspection recommended O Signature Qi D Qi D Q Muti point inspection recommenaee C Multi Q Muti point inspection fecommended C inspection recommended sara sara 464 MKC TME enUSA Scheduled Maintenance Repair Order Engine hours optional Multi point inspection recommended O O Signature Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT Multi point inspection Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT sara O sara i 465 MKC TME enUSA Scheduled Maintenance Repair Order O Engine hours optional O Multi point inspection recommended O Signature Qi D Qi D Q Muti point inspection recommenaee C Multi Q Muti point inspection fecommended C inspection recommended sara sara 466 MKC TME enUSA Scheduled Maintenance Repair Order Engine hours optional Multi point inspection recommended O O Signature Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT Multi point inspection Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT Oso O Oso O 467 MKC TME enUSA Scheduled Maintenance Repair Order O Engine hours optional O Multi point inspection recommended O Signature Qi D Qi D Q Muti point inspection recommenaee C Multi Q Muti point inspection fecommended C inspection recommended sara sara 468 MKC TME enUS
16. Touch this button to access the on screen numerical pad to enter a number and place a call During an active call you can also choose to e Mute the call e Putthe call on hold e Turn on the privacy feature Join two calls e End the call MyLincoln Touch Quick Dial Set up favorite contacts from your phonebook or history folder Phonebook Touch this button to access and call any contacts in your previously downloaded phone book The system places the entries in alphabetical categories summarized at the top of the screen To switch on contact picture settings if your device supports this feature press Phone gt Settings gt Manage Phonebook gt Download photos from Phonebook gt On History After you connect your Bluetooth enabled phone to SYNC you can access any previously dialed received or missed calls You can also choose to save these to your Favorites or to Quick Dial Note This is a phone dependent feature If your phone does not support downloading call history using Bluetooth SYNC keeps track of calls made with the SYNC system MKC TME enUSA Messaging Send text messages using your touchscreen See Text messaging later in this section Settings Touch this button to access various phone settings such as turning Bluetooth on and off managing your phonebook and more See Phone settings later in this section Text Messaging Note Downloading and sending text me
17. WARNING The standardized spacing for LATCH lower anchors is 11 inches 28 centimeters center to center Do not use LATCH lower anchors for the center seating position unless the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit and specify using anchors spaced at least as far apart as those in this vehicle The lower anchors at the center of the second row rear seat are spaced 18 inches 46 centimeters apart A child seat with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be installed at the center seating position LATCH compatible child seats with attachments on belt webbing can only be used at this seating position provided that the child seat manufacturer s instructions permit use with the anchor spacing stated Do not attach a child seat to any lower anchor if an adjacent child seat is attached to that anchor 29 Each time you use the safety seat check that the seat is properly attached to the lower anchors and tether anchor if applicable Tug the child seat from side to side and forward and back where it is secured to your vehicle The seat should move less than one inch when you do this for a proper installation If the safety seat is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases Combining Safety Belt and LATCH Lower Anchors for Attaching Child Safety Seats When used in combination either the safety belt or the LATCH lower anchors may be attached first provided a proper installation
18. 3 With the key in this position press the brake pedal then the START button to switch the ignition on and start your vehicle Fast Restart The fast restart feature allows you to restart the engine within 20 seconds of switching it off even if a valid key is not present Within 20 seconds of switching the engine off press the brake pedal and press the button After 20 seconds have expired you can no longer restart the engine without the key present inside your vehicle Once the engine has started it remains running until you press the button even if the system does not detect a valid key If you open and close a door while the engine is running the system searches for a valid key You cannot restart the engine if the system does not detect a valid key within 20 seconds Starting and Stopping the Engine Failure to Start If you cannot start the engine after three attempts wait 10 seconds and follow this procedure 1 Fully press the brake pedal 2 Fully press the accelerator pedal and hold it there 3 Start the engine Note You can crank the engine for a total of 60 seconds without the engine starting before the starting system temporarily disables The 60 seconds does not have to be all at once For example if you crank the engine three times for 20 seconds each time without the engine starting you reached the 60 second time limit A message appears in the information display alerting you that y
19. A See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 324 Ifthe tire pressure monitor sensor becomes damaged it will no longer function 328 Note The tire pressure monitoring system indicator light will illuminate when the spare tire is in use To restore the full function of the monitoring system all road wheels equipped with tire pressure monitoring sensors must be mounted on the vehicle If you get a flat tire while driving do not apply the brake heavily Instead gradually decrease your speed Hold the steering wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe place on the side of the road Have a flat serviced by an authorized dealer in order to prevent damage to the tire pressure monitoring system sensors See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 324 Replace the spare tire with a road tire as soon as possible During repairing or replacing of the flat tire have the authorized dealer inspect the tire pressure monitoring system sensor for damage Wheels and Tires Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly Information WARNING Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control injury or death If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire then it is intended for temporary use only This means that if you need to use it you should replace it as soon as possible with a road wheel and tire assembly that is the same size and type as the road tires and wheels that were originall
20. Driving above approximately 50 mph 80 km h for 10 seconds during an active park search Note f your vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph 10 km h the system switches off and you need to take full control of your vehicle Deactivating the Park Assist Feature 195 MKC TME enUSA Parking Aids Driving above 6 mph 10 km h during automatic steering Turning off the traction control system Certain vehicle conditions can also deactivate the system such as Traction control has activated on a slippery or loose surface e There is an anti lock brake system activation or failure Something touches the steering wheel If a problem occurs with the system a warning message is displayed followed by a tone Occasional system messages may occur in normal operation For recurring or frequent system faults contact an authorized dealer to have your vehicle serviced MKC TME enUSA Park Out Assist if equipped WARNING Designed to be a supplementary park aid this system may not work in all conditions This system cannot replace the driver s attention and judgment The driver is responsible for avoiding hazards and maintaining a safe distance and speed even when the system is in use Note The driver is always responsible for controlling the vehicle supervising the system and intervening if required Note The sensors may not detect objects in heavy rain or other conditions that cause disrup
21. Driving on Snow and Ice WARNING If you are driving in slippery conditions that require tire chains or cables then it is critical that you drive cautiously Keep speeds down allow for longer stopping distances and avoid aggressive steering to reduce the chances of a loss of vehicle control which can lead to serious injury or death If the rear end of your vehicle slides while cornering steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of your vehicle Note Excessive tire slippage can cause transmission damage 180 In snow and ice all wheel drive vehicles have advantages over two wheel drive vehicles but can still skid When driving on snowy or icy roads should you start to slide turn the steering wheel in the direction of the slide until you regain control On snow and ice avoid suddenly applying power and avoid quick change of direction Apply the accelerator slowly and steadily when starting from a stop Avoid sudden braking An all wheel drive vehicle may accelerate better than a two wheel drive vehicle in snow and ice However an all wheel drive vehicle will not stop any faster as braking occurs at all four wheels Do not become overconfident to road conditions All Wheel Drive af Equipped Make sure that you allow sufficient distance between your vehicle and other vehicles for stopping On ice and snow you should drive more slowly than usual and consider using one of the lower gears I
22. Satellite radio signal interfer Your display may show ACQUIRING to indicate the interference and the audio system may mute produce audio for the selected channel ence Troubleshooting tips Radio display Cause Action Acquiring Radio requires more than two seconds to No action required This message should disappear shortly Sat Fault Sirius System Failure There is an internal module or system failure present If this message does not clear shortly or with an ignition key cycle your receiver may have a fault See an authorized dealer for service Invalid Channel The channel is no longer available Tune to another channel or choose another preset MKC TME enUSA 387 MyLincoln Touch Troubleshooting tips Radio display Unsubscribed Channel Cause Your subscription does not include this channel Action Contact Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 to subscribe to the channel or tune to another channel No Signal The signal is lost from the Sirius satellite or The signal is blocked When you move into an Sirius tower to your vehicle antenna open area the signal should return Updating Update of channel programming in progress No action required The process may take up to three minutes Call Sirius Your satellite service is no longer available Contact Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 to resolve 1 888 539 7474 subscription issues No
23. You may improve your fuel economy by keeping these things in mind Accelerate and slow down in a smooth moderate fashion e Drive at steady speeds without stopping MKC TME enUSA e Anticipate stops slowing down may eliminate the need to stop e Combine errands and minimize stop and go driving Close the windows for high speed driving e Drive at reasonable speeds traveling at 55 mph 88 km h uses 15 less fuel than traveling at 65 mph 105 km h e Keep the tires properly inflated and use only the recommended size e Use the recommended engine oil e Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance Avoid these actions they reduce your fuel economy Sudden accelerations or hard accelerations Rewving the engine before turning it off e Idle for periods longer than one minute e Warm up your vehicle on cold mornings Use the air conditioner or front defroster e Use the speed control in hilly terrain 246 e Rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving e Drive a heavily loaded vehicle or tow a trailer Carry unnecessary weight approximately 1 mpg 0 4 km L is lost for every 400 Ib 180 kilogram of weight carried e Driving with the wheels out of alignment Conditions Heavily loading a vehicle or towing a trailer may reduce fuel economy at any speed Adding certain accessories to your vehicle for example bug deflectors rollbars light bars running boards ski racks
24. enUSA e Continuously controlled damping dynamically adjusts the shock absorbers stiffness in real time to match the road surface and driver inputs This system continuously monitors your vehicle s motion roll pitch bounce suspension position load speed road conditions and steering to adjust the suspension damping for optimal vehicle control Electronically power assisted steering adjusts steering effort and feel based on your vehicle speed and your inputs e Active noise control utilizes your vehicle electronics to enhance the acoustic experience e Electronic stability control and traction control maintain your vehicle control in adverse conditions or high performance driving e Electronic throttle control enhances the powertrain response to your inputs Note Active noise control is only available with EcoBoost engines These systems have a range of modes which you can choose from in order to customize your ideal driving experience 227 Comfort Provides a more relaxed driving experience maximizing comfort Your steering effort decreases and the suspension movement is more fluid Comfort mode is ideal when you desire enhanced traveling comfort Normal Delivers a balanced combination of comfortable controlled ride and confident handling This mode provides an engaging drive experience and a direct connection to the road without sacrificing any of the composure demanded from a luxury vehi
25. gt EM 2 FM 2 preset lt gt H D lt gt Preset lt gt Radio off Radio on MKC TME enUSA If available If you have said Browse see the Browse chart later in this section If you have said Tune see the following Tune chart FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD lt gt FM autoset TUNE FM autoset preset lt gt FM preset lt gt lt 530 1710 gt lt 87 9 107 9 gt lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD lt gt EM 1 FM 1 preset lt gt EM 2 FM 2 preset lt gt AM AM lt 530 1710 gt AM autoset HD lt gt 384 MyLincoln Touch TUNE Preset lt gt Help If available Sirius Satellite Radio If Activated Press the lower left corner of the D touchscreen and then select the SIRIUS tab Memory Presets Save a channel by pressing and holding one of the memory preset areas There is a brief mute while the radio saves the channel Sound returns when finished ALERT Save the current song artist or team as a favorite The system alerts you when it plays again on any channel MKC TME enUSA Replay Replay audio on the current channel You can replay approximately 45 minutes of audio as long as you have remained tuned to the current station Changing stations er
26. gt if crashes and in rollovers The safety belt 1 Insert the belt tongue into the proper pretensioners on the retractor and anchor at buckle the buckle closest to the direction the front seating positions are designed to the tongue is coming from until you hear tighten the safety belts firmly against the a snap and feel it latch Make sure the occupant s body when activated This helps tongue is securely fastened in the buckle x increase the effectiveness of the safety belts In frontal crashes the safety belt pretensioners can be activated alone or if ds the crash is of sufficient severity together When in use the rear safety belts should be with the front airbags placed in the belt guides on the outboard seatbacks 38 MKC TME enUSA Safety Belts Using Safety Belts During Pregnancy WARNING f Always ride and drive with your seatback upright and the safety belt properly fastened The lap portion of the safety belt should fit snug and be positioned low across the hips The shoulder portion of the safety belt should be positioned across the chest Pregnant women should also follow this practice See the following figure E142590 MKC TME enUSA Pregnant women should always wear their safety belt The lap belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt should be positioned low across the hips below the belly and worn as tight as comfort will allow The shoulder belt should be positioned
27. lincolnowner com lincolncanada com ns gh a5 FN Preproduction model shown March 2014 First Printing Owner s Manual Lincoln MKC Litho in U S A VV LZEVEL Lfd DAN GLO IUNUEMN S 1LIUMG LT i THE LINCOLN MOTOR COMPANY a Owner s Manual 2015 MKC _ oe Preproduction model shown The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print In the interest of continuous development we reserve the right to change specifications design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation No part of this publication may be reproduced transmitted stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission Errors and omissions excepted Ford Motor Company 2014 All rights reserved Part Number 20140307205749 Table of Contents Introduction About This Manual 7 Symbols Glossary steal Data Recording 9 California Proposition 65 11 Perchlorate iesire nt 12 Lincoln Automotive Financial S FVICRS E 12 Replacement Parts Recommendation 12 Special NOticess sisssiscsessievsssssssiscccseacsarvecxeass Mobile Communications Equipment Export Unique Options At a Glance Ata GIAN Gears n 15 Child Safety General Information Installing Child Seats Booster SCatSvsccudssiisesiaivanknaniaaes Child Seat Positioning
28. s frontal airbag If the indicator OFF lamp remains lit even after this the person should be advised to ride in the rear seat Occupant Passenger airbag status indicator Passenger airbag Empty OFF Lit Disabled ON Unlit Child OFF Lit Disabled ON Unlit Adult OFF Unlit Enabled ON Lit Note When the passenger airbag status indicator OFF light is illuminated the passenger seat mounted side airbag may be disabled to avoid the risk of airbag deployment injuries MKC TME enUSA After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts it is very important that they continue to sit properly A properly seated occupant sits upright leaning against the seat back and centered on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended 51 Supplementary Restraints System on the floor Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event For example if an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased The conditions listed above may cause the weight of a properly seated occupant to be incorrectly interpreted by the front passenger sensing system The person in the front passenger seat may appear heavier or lighter due to the conditions described in the list above J Make sure the front passenger A sensing system is operatin
29. s manual if necessary Note Select SYNC and a six digit PIN appears on your device 3 If prompted to enter a PIN on your device it does not support Secure Simple Pairing To pair enter the PIN displayed on the touchscreen Skip the next step 4 When prompted on your phone s display confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cellular phone 5 The display indicates when the pairing is successful MKC TME enUSA SYNC may prompt you with more phone options For more information on your phone s capability see your device s manual and visit the website Making Calls Press the voice button on your ns steering wheel controls When prompted say Call lt name gt or say Dial then the desired number To end the call or exit phone t mode press and hold this phone button on your steering wheel controls Receiving Calls During an incoming call an audible tone sounds Call information appears in the display if it is available Accept the call by pressing Accept Y on the touchscreen or by pressing this phone button on your steering wheel controls 398 Pr Reject the call by pressing Reject on the touchscreen or by pressing and holding this phone button on your steering wheel controls Ignore the call by doing nothing SYNC logs it as a missed call Phone Menu Options Press the top left corner on your touchscreen to select from the following options Phone
30. 103 MKC TME enUSA bounce back event to override this function Power Sunscreen ia A E145985 A Close B Open Touch the associated control to operate the sunscreen Press and release the rear of the control to open the moonroof If the sunscreen is closed it will automatically open before the moonroof opens The moonroof will stop short of the fully opened position Windows and Mirrors Note This position helps to reduce wind noise or rumbling which may happen with the moonroof fully open Press and hold the control again to fully open the moonroof Press and release the front of the control to close the moonroof The sunscreen must be open before opening the moonroof If you touch the moonroof open control while the sunscreen is in its closed position the sunscreen will open first followed by the moonroof If both the sunscreen and moonroof are open and you touch the moonroof close control the moonroof will close first followed by the sunscreen 104 MKC TME enUSA Instrument Cluster GAUGES E170368 A Tachometer B Information display MKC TME enUSA Instrument Cluster C Speedometer D Fuel gauge E Engine coolant temperature gauge i The needle should move toward F when you Information Display refuel your vehicle If the needle points to E after adding fuel this indicates your vehicle Vehicle Settings and Personalization needs service soon See General Infor
31. 3 Within three seconds press the lock button on the remote control you are linking To unlink a remote control follow the same procedure except in Step 3 press the unlock button on the remote control Easy Entry and Exit Feature If you enable the easy entry and exit feature it automatically moves the driver seat position rearward up to two inches five centimeters when you switch the ignition off The driver seat will return to the previous position when you switch the ignition on You can enable or disable this feature in the information display See Information Displays page 112 146 REAR SEATS E171298 Seats Folding the Seatback With the seat empty pull the lever up to fold the seatback forward You may need to fold the outboard head restraints and lower the center head restraint first Unfolding the Seatback Pull the seatback upward to unfold the seatback Recline Adjustment With the seat occupied pull the lever up to recline the seatback HEATED SEATS Front Seats MKC TME enUSA WARNING f People who are unable to feel pain to their skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the heated seat The heated seat may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates
32. 34 Child Safety Locks 35 MKC TME enUSA Safety Belts Principle of Operation 37 Fastening the Safety Belts CHUM Ce nca deers nina EEr EREE 42 Safety Belt Minder 43 Child Restraint and Safety Belt Maintenance 44 Personal Safety System Personal Safety System 46 Supplementary Restraints System Principle of Operation 47 Driver and Passenger Airbags 48 Front Passenger Sensing System 49 Side Airbags Driver Knee Airbag Safety Canopy ss Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator 55 Airbag Disposal 56 Keys and Remote Controls General Information on Radio FI QUENCISS xaininin er RENE 57 Remote Control 58 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote CONO oneni eR 61 MyKey Principle of Operation Creating a MyKey Clearing All MyKeys Checking MyKey System Status 65 Using MyKey With Remote Start SYSTOMS enr oa n 66 MyKey Troubleshooting eee 66 Locks Locking and Unlocking 68 Manual Liftgate 73 POWER Liftgate searre asii 74 Keyless Entry ss 77 Table of Contents Security Passive Anti Theft System 80 Anti Theft Alarm Steering Wheel Adjusting the Steering Wheel 82 Audio COMMON scsi ciscscecscssssscassczstveseecnsseataaieccenss 83 VOICE Control 84 Cruise Conti Olsona na 84 Information Display Control
33. Audio System A CD slot Insert a CD Eject Press the control to eject a CD C TUNE Turn the control to search manually through the radio frequency band The system stops at the first station it finds in that direction In SIRIUS mode the system selects the previous or next channel If you select a specific category Jazz Rock News etc turn the TUNE control to find the previous or next channel in the selected category D Seek Fast Forward Reverse Press the control to go to the previous or next track or available radio station Press and hold to either reverse or fast forward through the current track or to quickly reverse or advance through the radio bands in individual increments Volume Turn the control to adjust the volume level on your system F Power Press the control to switch the audio system on and off MEDIA HUB The media hub is under a small access door at the front of the floor console The media hub has the following features 348 MKC TME enUSA Audio System B lt 5 l E170492 A Auxiliary input jack Line in B USB ports C SD card slot See Entertainment page 376 349 MKC TME enUSA MyLincoln Touch GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Note You can also set up the certain ma convenience features using MyLincoln A Driving while distracted can result in Mobile over the internet or smartphone loss of vehicle control crash and injury application For mor
34. Driver Alert Warning Rest Now Stop and rest as soon as it is safe to do so Driver Alert Warning Rest Suggested Take a rest break soon MKC TME enUSA 124 Information Displays Fuel Message Action Fuel Level Low An early reminder of a low fuel condition Check Fuel Fill Inlet The fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed Hill Start Assist Message Action Hill Start Assist Not Available Hill start assist is not available Contact an authorized dealer See Hill Start Assist page 185 Keys and Intelligent Access Message Action Press Brake to START A reminder to press the brake while starting the vehicle No Key Detected The system does not detect a key in your vehicle See Keyless Starting page 158 Restart Now or Key is Needed You pressed the start stop button to switch off the engine and your vehicle does not detect your intelligent access key inside your vehicle Run Power Active Your vehicle is in the run ignition state Starting System Fault MKC TME enUSA There is a problem with your vehicle s starting system See an authorized dealer for service 125 Information Displays Message Action Key Program Successful Key Program Failure You have successfully programmed an intelligent access key to the system You have failed to program an intelligent access key
35. Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them data for vehicle improvement purposes For U S only if equipped if you choose to use the SYNC Vehicle Health Report you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities and that the diagnostic information may be used for any purpose See MyLincoln Touch page 350 Event Data Recording This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder The main purpose of an event data recorder is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle this data will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The event data recorder is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less MKC TME enUSA The event data recorder in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or the brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling and Where the driver was positioning the steering wheel This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes
36. Information Display Controls if Equipped Your vehicle comes with this feature already enabled If required you can switch this feature off using the information display controls See General Information page 112 Switching the System Off Using a Switch if Equipped The button is located in the instrument panel Press the button You will see a message in conjunction with an illuminated icon in the display Press the button again to return the system to normal mode When you switch the traction control system off stability control remains fully active 187 System Indicator Lights and Messages WARNING A If a failure has been detected within the AdvanceTrac system the stability control light will illuminate steadily Verify that the AdvanceTrac system was not manually disabled through the information display If the stability control light still illuminates steadily have the system serviced by an authorized dealer immediately Operating your vehicle with AdvanceTrac disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death The stability control light PS temporarily illuminates on engine start up and flashes when a driving condition activates the stability system The stability control off light temporarily illuminates on engine start up and stays on when you turn the traction control system off Traction Control When you turn the traction c
37. Load Carine 229 Load LIMM siti sienne 230 Vehicle Loading with and without a MARRAINE 230 Index Locking and Unlocking 68 Memory Function ss 145 N Activating Intelligent Access 70 Easy Entry and Exit Feature 146 Autolock Feature 71 Linking a Pre Set Position to your Remote Navigation 418 Battery Saver 72 Control or Intelligent Access Key 146 cityseekr Muminated Entry 72 Saving a Pre Set Position 145 Map Mode llluminatedi Exit 72 Message Center Navigation Map Updates Mechanical Key See Information Displays 112 Navigation Voice Commands Opening a Rear Door from Inside 70 Mirrors Point of Interest POI Categories Power Door LOCKS 68 See Heated Windows and Mirrors Quick touch Buttons Remote Control 68 See Windows and Mirrors Setting a Destination 419 Smart Unlocks 71 Mobile Communications Equipment Setting Your Navigation Preferencesg 421 Welcome Lighting 72 MO ONO Of sscs sestsssesssscceee iis nske 102 Normal Scheduled Maintenance 455 LOCKS stress ai 68 Bounce Back 103 Intelligent Oil Life Monitor A55 LUG GAGS COV PS serres 229 Opening and Closing the Moonrool 103 Maintenance Inter vais 457 Lug Nuts Power Sunscreen 103 See Changing a Road Wheel 328 Venting the Moonroof 103 O Motorcraft Parts 337
38. M MyKey Troubleshooting 66 Oil Change Indicator Reset 284 MYKEV MURS a ia ANR A es 62 Oil Check Maintenance 278 Principle of Operation 62 See Engine Oil Check 283 General Information 278 MyLincoln Touch 350 Opening and Closing the Hood 279 Manual Liftgate 73 General Information 350 Opening the Hood 279 Closing the Liftgate i Ordering Additional Owner s Opening the Liftgate 73 Literature sisi 259 MeO Cia Hu Diiss 348 Obtaining a French Owner s Manuaa 259 Overhead Console 157 MKC TME enUSA 481 P Parking Aid 191 Front Sensing System 192 Rear Sensing System 191 Parking AidS c cee 191 Passive Anti Theft System 80 Secur LOCK sn nee nn tenons 80 PATS See Passive Anti Theft System 80 Perchlorate Personal Safety System How Does the Personal Safety System WONK Porosaari sens rentes 46 PROS riesana 396 Making Call sisiissvessessiidiassstescaiesssidetecacaens pesnausveats 398 Pairing Subsequent Phones 398 Pairing Your Phone for the First Time 397 Phone Menu Options 398 Phone SettingS sasssnannesnnamunesns 400 Phone Voice Commands 401 RECEIVING Calls 398 Text Messaging 399 Post Crash Alert System 253 Power Door Locks See Locking and Unlocking 68 MKC TME enUS
39. Make sure all persons are clear of the power liftgate area before using the power liftgate control Note Be careful when opening or closing the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed area to avoid damaging the liftgate Note Do not leave the liftgate open while driving This could damage the liftgate and its components MKC TME enUSA Note You can stop the liftgate movement direction with a second press of the instrument panel button or the button on the liftgate trim a second double press of the transmitter button or by using a kicking motion with your foot for a hands free liftgate if equipped From the Instrument Panel EA Press the instrument panel button With the Remote Control 2 Za Press the remote control button x twice within three seconds Hands Free Feature If Equipped Make sure you have an intelligent access transmitter within 3 feet 1 meter of the liftgate 75 E171686 1 Move your foot under and away from the rear bumper similar to a kicking motion Do not move your foot sideways or the sensors may not detect the motion For vehicles equipped with both the hands free liftgate and trailer tow move your foot under the bumper between the trailer hitch and the exhaust 2 The liftgate will power open or close Note Allow the power system to open the liftgate Manually pushing or pulling the liftgate may activate the system s obstacle detection feature and stop or reverse the
40. Messaging Settings E161968 396 MyLincoln Touch Hands free calling is one of the main features of SYNC Once you pair your phone you can access many options using the touchscreen or voice commands While the system supports a variety of features many are dependent on your cellular phone s functionality At a minimum most cellular phones with Bluetooth wireless technology support the following functions e Answering an incoming call Ending a call e Using privacy mode e Dialing a number e Redialing e Call waiting notification e Caller ID Other features such as text messaging using Bluetooth and automatic phonebook download are phone dependent features To check your phone s compatibility see your device s manual and visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca MKC TME enUSA Pairing Your Phone for the First Time WARNING A Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving The first thing you must do
41. Point of Interest Emergency Street Address Intersection City Center Map Edit Route Cancel Route MKC TME enUSA Enter the necessary information into the highlighted text fields in any order For address destination entry the Go button appears once you enter all the necessary information Pressing the Go button makes the address location appear on the map If you choose Previous Destination the last 20 destinations you have selected appear Select Set as Dest to make this your destination You can also choose to set this as a waypoint have the system route to this point on the way to your current destination or save it as a favorite The system considers any Avoid Areas selections in its route calculation Choose from up to three different types of routes and then select Start Route Fastest Uses the fastest moving roads possible Shortest Uses the shortest distance possible Eco Route Uses the most fuel efficient route 419 You can cancel the route or have the system demo the route for you Select Route Prefs to set route preferences like avoiding freeways tollroads ferries and car trains as well as to use or not use high occupancy vehicle lanes High occupancy vehicle lanes are also known as carpool or diamond lanes People who ride in buses vanpools or carpools use these lanes Note f your vehicle is on a recognized road and you do not press the Start Rou
42. Software and expressly conditioned upon the new user of the Telenav Software agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement Any such sale assignment or transfer that is not expressly permitted under this paragraph will result in immediate termination of this Agreement without liability to Telenav in which case you Appendices and all other parties shall immediately cease all use of the Telenav Software Notwithstanding the foregoing Telenav may assign this Agreement to any other party at any time without notice provided the assignee remains bound by this Agreement 8 Miscellaneous 8 1 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Telenav and you with respect to the subject matter hereof 8 2 Except for the limited licenses expressly granted in this Agreement Telenav retains all right title and interest in and to the Telenav Software including without limitation all related intellectual property rights No licenses or other rights which are not expressly granted in this Agreement are MKC TME enUSA intended to or shall be granted or conferred by implication statute inducement estoppel or otherwise and Telenav and its suppliers and licensors hereby reserve all of their respective rights other than the licenses explicitly granted in this Agreement 8 3 By using the Telenav Software you consent to receive from Telenav all communications including notices agreements
43. Sports related Commands WNBA Help If you want to hear headlines schedules or scores from a particular sport or your favorite team s say the sport or team then headlines schedules or scores Additional sports related voice commands Baseball Baseball headlines College basketball Baseball schedule College football Baseball scores MKC TME enUSA Golf College basketball headlines sports headlines MLS College basketball schedule Sports schedules My teams College basketball scores NBA College football headlines Sports scores NFL College football schedule Traffic NHL College football scores Weather 409 MyLincoln Touch Additional sports related voice commands Additional sports related voice commands Golf headlines Golf leaderboard NFL schedule NFL scores Golf schedule NHL headlines MLS headlines NHL schedule MLS schedule NHL scores MLS scores WNBA headlines Motor sports headlines WNBA schedule Motor sports order WNBA scores Motor sports schedule Help My team headlines My teams schedule My teams scores NBA headlines NBA schedule NBA scores NFL headlines MKC TME enUSA Alerts e If your vehi
44. TME enUSA MyLincoln Touc Navigation Route Preferences Choose to have the system display the Shortest Fastest or most Ecological route first If you set Always Use Preferred Route to Yes the system uses the selected route type to calculate only one route to the desired destination Always Use Preferred Route bypasses route selection in destination programming The system only calculates one route based on the preferred route setting Eco Time Penalty allows you to select a low medium or high cost for the calculated Eco Route The higher the setting the longer the time allotment is for the route Have the system avoid freeways Have the system avoid tollroads Have the system avoid ferries or car trains Have the system use HOV high occupancy vehicle lanes Navigation Preferences Traffic Preferences MKC TME enUSA Have the system use guidance prompts Have the system automatically fill in State Province information Have the system display areas where roadwork occurs Have the system display incident icons Have the system display areas where difficult driving conditions may occur Have the system display areas where snow and ice on the road may occur Have the system display any smog alerts Have the system display weather warnings 370 MyLincoln Touch Navigation Have the system display where there may be reduced
45. environment These impartial arbitrators review the positions of the parties make decisions and when appropriate render awards to resolve disputes CAMVAP decisions are fast fair and final as the arbitrator s award is binding on both you and Ford of Canada CAMVAP services are available in all Canadian territories and provinces For more information without charge or obligation call your CAMVAP Provincial Administrator directly at 1 800 207 0685 or visit www camvap ca GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U S AND CANADA Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel Customer Assistance If you cannot find unleaded fuel or can only get fuel with an anti knock index lower than is recommended for your vehicle contact our Customer Relationship Center The use of leaded fuel in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage Ford Motor Company or Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel Using leaded fuel may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the United States If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Asia Pacific Region Sub Saharan Africa U S Virgin Islands
46. if available and selected to AUTO in the information display In moderate weather the system either heats or cools based on previous settings The rear defroster heated mirrors and heated seats do not automatically switch on In cold weather the system is set to 72 F 22 C The heated seats are set to high if available and selected to AUTO in the information display The rear defroster and heated mirrors automatically switch on Seats SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION WARNINGS Sitting improperly out of position or With the seat back reclined too far can take weight off the seat cushion and affect the decision of the passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a crash Always sit upright against your seat back with your feet on the floor f Do not recline the seat back as this can cause the occupant to slide under the safety belt resulting in serious injury in the event of a crash f Do not place objects higher than the seat back to reduce the risk of serious injury in the event of a crash or during heavy braking MKC TME enUSA E68595 When you use them properly the seat head restraint safety belt and air bags will provide optimum protection in the event of a crash We recommend that you follow these guidelines Sitin an upright position with the base of your spine as far back as possible Do not recline the seat back more than 30 degrees
47. is achieved Attach the tether strap afterward if included with the child seat Child Safety Using Tether Straps wW Many forward facing child safety LE seats include a tether strap which extends from the back of the child safety seat and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older safety seats Contact the manufacturer of your child seat for information about ordering a tether strap or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your safety seat does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in your vehicle Once the child safety seat has been installed using either the safety belt the lower anchors of the LATCH system or both you can attach the top tether strap The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions shown from top view MKC TME enUSA s 4 E142537 Perform the following steps to install a child safety seat with tether anchors Note f you install a child seat with rigid LATCH attachments do not tighten the tether strap enough to lift the child seat off your vehicle seat cushion when the child is seated in it Keep the tether strap just snug without lifting the front of the child seat Keeping the child seat just touching your vehicle seat gives the best protection in a severe crash 30 1 Route the child safety seat tether strap over
48. loss of vehicle performance or repairs to your vehicle caused by the use of fuel not recommended Choosing the Right Fuel Use only unleaded gasoline or unleaded gasoline blended with a maximum of 15 ethanol in your gasoline vehicle Do not use e Fuels containing more than 15 ethanol or E 85 fuel e Fuels containing methanol e Fuels containing metallic based additives including manganese based compounds e Prohibited by law you cannot use leaded fuel e Fuels containing the octane booster additive methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl MMT Note Use of any fuel other than recommended fuel can cause powertrain damage impair the emission control system or cause loss of vehicle performance Your warranty may not cover these damages 164 Octane Recommendations We recommend regular unleaded gasoline with a pump R M 2 octane rating of 87 Some stations offer fuels posted as regular with an octane rating below 87 particularly in high altitude areas We do not recommend fuels with an octane rating below 87 To provide improved performance we recommend premium fuel for severe duty usage such as trailer tow Do not be concerned if your engine sometimes knocks lightly However if it knocks heavily while you are using fuel with the recommended octane rating see your authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage RUNNING OUT OF FUEL Avoid running out of fuel because this situation may have an
49. point Note Certain states require electric trailer brakes for trailers over a specified weight Be sure to check state regulations for this specified weight The maximum trailer weights listed may be limited to this specified weight as the vehicle s electrical system may not include the wiring connector needed to activate electric trailer brakes Your vehicle may tow a trailer provided the maximum trailer weight is less than or equal to the maximum trailer weight listed for your vehicle configuration on the following chart Powertrain Maximum GCWR Maximum trailer weight 2 0L GTDI FWD 7220 Ib 3275 kg 3000 Ib 1361 kg 2 0L GTDI AWD 7400 Ib 3357 kg 3000 Ib 1361 kg 2 3L GTDI AWD 6420 Ib 2912 kg 2000 Ib 907 kg MKC TME enUSA 240 Towing ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS Follow these guidelines for safe towing e Do not tow a trailer until you drive your vehicle at least 1000 miles 1600 kilometers e Consult your local motor vehicle laws for towing a trailer e See the instructions included with towing accessories for the proper installation and adjustment specifications e Service your vehicle more frequently if you tow a trailer See your scheduled maintenance information e If you use a rental trailer follow the instructions the rental agency gives you You can find information on load specification terms found on the tire label and Safety Compliance label as well as i
50. s instructions to apply and remove the wax e Apply a small amount of wax in a back and forth motion not in circles Vehicle Care Do not allow wax to come in contact with any non body low gloss black colored trim The wax will discolor or stain the parts over time e Roof racks Bumpers Grained door handles Side moldings e Mirror housings e Windshield cowl area e Do not apply wax to glass areas After waxing your car s paint should feel smooth and be free of streaks and smudges CLEANING THE ENGINE Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt buildup keep the engine warmer than normal MKC TME enUSA When washing e Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine The high pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage e Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components e Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean In Canada use Motorcraft Engine Shampoo e Never wash or rinse the engine while it is hot or running water in the running engine may cause internal damage e Never wash or rinse any ignition coil spark plug wire or spark plug well or the area in and around these locations Cover the battery power distribution box and air filter assembly to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine 3
51. the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions If your licenses terminate you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers Gracenote respectively reserve all rights in Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and the Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content including all ownership rights Under no circumstances will either Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide including any copyrighted material or music file information You agree that Gracenote may enforce its respective rights collectively or separately under this agreement against you directly in each company s own name 446 Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow Gracenote to count queries without knowing anything about who you are For more information see the web page at www gracenote com for the Gracenote Privacy Policy THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE EACH ITEM OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED TO YOU AS IS NEITHER GRACENOTE MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE CONTENT GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT TO DELETE DATA AND OR CONTENT FROM THE COMPANIE
52. 186 mph 299 km h Note For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph 240 km h tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph 299 km h tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR H U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers MKC TME enUSA go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall M S or M S Mud and Snow or AT All Terrain or AS All Season J Tire Ply Composition and Material Used Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall which include steel nylon polyester and others 314 K Maximum Load Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire See the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the
53. 4 Thread the retainer strap through the tie down and pull tight 7 Secure by tying a 2 half hitch knot 332 MKC TME enUSA Wheels and Tires 1 2 3 3f E143746 333 MKC TME enUSA Wheels and Tires TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications WARNING f When a wheel is installed always remove any corrosion dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel Make sure that any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub are secured so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel Installing wheels without correct metal to metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while your vehicle is in motion resulting in loss of control Bolt size lb ft Nm M12 x 1 5 100 135 Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust Use only Ford recommended replacement fasteners Retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque within 100 miles 160 kilometers after any wheel disturbance such as tire rotation changing a flat tire wheel removal 334 MKC TME enUSA Wheels and Tires E145950 A Wheel pilot bore Inspect the wheel pilot bore and mounting surface prior to installation Remove any visible corrosion or loose particles 335 MKC TME enUSA Capacities
54. Central America the Caribbean and Israel contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact MKC TME enUSA FORD MOTOR COMPANY Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 313 594 4857 Fax 313 390 0804 Email expcac ford com For customers in Guam the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands CNMI America Samoa and the U S Virgin Islands please feel free to call our Toll Free Number 800 841 FORD 3673 If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Puerto Rico contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact 258 FORD MOTOR COMPANY Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 800 841 FORD 3673 FAX 313 390 0804 Email prcac ford com www ford com pr If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in the Middle East contact the nearest authorized dealer If the authorized dealer cannot help you contact Customer Assistance FORD MOTOR COMPANY Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park 3 Allen Park Michigan 48101 U S A Telephone 971 4 3326084 Toll Free Number of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia 800 8971409 Local Telephone Number of Kuwait 24810575 FAX 971 4 3327299
55. Check Fuel Fill Inlet message may appear on the instrument cluster At the next opportunity do the following 1 Safely pull off the road 2 Put the vehicle in P Park and turn the ignition off 3 Open the fuel filler door and remove any visible debris from the fuel fill opening 4 Insert either the fuel fill nozzle or the fuel fill funnel provided with the vehicle several times to allow the inlet to close properly This will dislodge any debris preventing the inlet from sealing 167 If this action corrects the problem the message may not reset immediately It may take several driving cycles for the message to turn off A driving cycle consists of an engine start up after 4 or more hours with the engine off followed by city or highway driving Continuing to drive with the message on may cause the service engine soon lamp to turn on as well FUEL CONSUMPTION Note The amount of usable fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range When refueling your vehicle after the fuel gauge indicates empty you might not be able to refuel the full amount of the advertised capacity of the fuel tank due to the empty reserve still present in the tank Fuel and Refueling Empty reserve is the amount of fuel remaining in the tank after the fuel gauge indicates empty Do not rely on this fuel for driving The usable capacity of the fuel tank is the amount of fuel that can be put into t
56. Choose your connection methods and change them as needed You can select to Change Order and have Methods the system either always attempt to connect using a USB mobile broadband or using Wi Fi The Wi Fi Hel CERTIFIED SP Logo is a Press the Settings icon gt Help thy then select from the following CERTIFIED E142626 certification mark of the Wi Fi Alliance 374 MKC TME enUSA MyLincoln Touch Help Where Am I View your vehicle s current location if your vehicle is equipped with navigation If your vehicle is not equipped with navigation you do not see this button System Information Touchscreen system serial number Your vehicle identification number VIN Touchscreen system software version Navigation system version Map database version Sirius satellite radio ESN Gracenote Database Information and Library version Software Licenses View the licenses for any software and applications installed on your system Driving Restrictions Certain features are not accessible when your vehicle is moving 911 Assist Switch on and switch off the 911 Assist feature See Information page 403 In Case of Emergency ICE Quick Dial allows you to save up to two numbers as ICE contacts for quick access if there is an emergency Select Edit to access your phonebook and then select the desired contacts The numbers then appear as options on this screen for the IC
57. Commands with the Touchscreen Options Your voice system has a dual mode feature which allows you to switch between using voice commands and making on screen selections This is available only when the system displays a list of candidates generated during a voice session For example when entering in a street address or trying to call a contact from the phone you paired to the system Privacy Notice for GPS Mapping with MyLincoln Mobile in the United States and Canada MyLincoln Mobile allows for GPS mapping when a vehicle is registered to a MyLincoln Mobile account To remove the vehicle from the account thereby removing GPS mapping ability a Master Reset can be performed in the vehicle See Settings page 363 362 Prior to transferring ownership of a vehicle owners may choose to execute a Master Reset or Factory Reset completed via the MyLincoln Mobile website Either method will remove the vehicle from all MyLincoln Mobile accounts It is recommended that new owners conduct a Master Reset upon taking possession of the vehicle to remove it from any existing MyLincoln Mobile accounts The new owner can activate a MyLincoln Mobile account by going to www mylincolnmobile com and following the registration process MyLincoln Touch SETTINGS mmo 0U gt MKC TME enUSA Clock Display Sound Vehicle Settings Help E161968 363 MyLincoln Touch Under this menu you can set your Thy c
58. Fahrenheit and Celsius See Settings page 363 E171369 136 MKC TME enUSA Climate Control MKC TME enUSA Driver temperature controls Press the control to increase or decrease the air temperature for the driver side of the vehicle This control also adjusts the passenger side temperature when dual zone operation is off Fan speed control Press the control to increase or decrease the volume of air circulated in your vehicle Passenger temperature controls Press the control to increase or decrease the air temperature for the passenger side of the vehicle MAX A C Press the control to maximize cooling The driver and passenger temperatures are set to LO recirculated air flows through the instrument panel air vents the air conditioning automatically turns on and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed A C Press the control to operate the air conditioning compressor Use A C with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency Note In certain conditions such as when using MAX defrost the air conditioning compressor may continue to operate even though the A C control is off Recirculated air Press the control to switch between outside air and recirculated air When you select recirculated air the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior when used with A C and may reduce unwanted odors from entering your veh
59. Fuel Filter Replacement If you register your vehicle in California the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item does not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability before the completion of your vehicle s useful life Ford Motor Company however urges you to have all recommended maintenance services performed at the specified intervals and to record all vehicle service 462 Hot Climate Oil Change Intervals Vehicles operating in the Middle East North Africa Sub Saharan Africa or locations with similar climates using an American Petroleum Institute API Certified for Gasoline Engines Certification mark oil of SM or SN quality the normal oil change interval is 3000 miles 5000 kilometers If the available API SM or SN oils are not available then the oil change interval is 1800 miles 3000 kilometers Scheduled Maintenance Engine Air Filter and Cabin Air Filter dirty conditions Vehicles operated in these Replacement conditions require frequent inspection and replacement of the engine air filter and cabin The life of the engine air filter and cabin air filter is dependent on exposure to dusty and air filter SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE RECORD O Repair Order O Engine hours optional O Multi point inspection recommended O O Signature 463 MKC TME enUSA Scheduled Maintenance Repair Order O Engine hours optional
60. GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations f Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in serious damage to the vehicle and or personal injury Steps for determining the correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ib on your vehicle s placard MKC TME enUSA Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ib The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1 400 Ib and there will be five 150 Ib passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ib 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ib Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 237 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle The following gives you a few examples on how to calculate the available amount of cargo
61. If you need to replace one of these high current fuses see an authorized dealer MKC TME enUSA Power Distribution Box WARNINGS Always disconnect the battery before servicing high current fuses To reduce risk of electrical shock always replace the cover to the power distribution box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs 261 The power distribution box is in the engine compartment It has high current fuses that protect your vehicle s main electrical systems from overloads You will need to reset some features if you disconnect and reconnect the battery See Changing the 12V Battery page 288 Lift the release lever at the rear of the cover to remove it Fuses ER pen ale F7 F8 F19 262 E157389 MKC TME enUSA Fuses MKC TME enUSA Fuse Fuse amp rating Protected components F7 504 Anti lock brake system module F8 304 Anti lock brake system module F9 204 Fuel pump relay F10 40A Blower motor relay F11 304 Run start relay F12 40A Powertrain control module relay F13 304 Starter relay F14 304 Memory seat F15 304 Wipers and washers relay F16 254 Cooling fan F17 40A Cooling fan 1 without trailer tow 263 Fuses Fuse Fuse amp rating Protected components 50A Cooling fan 1 with trailer tow F18 40A Cooling fan 2 without trailer tow
62. Join calls Listen to text message lt gt Listen to text messages Call lt name gt at work 401 Messages MyLincoln Touch PHONE PHONE MESSAGES Mute call Be Call Pair phone Unmute call Forward text messages Privacy on Help Listen to text message lt gt Read text message Reply to text messages Turn ringer off MKC TME enUSA This command is only available during an active call If you say Messages see the following Messages chart for additional commands 402 Listen to text messages Reply to text messages Help MyLincoln Touch INFORMATION A SYNC Services B Sirius Travel Link C Alerts D Calendar E SYNC Applications MKC TME enUSA E161889 403 MyLincoln Touch Under the Information menu you can access features such as e SYNC Services Sirius Travel Link Alerts e Calendar e SYNC Applications e If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation press the Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation press the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab SYNC Services If Equipped United States Only Note SYNC Services varies by trim level and model year and may require a subscription Traffic alerts and turn by turn directions available in select markets
63. Liquor alcoholic beverages wine beer cola and tea then rinse Use lukewarm water If the color remains treat with lemon juice and ice cream or mustard Indelible pencil cocoa chocolate pastry with cream or chocolate Use lukewarm water and rinse by dabbing with clean water Vinegar hair gel tomato sauce or coffee with sugar clean water Use lemon juice wipe with lukewarm water and rinse by dabbing with CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LENS WARNING A Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system MKC TME enUSA Note Follow the same procedure as cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces See Cleaning Leather Seats page 304 Clean the instrument panel and cluster lens with a clean damp and soft cloth then use a clean dry and soft cloth to dry these areas 303 Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel The dull finish in this area helps protect you from undesirable windshield reflection Do not use any household cleaning products or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel interior trim and cluster lens Vehicle Care e Wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such a
64. Message and data rates may apply Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change or discontinue this product service at any time without prior notification or incurring any future obligation MKC TME enUSA Note SYNC Services requires activation before use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register and check your eligibility for complimentary services Standard phone and message rates may apply Subscription may be required You must also have the active SYNC Services Bluetooth enabled cellular phone paired and connected to the system in order to connect to and use SYNC Services See Phone page 396 Note This feature does not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone Make sure your cellular phone is not blocking caller ID before using SYNC Services 404 Note The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Any navigation features provided are only an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of errors changes in roads traffic conditions or driving co
65. Note When you set the wiper system to intermittent wipe and the autowiper system is on the autowiper sensitivity setting adjusts the wiper speed according to the moisture on the windshield only Use the wiper lever to wipe the windshield on demand Keep the outside of the windshield clean The rain sensor is very sensitive If the area around the mirror is dirty then the wipers may operate if dirt mist or insects hit the windshield WINDSHIELD WASHERS Note Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty This may cause the washer pump to overheat MKC TME enUSA E169316 To operate the washers and spray the windshield pull the lever toward you A wipe will occur a few seconds after washing to clear any remaining washer fluid This feature can be switched on or off in the information display See General Information page 87 88 REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHERS Rear Window Wiper E168043 W Intermittent wipe Low speed wipe Off Wipers and Washers Press the top of the button at the end of the lever to switch on the intermittent wiper Press the button again to switch on low speed wipe Press the bottom of the button to switch the wiper off or to change the wiper speed from low speed to intermittent When you shift into R Reverse the rear wiper will turn on to intermittent if the front wiper sensor activates the front wipers Rear Window Washer E168044 To oper
66. Running Out of FUI 164 See Using Snow Chain eee 323 Electric Power Steering 223 Refilling With a Portable Fuel Container 165 Special Notices 13 Steering Wheel 82 New Vehicle Limited Warranty 13 Storage Compartments 157 S Notice to Owners of Pickup Trucks and Utility Sunroof Type Vehicles 13 See MOOnroOf 102 Safety Belt Height Adjustment 41 Special Instructions 13 SUN ViSOISwiisinnicaiiiid ctwiatainindanies 102 Safety Belt Minder 43 Using Your Vehicle as an Ambulance 13 Illuminated Vanity Mirror 102 Belt Minder 43 Using Your Vehicle With a Snowplow 13 Supplementary Restraints System 47 Safety Bliss 37 Special Operating Conditions Scheduled Principle of Operation 47 Principle of Operation 37 Maintenance 459 Symbols Glossary 7 Safety Belt Warning Lamp and Indicator EXCEPtONS serr s 462 CHIME Esasi E e OERE RE 42 Speed Control Conditions of operation 42 See Cruise Control 203 Safety Cand py eissiasseicigisiaaiissscieces 53 Stability Control 189 Safety Precautions 163 Principle of Operation 189 483 MKC TME enUSA Index T Tailgate See Manual Liftgate 73 See Power Liftgate Technical Specifications See Capacities and Specifications 336 The Better Business
67. S and Canadian Markets Features or equipment listed as standard may be different on units built for Export Refer to this Owner s Manual for all other required information and warnings 14 Ata Glance Front Exterior Overview E173612 l H G F MKC TME enUSA Ata Glance See Refueling page 166 See Locking and Unlocking page 68 See Lighting Control page 90 See Checking the Wiper Blades page 291 See Maintenance page 278 See Essential Towing Checks page 241 See Changing a Bulb page 293 Ta nm OO 0 ww gt Tire pressures See Wheels and Tires page 308 See Changing a Road Wheel page 328 16 MKC TME enUSA Ata Glance Vehicle Interior Overview A B Cc E173613 See Transmission page 171 B See Locking and Unlocking page 68 17 MKC TME enUSA Ata Glance Toammoa MKC TME enUSA See Power Windows page 97 See Head Restraints page 141 See Fastening the Safety Belts page 38 See Rear Seats page 146 See Power Seats page 143 See Electric Parking Brake page 183 See Opening and Closing the Hood page 279 18 Ata Glance Instrument Panel Overview RQPO E173615 A Air vents See Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate page 138 B Direction indicators See Direction Indicators page 94 High beam See Lighting Control page 90 MKC TME enUSA Ata Glance Instrument cluster See Gau
68. To assure drive away release when starting uphill press the accelerator pedal quickly Battery With No Charge WARNING A You will not be able to apply or release the electric parking brake if the battery is low or has no charge If the battery is low or has no charge use jumper cables and a booster battery HILL START ASSIST WARNINGS The system does not replace the parking brake When you leave your vehicle always apply the parking brake and put the transmission in park P 185 WARNINGS You must remain in your vehicle once you have activated the system During all times you are responsible for controlling your vehicle supervising the system and intervening if required A If the engine is revved excessively or if a malfunction is detected the system will be deactivated The system makes it easier to pull away when your vehicle is on a slope without the need to use the parking brake When the system is active your vehicle will remain stationary on the slope for two to three seconds after you release the brake pedal This allows you time to move your foot from the brake to the accelerator pedal The brakes are released automatically once the engine has developed sufficient drive to prevent your vehicle from rolling down the slope This is an advantage when pulling away on a slope for example from a car park ramp traffic lights or when reversing uphill into a parking space Brakes The
69. You can unlock the safety belts using the following procedures For vehicles where the rear seats recline 1 Recline the seat to its full rear recline position 2 The safety belt should then unlock 3 Return the seatback to its desired upright position For vehicles with rear seats that do not recline or are locked with the seat in its full rear recline position Safety Belts 1 Grasp the safety belt webbing at the top of the seatback 2 Pull the safety belt webbing forward firmly 3 After pulling the safety belt forward allow the safety belt to feed back into the safety belt retractor as much as possible If necessary press the seatback down to allow the safety belt webbing to retract further The safety belt should then unlock 5 Ifthe safety belt does not unlock repeat steps 1 3 Safety Belt Extension Assembly WARNING Do not use extensions to change the fit of the shoulder belt across the torso If the safety belt is too short when fully extended you can obtain a safety belt extension assembly from an authorized dealer MKC TME enUSA Use only extensions manufactured by the same supplier as the safety belt Manufacturer identification is on a label located either at the end of the webbing or on the retractor behind the trim Also use the safety belt extension only if the safety belt is too short for you when fully extended SAFETY BELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT WARNING Position
70. You have reached the speed limit set for your MyKey Check Speed Drive Safely You have an active MyKey with a programmed set speed limit Buckle Up to Unmute Audio Belt Minder turns on with a MyKey in use Advancelrac On MyKey Setting With a MyKey in use AdvanceTrac turns on Traction Control On MyKey Setting With a MyKey in use traction control turns on MyKey Park Aid Cannot be Deactivated With a MyKey in use park aid is always on Lane Keeping Alert On MyKey Setting With a MyKey in use lane keeping alert turns on MKC TME enUSA 128 Information Displays Park Aid Message Action Check Front Park Aid The system has detected a condition that requires service Contact an authorized dealer See Parking Aid page 191 Check Rear Park Aid The system has detected a condition that requires service Contact an authorized dealer See Parking Aid page 191 Front Park Aid On Off Displays the park aid status Rear Park Aid On Off Displays the park aid status Park Brake Message Action Park Brake Engaged You have set the parking brake and you have driven the vehicle more than 3 mph 5 km h If the warning stays on after you have released the parking brake contact an authorized dealer Park Brake Malfunction Service Now The electric parking brake system has detected a condition that requires service See an authorized dealer Park Brake
71. You will need to have two programmed intelligent access keys for this procedure To display the factory set code in the information display E170454 1 Open the center console lid 2 Place the first programmed key in the backup slot 3 Press the AUTO START STOP button once and wait a few seconds 4 Press the AUTO START STOP button again and remove the key MKC TME enUSA 5 Within ten seconds insert the second programmed key into the backup slot and then press the AUTO START STOP button The factory set code will appear in the information display for a few seconds Note The code may not display until after any other warning messages first display 79 Security PASSIVE ANTI THEFT SYSTEM Note The system is not compatible with non Ford aftermarket remote start systems Use of these systems may result in vehicle starting problems and a loss of security protection Note Metallic objects electronic devices or a second coded key on the same key chain may cause vehicle starting problems if they are too close to the key when starting the engine Prevent these objects from touching the coded key while starting the engine Switch the ignition off move all objects on the key chain away from the coded key and restart the engine if a problem occurs Note Do not leave a duplicate coded key in the vehicle Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving the vehicle MKC TME enUSA SecuriLo
72. a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from MKC TME enUSA functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly The tire pressure monitoring system complies with part 15 of the FCC rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 325 Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure Monitoring System E142549 Note Each road tire is equipped with a tire pressure sensor located inside the wheel and tire assembly cavity The pressure sensor is attached to the valve stem The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed Take care when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor You should always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer Check the tire pressure periodically at least monthly using an accurate tire gauge See Inflating Your Tires in this chapter Wheels and Tires Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System The tire pressure monitoring system measures pressure in you
73. a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment This prevents damage to the transmission all wheel drive system and vehicle MKC TME enUSA TOWING THE VEHICLE ON FOUR WHEELS Emergency Towing If your vehicle becomes inoperable without access to wheel dollies car hauling trailer or flatbed transport vehicle it can be flat towed all wheels on the ground regardless of the powertrain and transmission configuration under the following conditions e Your vehicle is facing forward for towing in a forward direction e You place the vehicle in Stay in Neutral mode See Placing Your Vehicle in Stay in Neutral Mode In addition make sure to read the brake shift interlock override procedure See Automatic Transmission page 171 e Maximum speed is 35 mph 56 km h e Maximum distance is 50 miles 80 kilometers 244 Placing Your Vehicle in Stay in Neutral Mode 1 Press the N button on the shifter assembly 2 When Press N again to Enter Stay in Neutral Mode appears in the information display press the N button again Note The message Stay in Neutral Mode Engaged appears in the information display when you successfully complete the procedure Note Keeping the vehicle in Stay in Neutral mode eventually causes your vehicle battery to lose charge Exit the mode as soon as safely possible Recreational Towing Note Put your climate control system in recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust fumes from en
74. adverse effect on powertrain components If you have run out of fuel Fuel and Refueling You may need to cycle the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine On restarting cranking time will take a few seconds longer than normal With keyless ignition just start the engine Crank time will be longer than usual e Normally adding 1 gallon 3 8 liters of fuel is enough to restart the engine If the vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep grade more than 1 gallon 3 8 liters may be required e The service engine soon indicator may come on For more information on the service engine soon indicator See Warning Lamps and Indicators page 107 MKC TME enUSA Refilling With a Portable Fuel Container WARNINGS Do not insert the nozzle of portable fuel containers or aftermarket funnels into the capless fuel system This could damage the fuel system and its seal and may cause fuel to run onto the ground instead of filling the tank which could result in serious personal injury Do not try to pry open or push open the capless fuel system with foreign objects This could damage the fuel system and its seal and cause injury to you or others Note Do not use aftermarket funnels they will not work with the capless fuel system and can damage it The included funnel has been specially designed to work safely with your vehicle W
75. and Specifications ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS Engine 2 0L EcoBoost engine 2 3L EcoBoost engine Cubic inches 122 138 Required fuel Minimum 87 octane Minimum 87 octane Compression ratio 9 331 9 5 1 Spark plug gap 0 027 0 031 in 0 70 0 80 mm 0 027 0 031 in 0 70 0 80 mm Drivebelt Routing 2 0L engine MKC TME enUSA 7 MIN 0 E161383 336 Capacities and Specifications A The long drivebelt is on the first pulley groove closest to the engine B The short drivebelt is on the second pulley groove farthest from the engine 2 3L engine E170434 MOTORCRAFT PARTS Component 2 0L EcoBoost engine 2 3L EcoBoost engine Air filter element FA 1908 FA 1908 Oil filter FL 910 S FL 910S Battery BXT 48H6 610 MKC TME enUSA 337 Capacities and Specifications Component 2 0L EcoBoost engine 2 3L EcoBoost engine 3 CYFS 12Y 2 SP 537 CYFS 12Y 2 SP 537 Spark plugs Cabin air filter FP70 Windshield wiper blade WW 2250 driver side WW 1575 passenger side WW 1106 rear window 1 Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used 2 Only use the specified replacement oil filter The use of a non specified oil filter can result in engine damage
76. and injuries occur 10 Note Event data recorder data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash situation occurs no data is recorded by the event data recorder under normal driving conditions and no personal data or information e g name gender age and crash location is recorded see limitations regarding 911 Assist and Traffic directions and Information privacy below However parties such as law enforcement could combine the event data recorder data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an event data recorder special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the event data recorder is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have such special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the event data recorder Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access event data recorder information without obtaining consent unless pursuant to court order or Introduction where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada MKC TME enUSA Note Including to the extent that any law pertaining to Event Data Recorders applies to SYNC or its features please note th
77. and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position 37 WARNINGS Safety belts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather they could burn a small child Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them Front and rear seat occupants including pregnant women should wear safety belts for optimum protection in an accident All seating positions in this vehicle have lap and shoulder safety belts All occupants of the vehicle should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided The safety belt system consists of e lap and shoulder safety belts shoulder safety belt with automatic locking mode except driver safety belt height adjuster at the front outboard seating positions Safety Belts e retractor and anchor pretensioner at the FASTENING THE SAFETY BELTS front outboard seating positions belt tension sensor at the front outboard The front outboard and rear safety restraints passenger seating position in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts safety belt warning light and chime eo N crash sensors and monitoring system y with readiness indicator E142588 2 To unfasten press the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle The safety belt pretensioners are designed to activate in frontal near frontal and side
78. are found and the condition persists have your vehicle towed to the nearest authorized dealer Emergency Brake Assist Emergency brake assist detects when you brake heavily by measuring the rate at which you press the brake pedal It provides maximum braking efficiency as long as you press the pedal Emergency brake assist can reduce stopping distances in critical situations 182 Anti lock Brake System This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking This lamp momentarily illuminates when the ignition is turned on If the light does not illuminate during start up remains on or flashes the anti lock braking system may be disabled and may need to be serviced BRAKE If the system is disabled normal faye braking is still effective Ifthe brake warning lamp illuminates with the parking brake released have your brake system serviced immediately HINTS ON DRIVING WITH ANTI LOCK BRAKES Note When the system is operating the brake pedal will pulse and may travel further Maintain pressure on the brake pedal You may also hear a noise from the system This is normal Brakes The anti lock braking system will not eliminate the risks when e you drive too closely to the vehicle in front of you e your vehicle is hydroplaning e you take corners too fast the road surface is poor ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE The electric parking brake replaces the
79. be properly restrained The LATCH system is composed of three vehicle anchor points two lower anchors located where seat back and seat cushion meet called the seat bight and one top tether anchor located behind that seating position LATCH compatible child safety seats have two rigid or webbing mounted attachments that connect to the two lower anchors at the LATCH equipped seating positions in your vehicle This type of attachment method eliminates the need to use safety belts to 28 attach the child seat however the safety belt can still be used to attach the child seat For forward facing child seats the top tether strap must also be attached to the proper top tether anchor if a top tether strap has been provided with your child seat E142535 Your vehicle has LATCH lower anchors for child seat installation at the seating positions marked with the child seat symbol Child Safety E144054 The LATCH anchors are located at the rear section of the rear seat between the cushion and seat back below the symbols as shown Follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions to properly install a child seat with LATCH attachments Follow the instructions on attaching child safety seats with tether straps Attach LATCH lower attachments of the child seat only to the anchors shown MKC TME enUSA Use of Inboard Lower Anchors from the Outboard Seating Positions Center Seating Use
80. conventional handbrake The operating switch is located on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel WARNING Always set the parking brake and leave your vehicle with the transmission in position P Note When you apply the electric parking brake in certain conditions for example on a steep hill the electric parking brake may reapply the brakes within three to ten minutes MKC TME enUSA Note You may notice various noises when you apply and release the electric parking brake This is normal and no cause for concern Applying the electric parking brake WARNING If the brake system warning lamp does not illuminate or flashes there could be a problem with your electric parking brake Have the system checked by an authorized dealer as soon as possible Note The brake system warning lamp will illuminate for ten seconds if you have turned the ignition off after the electric parking brake has been applied or the electric parking brake has been applied after the ignition has been turned off Note The electric parking brake will not automatically apply You must apply the electric parking brake using the electric parking brake switch 183 E169085 Pull the switch to apply the electric parking brake The brake system warning lamp will illuminate to confirm that the electric parking brake has been applied See Instrument Cluster page 105 Brakes Applying the electric parkin
81. curtain airbags have deployed the curtain airbags will not function again The curtain airbags including the A B and C pillar trim and headliner must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the curtain airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash The Safety Canopy will deploy during significant side crashes or when a certain likelihood of a rollover event is detected by the rollover sensor The Safety Canopy is mounted to the roof side rail sheet metal behind the headliner above each row of seats In certain sideways crashes or rollover events the Safety Canopy will be activated regardless of which seats are occupied The Safety Canopy is designed to inflate between the side window area and occupants to further enhance protection provided in side impact crashes and rollover events MKC TME enUSA E75004 The system consists of the following e Safety canopy curtain airbags located above the trim panels over the front and rear side windows identified by a label or wording on the headliner or roof pillar trim e A flexible headliner which opens above the side doors to allow air curtain deployment N e Thecrash sensors and monitoring system have a readiness indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator page 55 54 Children 12 years old and under should always be properly restrained in the rear seats The Safety Canopy will not interfer
82. different height If the programmed height is less than full open you can fully open the liftgate by pushing it up The programmed height remains set until you change it Locks Obstacle Detection When Closing The system stops when it detects an obstacle and three short tones sound Once you remove the obstacle you can power close the liftgate Note Entering your vehicle while the liftgate is closing can cause your vehicle to bounce and activate obstacle detection To prevent this let the power liftgate close completely before you enter your vehicle Before driving off check the instrument cluster for a liftgate or door ajar message or warning indicator Failure to do this could result in unintentionally leaving the liftgate open while driving When Opening The system stops when it detects an obstacle and three short tones sound Remove the obstacle to operate the liftgate MKC TME enUSA KEYLESS ENTRY SECURICODE KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD The keypad is located near the driver window It is invisible until touched and then it lights up so you can see and touch the appropriate buttons Note f you enter your entry code too fast on the keypad the unlock function may not work Re enter your entry code more slowly E138637 77 You can use the keypad to do the following Lock or unlock the doors Recall memory seat and mirror positions Program and erase user codes Armand disarm the
83. e Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible Make sure that you remain comfortable 141 Keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel We recommend a minimum of 10 inches 25 centimeters between your breastbone and the air bag cover Hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent Bend your legs slightly so that you can press the pedals fully Position the shoulder strap of the safety belt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle HEAD RESTRAINTS WARNINGS Fully adjust the head restraint before you sit in or operate your vehicle This Will help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash Do not adjust the head restraint when your vehicle is moving Seats WARNINGS Front seat head restraint Rear center head restraint The head restraint is a safety device Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied Failure to adjust the head restraint properly could reduce its effectiveness during certain impacts aati See Install the head restraint properly to help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash B a E138642 E138645 Note Adjust the seatback front seats only to an
84. enUSA 2 Adjust the steering wheel to the desired position f E95179 3 Lock the steering column Power Tilt and Telescope Steering Column if Equipped WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving 82 Note Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position See Sitting in the Correct Position page 141 E161834 Use the control on the side of the steering column to adjust the position To adjust Tilt press the top or bottom of the control Telescope press the front or rear of the control Steering Wheel Memory Feature You can save and recall the steering column position with the memory function See Memory Function page 145 Pressing the adjustment control during memory recall cancels the operation The column responds to the adjustment control The steering column sets a stopping position just short of the end of the column position to prevent damage to the steering column A new stopping position sets if the steering column encounters an object when tilting or telescoping To reset the steering column to its normal stopping position 1 Press the steering column control again after encountering the new stopping position 2 Continue pressing the control until it reaches the end of the column position Anew stopping position is set The next time you tilt or telescope the steering column it will stop just short of the end of the col
85. enUSA REPLACING A LOST KEY OR REMOTE CONTROL Replacement keys or remote controls can be purchased from an authorized dealer Authorized dealers can program remote controls for your vehicle See Passive Anti Theft System page 80 To re program the passive anti theft system see an authorized dealer 61 Myk ey PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION MyKey allows you to program keys with restricted driving modes to promote good driving habits All but one of the keys programmed to the vehicle can be activated with these restricted modes Any keys that have not been programmed are referred to as administrator keys or admin keys These can be used to e create a MyKey program configurable MyKey settings clear all MyKey features When you have programmed a MyKey you can access the following information using the information display e How many admin keys and MyKeys are programmed to your vehicle The total distance your vehicle has traveled using a MyKey Note A I MyKeys are programmed to the same settings You cannot program them individually MKC TME enUSA Note For vehicles with intelligent access with push button start when both a MyKey and an admin intelligent access key fob are present the admin fob will be recognized by the vehicle while switching the ignition on to start the vehicle Non configurable Settings The following settings cannot be changed by an admin key user Belt Minder You ca
86. harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the engine coolant Unscrew the cap slowly Any pressure will escape as you unscrew the cap Add prediluted engine coolant meeting the Ford specification See Capacities and Specifications page 336 Whenever coolant has been added the coolant level in the coolant reservoir should be checked the next few times you drive the vehicle If necessary add enough prediluted engine coolant to bring the coolant level to the proper level Recycled Engine Coolant Ford Motor Company does not recommend the use of recycled engine coolant since a Ford approved recycling process is not yet available MKC TME enUSA Used engine coolant should be disposed of in an appropriate manner Follow your community s regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids Severe Climates If you drive in extremely cold climates e It may be necessary to have a Ford authorized dealer increase the coolant concentration above 50 e A coolant concentration of 60 will provide improved freeze point protection Engine coolant concentrations above 60 will decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage If you drive in extremely hot climates e It may be necessary to have a Ford authorized dealer decrease the coolant concentration to 40 e A coolant concentration of 40 will provide improved overheat protection E
87. have additional keys programmed to your vehicle Security ANTI THEFT ALARM f Equipped The system will warn you of an unauthorized entry to your vehicle It will be triggered if any door the luggage compartment or the hood is opened without using the key remote control or keyless entry keypad The direction indicators will flash and the horn will sound if unauthorized entry is attempted while the alarm is armed Take all remote controls to an authorized dealer if there is any potential alarm problem with your vehicle Arming the Alarm The alarm is ready to arm when there is not a key in the ignition Electronically lock the vehicle to arm the alarm Disarming the Alarm Disarm the alarm by any of the following actions MKC TME enUSA e Unlock the doors or luggage compartment with the remote control or keyless entry keypad e Switch the ignition on or start the vehicle e Use a key in the driver s door to unlock the vehicle then switch the ignition on within 12 seconds Note Pressing the panic button on the remote contro will stop the horn and signal indicators but will not disarm the system 81 Steering Wheel ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving Note Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position See Sitting in the Correct Position page 141 95178 1 Unlock the steering column MKC TME
88. hours 163 Avoid inhaling fuel vapors Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation In severe cases excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes If fuel is splashed in the eyes remove contact lenses if worn flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury Fuel and Refueling e Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin If fuel is splashed on the skin clothing or both promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation e Be particularly careful if you are taking Antabuse or other forms of disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism Breathing gasoline vapors or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction In sensitive individuals serious personal injury or sickness may result If fuel is splashed on the skin promptly wash skin thoroughly with soap and water Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse reaction FUEL QUALITY Note Do not use fuel additive products in your fuel tank We recommend you use only high quality fuel without additives or other engine treatments MKC TME enUSA Note Your warranty will not cover any vehicle damage
89. legally required disclosures or other information in connection with the Telenav Software collectively Notices electronically Telenav may provide such Notices by posting them on Telenav s Website or by downloading such Notices to your wireless device If you desire to withdraw your consent to receive Notices electronically you must discontinue your use of the Telenav Software 441 8 4 Telenav s or your failure to require performance of any provision shall not affect that party s right to require performance at any time thereafter nor shall a waiver of any breach or default of this Agreement constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default or a waiver of the provision itself 8 5 If any provision herein is held unenforceable then such provision will be modified to reflect the intention of the parties and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect Appendices 8 6 The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only will not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement and will not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement As used in this Agreement the words include and including and variations thereof will not be deemed to be terms of limitation but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words without limitation 9 Other Vendors Terms and Conditions The Telenav Soft
90. levels including coolant oil and gas to make sure there are no leaks and fluids are at recommended levels e Ifthe battery was removed clean the battery cable ends and inspect Contact your authorized dealer if you have any concerns or issues 307 Wheels and Tires GENERAL INFORMATION Notice to utility vehicle and truck owners WARNINGS Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from a rollover or other crash you must avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers drive at safe speeds for the conditions keep tires properly inflated never overload or improperly load your vehicle and make sure every passenger is properly restrained In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt All occupants must wear Seat belts and children and infants must use appropriate restraints to minimize the risk of injury or ejection MKC TME enUSA E145298 Utility vehicles and trucks handle differently than passenger cars in the various driving conditions that are encountered on streets highways and off road Utility vehicles and trucks are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions Study your owner s manual and any supplements for specific inform
91. liftgate area before using the liftgate control Make sure to close and latch the liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust fumes into your vehicle This will also prevent passengers and cargo from falling out If you must drive with the liftgate open keep the vents or windows open so outside air comes into your vehicle Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury Note Be careful when opening or closing the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed area to avoid damaging the liftgate 69 Yaga Press twice within three seconds x to open close or stop the movement of a power liftgate See Power Liftgate page 74 Mechanical Key Turn the top of the key toward the front of your vehicle once to lock all doors Turn the top of the key toward the rear of your vehicle once to unlock the driver door only See Remote Control page 58 Locking the Doors Individually If the power locks fail to operate lock the doors individually using the key in the position shown Locks E180643 Left Hand Side Turn clockwise to lock MKC TME enUSA Right Hand Side Turn counterclockwise to lock Opening a Rear Door from Inside Pull the interior door handle twice to unlock and open a rear door The first pull unlocks the door and the second pull will unlatch the door Activating Intelligent Access The intelligent access key must be within 3 feet 1 meter of your vehicle At the Front Door
92. locks and home or office lighting Additional system information can be found online at www homelink com or by calling the toll free help line on 1 800 355 3515 In vehicle programming This process is to program your hand held transmitter and your in vehicle HomeLink button Note Put a new battery in the hand held transmitter This will ensure quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal Universal Garage Door Opener If Equipped E142658 1 With your vehicle parked outside of the garage turn your ignition to the on position but do not start your vehicle 2 Hold your hand held garage door transmitter 1 3 inches 2 8 centimeters away from the HomeLink button you want to program 3 Using both hands simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand held transmitter button DO NOT release either one until the HomeLink indicator light flashes slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light flashes rapidly both buttons may be released The rapid flashing indicates successful training MKC TME enUSA 4 Press and hold the HomeLink button you programmed for five seconds then release You may need to do this twice to activate the door If your garage door does not operate watch the HomeLink indicator light If the indicator light stays on the programming is complete See Programming your garage door motor later in this section If the indicator lig
93. m on my way Pm running a few minutes late I m ahead of schedule so I ll be there early I m outside ll call you when get there OK MKC TME enUSA Text message options Yes No Thanks Stuck in traffic Call me later LOL Receiving a Text Message Note f you select View and your vehicle is traveling over 3 mph 5 km h the system offers to read the message to you instead of allowing you to view it while driving When a new message arrives an audible tone sounds and the screen displays a pop up with the caller name and ID if supported by your phone You can press e View to view the text message e Listen for SYNC to read the message to you 400 e Dial to call the contact Ignore to exit the screen Phone Settings Press Phone gt Settings Bluetooth Devices Touch this tab to connect disconnect add or delete a device as well as save it as a favorite Bluetooth Touch this tab to turn Bluetooth off or on Do Not Disturb Touch this tab if you want all calls to go directly to your voice mail and not ring in the vehicle When this feature is on text message notifications do not ring inside the cabin either 911 Assist Switch on or switch off the 911 Assist feature See Information page 403 MyLincoln Touch Phone Ringer Select the ring tone you want to hear when you receive a call Choose from po
94. may cause the seat heater to overheat An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury Note Do not do the following Seats e Place heavy objects on the seat Operate the seat heater if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly e Operate the heated seats unless the engine is running Doing so can cause the battery to lose charge E146322 Touch the heated seat symbol on the touchscreen to cycle through the various heat settings and off Warmer settings are indicated by more indicator lights Cooled Seats Ir Equipped The cooled seats will only function when the engine is running MKC TME enUSA E146309 To operate the cooled seats Press the cooled seat symbol to cycle through the various cooling settings and off Cooler settings are indicated by more indicator lights If the engine falls below 350 RPM while the ventilated seats are on the feature will turn itself off You will need to reactivate it 149 REAR SEAT ARMREST r Equippec E138656 Fold the armrest down to use the armrest and cupholder Universal Garage Door Opener af Equipped HomeLink Wireless Control System u Equipped WARNING Do not use the system with any garage door opener that does not have the safety stop and reverse feature as required by U S Federal Safety Standards this includes any garage door opener manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage
95. mode rotate the map view by swiping your finger across the shaded bar with the arrows The ETA box under the zoom buttons appears when a route is active and displays the distance and time to your destination If the button is pressed a pop up appears with the destination listed and waypoint if applicable along with mileage and time to destination You may also select to have either the estimated time to reach your destination or your estimated arrival time Map Icons A Scroll cursor allows you to scroll the map the fixed icon is in the center SZ of the screen The map position closest to the cursor is in a window on the top center part of the screen Vehicle mark shows the current location of your vehicle It stays in the center of the map display except when in scroll mode 424 _ Address book entry default icon s indicates the location on the map of an address book entry This is the default symbol shown after the entry has been stored to the Address Book by any method other than the map You can select from any of the 22 icons available You can use each icon more than once Home indicates the location on the map currently stored as the home position You can only save one address from the Address Book as your Home entry You cannot change this icon amp POI Point Of Interest icons indicate locations of any point of interest categories you choose to display on the map You can ch
96. modifications or additions thereto collectively Telenav Software All references herein to you and your means you your employees agents and contractors and any other entity on whose behalf you accept these terms and conditions all of whom shall also be bound by this Agreement Additionally all of your Appendices account information as well as other payment and personal information provided by you to Telenav directly or through the use of the Telenav Software is subject to Telenav s privacy policy located at http www telenav com Telenav may revise this Agreement and the privacy policy at any time with or without notice to you You agree to visit http www telenav com from time to time to review the then current version of this Agreement and of the privacy policy 1 Safe and Lawful Use You acknowledge that devoting attention to the Telenav Software may pose a risk of injury or death to you and others in situations that otherwise require your undivided attention and you therefore agree to comply with the following when using the Telenav Software a observe all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely b use your own personal judgment while driving If you feel that a route suggested by the Telenav Software instructs you to perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver places you in an unsafe situation or directs you into an area that you MKC TME enUSA consider to be unsafe do not follo
97. mph 9 7 km h and more than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition has been turned on The Belt Minder feature is activated the safety belt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for six seconds every 25 seconds repeating for about five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled 43 MKC TME enUSA Safety Belts Deactivating and Activating the Belt Minder Feature WARNING While the system allows you to deactivate it this system is designed to improve your chances of being safely belted and surviving an accident We recommend you leave the system activated for yourself and others who may use the vehicle To reduce the risk of injury do not deactivate or activate the system while driving the vehicle Note The driver and front passenger warning are deactivated and activated independently When deactivating or activating one seating position do not buckle the other position as this will terminate the process Read Steps 1 4 thoroughly before proceeding with the programming procedure MKC TME enUSA Before following the procedure make sure that The parking brake is set e The transmission is in park P or neutral N e The ignition is off e The driver and front passenger safety belts are unbuckled 1 Turn the ignition on Do not start the vehicle 2 Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off about one minute After Step 2 wait
98. not listening to a CD press the voice button and after the tone say CD then any of the following commands CD Pause Play Play next track Play previous track Play track lt 1 512 gt Repeat Repeat folder Repeat off Repeat track Shuffle Shuffle CD Shuffle folder MyLincoln Touch CD Shuffle off Help This applies to WMA or MP3 files only SD Card Slot and USB Port SD Card Note Your SD card slot is spring loaded To remove the SD card press the card in and the system ejects it Do not attempt to pull the card to remove it as this could cause damage Note The navigation system also uses this card slot See Navigation page 418 MKC TME enUSA E175710 The SD card slot is under a small access door at the front of the floor console To access and play music from your device press the lower left corner of the touchscreen and then select SD Card from the list on the left side of the screen SD E142620 logo is a trademark of SD 3C LLC 391 USB Port O les E175711 The USB ports are under a small access door at the front of the floor console To access and play music from your device press the lower left corner of the touchscreen and then select USB from the list on the left side of the screen This feature allows you to plug in media playing de
99. of your vehicle to the tire being changed If your vehicle slips off the jack you or someone else could be seriously injured Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the vehicle close to moving traffic Pull far enough off the road to avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack or changing the wheel To lessen the risk of personal injury do not put any part of your body under your vehicle while changing a tire Do not start the engine when your vehicle is on the jack The jack is only meant for changing the tire Note Passengers should not remain in your vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked 330 1 Park ona level surface set the parking brake and activate the hazard flashers 2 Place the transmission in park P and turn the engine off 3 Remove the carpeted wheel cover 4 Remove the wing nut that secures the spare tire by turning it counterclockwise E160855 5 Remove the jack from the foam holder The lug wrench is located in the left side storage foam next to the spare tire Remove the flat tire retainer strap from the jack base Wheels and Tires E145908 9 Small arrow shaped marks on the sills show the location of the jacking points E142551 6 Block the diagonally opposite wheel 7 Loosen each wheel lug nut one half turn counterclockwise but do not remove them until the wheel is raised off the ground Note Jack at the specified locations t
100. on the screen you can choose to Tune to the channel to Cancel the alert or to Disable Alerts If you are listening to a sporting event you can save your favorite teams so that the system can alert you when they are playing on a Satellite radio channel Note Sirius does not support the Alert feature on all channels Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for Alert feature variation Electronic Serial Number ESN You need your ESN to activate modify or track your satellite radio account The ESN is on the System Information Screen SR ESN XXXXXXXXXXXX To access your ESN touch the bottom left corner of the touchscreen Touch SIRIUS gt Options MKC TME enUSA Direct Tune Touch this button to enter the desired satellite channel number manually Touch Enter when you are done Browse Touch this button to view a list of all available stations Scroll to see more categories Touch the station you want to listen to Touch Skip if you want to skip this channel Touch Lock if you do not want anyone to listen to this channel Touch Title or Artist to see song and artists on other stations Sirius Satellite Radio Information Note Sirius reserves the unrestricted right to change rearrange add or delete programming including canceling moving or adding particular channels and its prices at any time with or without notice to you Ford Motor Company shall not be responsible for any such programming chang
101. over sand Keep all four wheels on the most solid area of the trail e Shift to a lower gear Apply the accelerator slowly e Drive steadily through the terrain e Avoid excessive wheel spin e Avoid reducing the tire pressures MKC TME enUSA Mud and Water Mud Avoid sudden changes in vehicle speed or direction when you are driving in mud Even all wheel drive vehicles can lose traction in mud If your vehicle does slide steer in the direction of the slide until you regain control of your vehicle After driving through mud clean off excess mud stuck to rotating driveshafts and tires Excess mud stuck on tires and rotating driveshafts can cause an imbalance that could damage drive components Water Drive slowly through high water Traction or brake capability may be limited When driving through water determine the depth and avoid water higher than the bottom of the wheel rims If the ignition system gets wet your vehicle may stall 179 Once through water always try the brakes Wet brakes will not stop your vehicle as quickly as dry brakes Apply light pressure to the brake pedal while slowly moving the vehicle to dry the brakes Note Driving through deep water may damage the transmission If the front or rear axle is submerged in water the axle lubricant and power transfer unit lubricant should be checked and changed if necessary Driving on Hilly or Sloping Terrain Although natural obstacl
102. owner Whenever you sell your vehicle prospective buyers may have a higher degree of confidence that vehicle was properly maintained with Lincoln ESP thereby improving resale value Avoid the Rising Cost of Properly Maintaining Your Vehicle Lincoln Extended Service Plan also offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that covers all scheduled maintenance and select items that routinely wear out The coverage is prepaid so you never have to worry about affording your vehicle maintenance It covers regular checkups routine inspections preventive care and replacement of select items that require periodic attention for normal wear e Windshield wiper blades Spark plugs except in California e The clutch disc MKC TME enUSA e Brake pads and linings Shock absorbers e Belts and hoses e Diesel exhaust fluid replenishment Interest Free Finance Options Available Take advantage of our interest free installment payment plan Just a 10 down payment will provide you with an affordable no interest no fee payment program allowing you all the security and benefits Lincoln ESP has to offer while paying over time You are pre approved with no credit checks no hassles To learn more call our Lincoln ESP specialists at 800 367 3377 Complete the information below and mail to Ford ESP P O Box 8072 Royal Oak MI 48068 0039 449 SERVICE PLANS CANADA ONLY You can get more protection for your vehicle by purchasin
103. power operation Locks Note Sp ashing water may cause the hands free liftgate to open Keep the intelligent access transmitter away from the rear bumper detection area while washing your car From Outside the Vehicle Opening 1 Unlock the liftgate with the remote control or power door unlock control If an intelligent access transmitter is within 3 feet 1 meter of the liftgate the liftgate will unlock when you press the button in the liftgate pull cup handle E138632 MKC TME enUSA 2 Press the button located in the top of the liftgate pull cup handle Note Allow the power system to open the liftgate after pressing the button Manually pushing or pulling the liftgate may activate the system s obstacle detection feature and stop or reverse the power operation Closing a E138636 Press and release the button WARNING Keep clear of the liftgate when activating the rear switch 76 Setting the Liftgate Open Height 1 Open the liftgate 2 Manually move the liftgate to the desired height 3 Press and hold the button on the liftgate until you hear a tone indicating programming is complete Note You cannot program the height if the liftgate position is too low The new open liftgate height will now be recalled when the power liftgate is opened To change the programmed height repeat the above procedure Once you open the power liftgate you can manually move it to a
104. program This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty The service is available e 24 hours a day seven days a week e Throughout the life of the vehicle for original owners only e For 6 years or 70 000 0 mi 112 654 08 km whichever comes first within the extended powertrain warranty coverage period for subsequent owners Roadside assistance will cover e A flat tire change with a good spare except vehicles supplied with a tire inflation kit Battery jump start e Lock out assistance key replacement cost is the client s responsibility MKC TME enUSA Fuel delivery independent service contractors if not prohibited by state local or municipal law shall deliver up to 2 00 gal 7 57 L of gasoline or 5 00 gal 18 93 L of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle Roadside Assistance limits fuel delivery service to two no charge occurrences within a 12 month period Winch out available within 100 0 ft 30 48 m of a paved or county maintained road no recoveries Towing Lincoln eligible vehicles to the client s selling or preferred dealer within 100 0 mi 161 km of the disablement location or to the nearest Lincoln dealer If a client requests a tow to a selling or preferred dealer that is more than 100 0 mi 161 km from the disablement location the client shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 100 0 mi 161 km 249 Roadside Assistance will include up to 2
105. radio Your system has a special receiver that allows it to receive digital broadcasts where available in addition to the analog broadcasts it already receives Digital broadcasts provide a better sound quality than analog broadcasts with free crystal clear audio and no static or distortion For more information and a guide to available stations and programming please visit www hdradio com When HD Radio is on and you tune to a station broadcasting HD Radio technology you may notice the following indicators on your screen MKC TME enUSA E142616 The HD Radio logo either blinks when acquiring a digital station and then stays solid when digital audio is playing or is grey when acquiring a digital station and then changes to orange when digital audio is playing When this logo is available you may also see Title and Artist fields on screen The multicast indicator appears in FM mode only if the current station is broadcasting multiple digital broadcasts The highlighted numbers signify available digital channels where new or different content is available HD1 signifies the main programming status and is available in analog and digital broadcasts Other multicast stations HD2 through HD7 are only available digitally 380 TAG allows you to save a song to download later when you are on an acquired HD Radio station and the feature is on To turn the feature on and use it 1 Press AM or FM gt Options gt TAG B
106. rear axle lubricant anytime the rear axle has been submerged in water Water may have contaminated the rear axle lubricant which is not normally checked or changed unless a leak is suspected or other axle repair is required MKC TME enUSA TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE E143886 243 If you need to have your vehicle towed contact a professional towing service or if you are a member of a roadside assistance program your roadside assistance service provider We recommend the use of a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your vehicle Do not tow with a slingbelt Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure Vehicle damage may occur if towed incorrectly or by any other means Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook up and towing procedures for your vehicle It is acceptable to have your front wheel drive vehicle towed from the front if using proper wheel lift equipment to raise the front wheels off the ground When towing in this manner the rear wheels can remain on the ground Towing Front wheel drive vehicles must have the front wheels placed on a tow dolly when towing your vehicle from the rear using wheel lift equipment This prevents damage to the transmission Towing an all wheel drive vehicle requires that all wheels be off the ground such as using
107. right arrow buttons to choose the desired fuel economy display Fuel Economy Instantaneous Fuel Economy Instantaneous Fuel Economy This display shows a visual graph of your instantaneous fuel economy 113 MKC TME enUSA Information Displays Driver Assist Use the up or down arrow buttons 7 to choose between the following display options Driver Assist Traction Control check enabled or uncheck disabled Blindspot check enabled or uncheck disabled Collision Warn Sensitivity High Normal or Low Cross Traffic check enabled or uncheck disabled Cruise Control Adaptive or Normal Driver Alert On or Display Intellegent AWD check enabled or uncheck disabled Lane keeping Sys Mode Alert Aid or Alert Aid Intensity High Normal or Low Front Park Aid check enabled or uncheck disabled Rear Park Aid check enabled or uncheck disabled 114 MKC TME enUSA Information Displays Settings In this mode you can configure Note Some items are optional and may not different driver setting choices appear Settings Vehicle Drive Control Handling in D Comfort Normal or Sport Handling in S Normal or Sport Performance in S Normal or Sport Easy Entry Exit check enabled or uncheck disabled Auto Engine Off check enabled or uncheck disabled Lighting Auto Highbeam On or Off Auto
108. side of your steering wheel to scroll through the available modes MKC TME enUSA The selection menu expands and different options appear e Press the up and down arrows to scroll through the modes Press the right arrow to enter the mode Press the left or right arrows to make adjustments within the chosen mode e Press OK to confirm your selection Note f your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation Compass appears in the display instead of Navigation If you press the right arrow to go into the Compass menu you can see the compass graphic The compass displays the direction in which the vehicle is traveling not true direction for example if the vehicle is traveling west the middle of the compass graphic displays west north displays to the left of west though its true direction is to the right of west 359 Using Voice Recognition This system helps you control many features using voice commands This allows you to keep your hands on the wheel and focus on what is in front of you The system provides feedback through audible tones prompts questions and spoken confirmations depending on the situation and the chosen level of interaction voice settings The system also asks short questions confirmation prompts when it is not sure of your request or when there are multiple possible responses to your request When using voice commands words and icons may appear in the lower left status bar indica
109. system will activate automatically on any slope that will cause significant vehicle rollback Using Hill Start Assist 1 Press the brake pedal to bring your vehicle to a complete standstill Keep the brake pedal pressed 2 If the sensors detect that your vehicle is on a slope the system will activate automatically 3 When you remove your foot from the brake pedal your vehicle will remain on the slope without rolling away for about two or three seconds This hold time will automatically be extended if you are in the process of driving off 4 Drive off in the normal manner The brakes will release automatically 186 MKC TME enUSA Traction Control PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction If your vehicle begins to slide the system applies the brakes to individual wheels and when needed reduces engine power at the same time If the wheels spin when accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces the system reduces engine power in order to increase traction USING TRACTION CONTROL In certain situations for example stuck in snow or mud turning the traction control off may be beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin with full engine power Depending on the type of system you have on your vehicle you can either turn the system off using the information display or by pressing the button MKC TME enUSA Switching the System Off Using the
110. system will stay in manual control Y A 4 until you make another shift button selection For example drive D The instrument cluster will display your currently selected gear Brake Shift Interlock Override WARNINGS Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the brake lamps are working E155990 174 MKC TME enUSA Transmission WARNINGS When doing this procedure you will be taking the vehicle out of park which means the vehicle can roll freely To avoid unwanted vehicle movement always fully set the parking brake prior to doing this procedure Use wheel chocks if appropriate If the parking brake is fully released but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated the brakes may not be working properly See your authorized dealer Note See your authorized dealer as soon as possible if this procedure is used Note For some markets this feature is disabled Note This feature will only function if your 12 volt battery has power Use the brake shift interlock override to move your transmission from the park position in the event of an electrical malfunction or if your vehicle has a dead battery MKC TME enUSA 1 Apply the parking brake and turn your ignition off before performing this procedure E180636 2 Locate your brake shift interlock access slot The slot is located in your center console storage bin The access slot does not have a label Note Make sure that you
111. the image Do not use abrasive materials to clean the lens MKC TME enUSA Note f you enable auto fold and then you fold the mirrors in manually to the door window glass then the welcome mats will not turn on INTERIOR LAMPS The interior lamps turn on when You open any door You press a remote control button You press switch A on the front interior lamp Front Interior Lamp Note Touch switch C to switch the door function off when you open any door The indicator lamp will illuminate amber when the door function is off When the door function is off and you open a door the courtesy and door lamps will stay off Touch switch C again to switch the door function back on The indicator lamp will illuminate blue when the door function is on When the door function is on and you open a door the courtesy and door lamps will switch on 95 A Left hand side map lamp switch B All lamps on switch C Door function switch D Right hand side map lamp switch Lighting Rear Interior Lamp if Equipped The rear interior lamps are located in the headliner by the grab handles You can switch individual rear lamps on independently by pressing the switch A AMBIENT LIGHTING it Equipped The ambient lighting system is adjusted with the MyLincoln Touch See MyLincoln Touch page 350 96 MKC TME enUSA Windows and Mirrors POWER WINDOWS WARNINGS Do not leave children un
112. the Interior Quickly 139 Getting the Services You Need 254 Recommended Settings for Cooling 139 Away From Home 254 Recommended Settings for Heating 139 Global Opening and Closing 98 Side Window Defogging in Cold Closing the Windows 98 W sth rssnsnannmanners saine 139 Opening the Windows 98 Hints on Driving With Anti Lock BAK E E E E 182 H Hood Lock See Opening and Closing the Hood 279 Hazard Warning Flashers 250 Headlamp Exit Delay 92 Head Restraints 141 Adjusting the Head Restraint 143 In California U S Only 255 Heated SQ ats iccscsiscscsicsiecssescsscasiscceissezersaevesive 147 Information Display Control 84 Rear Heated Seats 148 Cluster Display Control Features 84 Heated Steering Wheel 85 Information Displays 112 Heated Windows and Mirrors 139 General Information 112 Heated Exterior Mirror 139 Heated Rear Window 139 MKC TME enUSA 479 Information Messages Active Park Adaptive Cruise Control AdvanceTrac Automatic Engine Shutdown Battery and Charging System Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert SYSUQIM inner 123 Collision Warning System 123 Doors and LOCKS iaiisesssscicashcscaseissssitecedasetiaauciaees 124 Diver Alem aa ENER 124 UCU E E E OE 125 Hill Start Assist 125 Keys and Intelligent Acce
113. the back of the seat For outboard seating positions route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts For the center seating positions route the tether strap over the top of the head restraint If needed the head restraints can also be removed E142538 2 Locate the correct anchor on the back panel of the rear seat for the selected seating position The anchors are labeled with the tether strap symbol and are partially covered by the gap panel Pull the panel back to fully expose the anchors Child Safety i 3 Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown E142539 4 Tighten the child safety seat tether strap according to the manufacturer s instructions If your child restraint system is equipped with a tether strap and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use Ford also recommends its use MKC TME enUSA BOOSTER SEATS WARNING Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part ofthe body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash Use a belt positioning booster seat for children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat generally children who are less than 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall are greater than age four 4 and less than age twelve 12 and between 40 pounds 18 kilograms and 80 pounds 36 kilo
114. the front bumper and the parking space a pedestrian or cyclist or if the edge of the neighboring parked vehicle is high off the ground for example a bus tow truck or flatbed truck Do not use the system if You have attached a foreign object bike rack or trailer to the front or rear of your vehicle or attached close to the sensors You have attached an overhanging object surfboard to the roof The front bumper or side sensors are damaged or obstructed by a foreign object front bumper cover A mini spare tire is in use Parking Aids Using Active Park Assist P Press the button located on the eo right side of the center stack E130107 When the system finds a suitable space the touchscreen displays a message and a tone sounds Slow down continue moving forward and stop when another tone sounds and a message displays on the touchscreen at approximately position A then follow the instructions on the touchscreen Note You must observe that the selected space remains clear of obstructions at all times in the maneuver MKC TME enUSA The touchscreen displays a message and a corresponding graphic to indicate it is searching for a parking space Use the direction indicator to indicate which side of your vehicle you want the system to search Note Active park assist may not detect vehicles with overhanging loads a bus or a truck street furniture and other items You must make sure the selec
115. the safety belt height adjusters so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder Failure to adjust the safety belt correctly could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt and increase the risk of injury in a crash 4 E87511 To adjust the shoulder belt height squeeze the button and slide the height adjuster up or down Release the button and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place Safety Belts SAFETY BELT WARNING LAMP hk This lamp illuminates and an AND INDICATOR CHIME Tr audible warning will sound if the driver s safety belt has not been fastened when the vehicle s ignition is turned on Conditions of operation If Then The driver s safety belt is not buckled before the ignition switch is The safety belt warning light illuminates 1 2 minutes and the warning turned to the on position chime sounds 4 8 seconds The driver s safety belt is buckled while the indicator light is illuminated The safety belt warning light and warning chime turn off and the warning chime is sounding The driver s safety belt is buckled before the ignition switch is turned The safety belt warning light and indicator chime remain off to the on position 42 MKC TME enUSA Safety Belts SAFETY BELT MINDER Belt Minder This feature supplements the safety belt warning function by providing additional reminders by intermittently sounding
116. the system from activating when requested include e A blocked sensor High brake temperature e A failure in the system or a related system MKC TME enUSA Blocked Sensor WARNINGS Do not use the system when towing a trailer with aftermarked trailer brake controls Aftermarket trailer brakes will not function properly when you switch the system on because the brakes are electronically controlled Failing to do so may result in loss of vehicle control which could result in serious injury Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended because this can affect the normal operation of the system Failing to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control which could result in serious injury 209 JS e E145632 A message displays if something obstructs the radar signals from the sensor The sensor is located behind a cover near the driver side of the lower grille The system cannot detect a vehicle ahead and will not function when something obstructs the radar signals The following table lists possible causes and actions for this message displaying Cruise Control Cause Action The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty or obstructed in some way Clean the grille surface in front of the radar or remove the object causing the obstruction The surface of the radar in the grille is clean but the message remains in the display Wait a short time It may take several minutes
117. to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest Safety Belt Locking Modes WARNINGS After any vehicle crash the safety belt system at all passenger seating positions must be checked by an authorized dealer to verify that the automatic locking retractor feature for child seats is still functioning properly In addition all safety belts should be checked for proper function BELT AND RETRACTOR ASSEMBLY MUST BE REPLACED if the safety belt assembly automatic locking retractor feature or any other safety belt function is not operating properly when checked by an authorized dealer Failure to replace the belt and retractor assembly could increase the risk of injury in crashes 39 All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts The driver safety belt has the first type of locking mode and the front outboard passenger and rear seat safety belts have both types of locking modes described as follows Vehicle Sensitive Mode This is the normal retractor mode which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement For example if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply or the vehicle receives an impact of approximately 5 mph 8 km h or more the combination safety belts will lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers In addition the retractor is designed to lock if the webbing is pul
118. to program The indicator light on the visor will flash rapidly when the programming is successful Note The Genie transmitter will transmit for up to 30 seconds If HomeLink does not program within 30 seconds the Genie transmitter will need to be pressed again If the Genie transmitter indicator light displays green and red release the button until the indicator light turns off before pressing the button again Once HomeLink has been programmed successfully the Genie transmitter must be changed out of program mode To do this 1 Press and hold the previously programmed Genie button on the hand held transmitter for 10 seconds The indicator light will change from red to red and green 2 Press the same button twice to confirm the change If done correctly the indicator light will turn green 153 Programming HomeLink to the Genie Intellicode Garage Door Opener Motor Note You may need a ladder to access the garage door opener motor E142662 1 Press and hold the program button on the garage door opener motor until both blue indicator lights turn on 2 Release the program button Only the smaller round indicator light should be on 3 Press and release the program button The larger purple indicator light will flash Note The next two steps must be completed in 30 seconds Universal Garage Door Opener If Equipped 4 Press and release the Genie Intellicode 2 hand held transmitter s previously pro
119. to a certain brightness or have the system automatically change based on the outside light level or switch the display off e If you select AUTO or NIGHT you have the options of switching the display s Auto Dim feature on or off and changing the Auto Dim Manual Offset feature Auto Dim Manual Offset allows you to adjust screen dimming as the outside lighting conditions change from day to night This feature also allows you to adjust screen brightness using the instrument panel dimming control Edit Wallpaper e You can have your touchscreen display the default photo or upload your own MyLincoln Touch Uploading Photos for Your Home Screen Sound Vehicle Wallpaper Press the Settings icon gt Sound Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle Note You cannot load photos directly from then select from the following EX then select from the following your camera You must access the photos either from your USB mass storage device Ambient Lighting or from an SD card Sound Vehicle Health Report Note Photographs with extremely large Bass Camera Settings dimensions such as 2048 x 1536 may not A lt Enable Valet Mode be compatible and appear as a blank black Midrange image on the display Treble Ambient Lighting If Equipped Your system allows you to upload and view up to 32 photos To access press the Settings icon thy gt Display gt Edit Wallpaper and then follow the system prompts to upload you
120. to make sure you have the latest voice commands available for all media on the device 392 Browse This feature allows you to view the contents of the device It also allows you to search by categories such as genre artist or album If you want to view song information such as Title Artist File Folder Album and Genre touch the on screen album art You can also touch What s Playing to hear how the system pronounces the current band and song This can be helpful when using voice commands to make sure the system correctly plays your request SD Card and USB Voice Commands If you are listening to a USB device ns or an SD card press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands If you are not listening to a USB device or an SD card press the voice button and after the tone say USB or SD card then any of the following commands MyLincoln Touch USB or SD CARD USB or SD CARD Browse Play similar music Play song lt name gt Next Pause Previous Repeat all Play Repeat off Play album lt name gt Repeat one Play all Shuffle Play artist lt name gt Shuffle album Play audiobook lt name gt Shuffle off Play author lt name gt What s this Play composer lt name gt Help
121. to use the phone features of SYNC is to pair your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone with SYNC This allows you to use your phone in a hands free manner Note Put the transmission in park P Switch on your vehicle ignition and the radio 397 1 Touch Add Phone in the upper left corner of the touchscreen Find SYNC appears on the screen and instructs you to begin the pairing process from your device 2 Make sure that Bluetooth is setto On and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode See your device s manual if necessary Note Select SYNC and a six digit PIN appears on your device 3 If prompted to enter a PIN on your device it does not support Secure Simple Pairing To pair enter the PIN displayed on the touchscreen Skip the next step 4 When prompted on your phone s display confirm that the PIN provided by SYNC matches the PIN displayed on your cellular phone 5 The display indicates when the pairing is successful SYNC may prompt you with more phone options For more information on your phone s capability see your device s manual and visit the website MyLincoln Touch Pairing Subsequent Phones Note Put the transmission in park P Switch on your vehicle ignition and the radio 1 Press the Phone corner of the touchscreen gt Settings gt BT Devices gt Add Device 2 Make sure that Bluetooth is set to On and that your cellular phone is in the proper mode See your device
122. together route the tongue through the child seat according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions Be sure the belt webbing is not twisted US E142531 together 26 Child Safety 4 Insert the belt tongue into the proper 6 Allow the belt to retract to remove slack that will exist once the extra weight of buckle the buckle closest to the direction The belt will click as it retracts to indicate the child is added to the child restraint the tongue is coming from for that it is in the automatic locking mode It also helps to achieve the proper seating position until you hear a snap and 7 Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to snugness of the child seat to your feel the latch engage Make sure the make sure the retractor is in the vehicle Sometimes a slight lean toward tongue is latched securely by pulling on automatic locking mode you should not the buckle will additionally help to it be able to pull more belt out If the remove remaining slack from the belt retractor is not locked unbuckle the belt 9 Attach the tether strap if the child seat and repeat Steps 5 and 6 is equipped E142875 5 To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode grasp the shoulder portion E142533 of the belt and pull downward until all of the belt is pulled out E142534 8 Remove remaining slack from the belt Force the seat down with extra weight Note The automatic locking mode is for example by pressin
123. two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation WARNING Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met 447 Extended Service Plan ESP PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITH A LINCOLN EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN SERVICE PLANS U S Only Lincoln owners have discovered the powerful protection of Lincoln Extended Service Plan It is the only extended service plan backed by Lincoln Motor Company and provides peace of mind protection beyond the New Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage Lincoln ESP Can Quickly Pay for Itself One service bill the cost of parts and labor can easily exceed the price of your Lincoln Extended Service Plan With Lincoln ESP you minimize your risk for unexpected repair bills and rising repair costs Up to 1000 Covered Vehicle Components There are four Extended Service Plans with different levels of coverage Ask your authorized dealer for details MKC TME enUSA 1 PremiumCARE Our most comprehensive coverage With over 1000 covered components this plan is so complete that we generally only disc
124. vehicle s warranty Note During normal vehicle operation the engine coolant may change color from orange to pink or light red As long as the engine coolant is clear and uncontaminated this color change does not indicate the engine coolant has degraded nor does it require the engine coolant to be drained the system to be flushed or the engine coolant to be replaced 285 Do not mix different colors or types of coolant in your vehicle Make sure the correct coolant is used Mixing of engine coolants may harm your engine s cooling system The use of an improper coolant may harm engine and cooling system components and may void the warranty Use prediluted engine coolant meeting the Ford specification See Capacities and Specifications page 336 In case of emergency a large amount of water without engine coolant may be added in order to reach a vehicle service location In this instance the cooling system must be drained chemically cleaned with Motorcraft Premium Cooling System Flush and refilled with engine coolant as soon as possible Water alone without engine coolant can cause engine damage from corrosion overheating or freezing Maintenance Do not use alcohol methanol brine or any engine coolants mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze coolant Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant These can be
125. will illuminate when you lock the rear window controls Accessory Delay You can use the window switches for several minutes after you switch the ignition off or until you open either front door GLOBAL OPENING AND CLOSING You can use the remote control to operate the windows with the ignition off MKC TME enUSA Note You can switch this feature on and off in the information display or contact an authorized dealer See General Information page 112 Note To operate this feature make sure the accessory delay is not switched on Opening the Windows You can open the windows only for a short time after you unlock your vehicle with the remote control After you unlock your vehicle press and hold the remote control unlock button to open the windows Release the button once movement starts Press the lock or unlock button to stop movement Closing the Windows WARNING When closing the windows you should verify they are free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings 98 To close the windows press and hold the remote control lock button Release the button once movement starts Press the lock or unlock button to stop movement EXTERIOR MIRRORS Power Exterior Mirrors WARNING Do not adjust the mirrors when your vehicle is moving Windows and Mirrors E144073 A Left hand mirror B Adjustment control C Right hand mirror To a
126. you created the MyKey Once you have switched the vehicle off however you will need an admin key to change or clear your MyKey settings CLEARING ALL MYKEYS You can clear or change your MyKey settings using the information display control on the steering wheel See Information Displays page 112 Switch the ignition on using an admin key or fob Myk ey To clear all MyKeys of all MyKey settings press the left arrow button to access the main menu and scroll to Message Action and Description Settings Press the OK button MyKey Press the OK button Clear MyKey Press and hold the OK button until the following message displays All MyKeys Cleared Note When you clear your MyKeys you remove all restrictions and return all MyKeys to their original admin key status MKC TME enUSA 64 MykKey CHECKING MYKEY SYSTEM STATUS You can find information on programmed MyKey s using the information display control on the steering wheel See Information Displays page 112 To find information on a programed MyKey s press the left arrow button to access the main menu and scroll to Message Settings Description Press the OK button MyKey Press the OK button Select one of the following MyKey Dist Tracks the distance when drivers use a MyKey The only way to delete the accumulated distance is by using an admin key to clear your MyKey If the distance does no
127. your tire s 1 Make sure the tires are cool meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile MKC TME enUSA Note f you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot for example driven more than 1 mi 1 6 km never bleed or reduce air pressure The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be significantly under inflated Note f you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire s check and record the tire pressure first and add the appropriate air pressure when you get to the pump It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go up as you drive 2 Remove the cap from the valve on one tire then firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure 3 Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure 318 Note f you overfill the tire release air by pressing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge 4 Replace the valve cap 5 Repeat this procedure for each tire including the spare Note Some spare tires operate at a higher inflation pressure than the other tires For T type mini spare tires see the Dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly information for a description Store and maintain at 60 psi 4 15 bar For full size and dissimilar spare tires see the Dissimilar
128. 00 coverage for a towed trailer if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer If the towing vehicle is operational but the trailer is not then the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services Vehicles Sold In the United States Using Roadside Assistance United States Lincoln vehicle clients who require Roadside Assistance call 1 800 521 4140 If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself Ford Motor Company will reimburse a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest Lincoln dealership within 100 0 mi 161 km To obtain reimbursement information United States Lincoln vehicle clients call 1 800 521 4140 Ford Motor Company will ask you to submit your original receipts Roadside Emergencies Vehicles Sold In Canada Getting Roadside Assistance Canadian clients who require roadside assistance call 1 800 387 9333 Vehicles Sold In Canada Using Roadside Assistance Canadian Roadside coverage and benefits may differ from the United States coverage Please refer to your warranty information or visit our website at www lincolncanada com for information on Canadian services and benefits Canadian clients who need to obtain roadside information call 1 800 387 9333 or visit our website at www lincolncanada com HAZARD WARNING FLASHERS Note f used when the vehicle is not running the battery will lose charge There may be insufficient power to restart your vehic
129. 01 CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES Car wash chemicals and environmental fallout can result in windshield and wiper blade contamination Dirty windshield and wipers will result in poor windshield wiper operation Keep the windshield and wiper blades clean to maintain windshield wiper performance To clean the windshield and wiper blades Clean the windshield with a non abrasive glass cleaner For windshields contaminated with tree sap chemicals wax or bugs clean the entire windshield using steel wool no greater than 0000 grade in a circular motion and rinse with water Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or windshield washer fluid Note Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean or remove decals from the inside of the heated rear window The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines Vehicle Care CLEANING THE INTERIOR WARNINGS Do not use cleaning solvents bleach or dye on the vehicle s safety belts as these actions may weaken the belt webbing 1 On vehicles equipped with seat mounted airbags do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a collision Note Follow the same procedure for cleaning leather seats when cleaning leather interior See Cleaning Leather Seats page 304 MKC TME enUSA Note Do
130. 142430 If electrical components in the vehicle are not working a fuse may have blown A break in the fuse wire will indicate a blown fuse Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components 277 MKC TME enUSA Maintenance GENERAL INFORMATION Have your vehicle serviced regularly to help maintain its roadworthiness and resale value There is a large network of Ford authorized dealers that are there to help you with their professional servicing expertise We believe that their specially trained technicians are best qualified to service your vehicle properly and expertly They are supported by a wide range of highly specialized tools developed specifically for servicing your vehicle To help you service your vehicle we provide scheduled maintenance information which makes tracking routine service easy See Scheduled Maintenance page 451 If your vehicle requires professional service your authorized dealer can provide the necessary parts and service Check your warranty information to find out which parts and services are covered Use only recommended fuels lubricants fluids and service parts conforming to specifications Motorcraft parts are designed and built to provide the best performance in your vehicle MKC TME enUSA Precautions e Do not work on a hot engine e Make sure that nothing gets caught in moving parts e Donotwork on a vehicle with the engine running in an en
131. 2 Configurable Note f this type is equipped you are able to switch the daytime running lamps on or off using the information display controls See Information Displays page 112 When the daytime running lamps are switched on in the information display and you switch the ignition to the on position with the lighting control in the autolamps position the daytime running lamps turn on whenever the headlamps are off The other lighting control switch positions do not activate the daytime running lamps and can be used to temporarily override autolamp control When switched off in the information display the daytime running lamps are off in all lighting control switch positions MKC TME enUSA AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL If Equipped The system will automatically turn on your high beams if it is dark enough and no other traffic is present When it detects the headlights of an approaching vehicle the tail lamps of the preceding vehicle or street lighting the system will turn off the high beams before they distract other drivers The low beams remain on Note f it appears that automatic control of the high beams is not functioning properly check the windshield in front of the camera for a blockage A clear view of the road is required for proper system operation Have any windshield damage in the area of the camera s field of view repaired Note f the system detects a blockage such as bird droppings bug spla
132. 50 which equates to a freeze point between 30 F 34 C and 34 F 37 C Maintenance Note For best results coolant concentration should be tested with a refractometer such as Rotunda tool 300 ROB75240 available from your authorized dealer Ford does not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolant concentrations Note Automotive fluids are not interchangeable Do not use engine coolant or antifreeze or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location Adding Engine Coolant WARNINGS Do not add engine coolant when the engine is hot Steam and scalding liquids released from a hot cooling system can burn you badly Also you can be burned if you spill coolant on hot engine parts Do not put engine coolant in the windshield washer fluid container If sprayed on the windshield engine coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield MKC TME enUSA WARNINGS To reduce the risk of personal injury make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap The cooling system is under pressure steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when the cap is loosened slightly A Do not add coolant further than the MAX mark Note Do not use stop leak pellets cooling system sealants or additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling or heating systems This damage would not be covered under your
133. 504 Cooling fan 2 with trailer tow F19 5A Anti lock brake system module run start F20 20 Horn relay F21 104 Brake pedal switch F22 25A Windshield wipers and washer F23 5A Run start relay coil F24 20 Transmission range control module F25 104 Air conditioning clutch relay F26 5A Powertrain control module relay coil F27 Washer pump relay MKC TME enUSA 264 Fuses Fuse Fuse amp rating Protected components F28 10A Alternator sensor F29 1 Rain sensor 15A Rear wiper Washer pump relay coil F30 20A Left hand headlamp F31 20 Right hand headlamp F32 15A Vehicle power 1 powertrain control module F33 15A Vehicle power 2 canister vent solenoid universal exhausted gas oxygen sensor variable camshaft timing catalyst monitor sensor canister purge solenoid F34 15 Vehicle power 3 A C clutch control relay coil variable A C compressor fan control relay coil engine charge air bypass valve solenoid active grill shutters F35 15A Vehicle power 4 ignition coils F36 Not used F37 Not used MKC TME enUSA 265 Fuses Fuse Fuse amp rating Protected components F38 Not used F39 5A Powertrain control ignition start power run F40 104 Electronic power assist steering run start F41 Not used F42 101 Adaptive cruise control Blind spot information system Heads up display Rear video camera F43
134. A Power Lift Ate cscsssesesssesossssstassseesssnvaecenes 74 Obstacle Detection Opening and Closing the Liftgate Setting the Liftgate Open Height 16 POW T SOAS isscscsescesecesseaceasstscasesivasagedesistscssitoe 143 Power Lumb r sisssisss us 145 Power Steering Fluid Check 288 Power Windows 97 Accessory Delay 98 Bounce Back 97 One Touch Down 97 ONE TOUCH UP 97 Window LOCKiiiaicaicnniaaceiendnieanaada 98 R Rear Seat Armrest Rear Seats sis Folding the Seatback 147 Recline Adjustment 147 Unfolding the Seatback eee 147 Rear Under Floor Storage 229 Cargo Management System 229 Rear View Camera 199 Using the Rear View Camera System 200 Rear View Camera See Rear View Camera 199 482 Rear Window Wiper and Washerts Rear Window Washer Rear Window Wipet Recommended Towing Weights REPU CTIA Escrime Easy Fuel Capless Fuel System Remote Control ssessessesesressesseresreeresreseesess Car FINA Si ec sesssstessecccstasssecotesscccetertsesiciveseceatorsenersins Intelligent Access Key Remote Start Replacing the Battery Sounding a Panic Alarm Remote Statics scssciavisiaansdatnnancdieies Automatic Settings Removing a Headlamp Repairing Minor Paint Damage Replacement Parts Recommendation Col
135. A Scheduled Maintenance Repair Order Engine hours optional Multi point inspection recommended O O Signature Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT Multi point inspection Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT Oso O Oso O 469 MKC TME enUSA Scheduled Maintenance Repair Order O Engine hours optional O Multi point inspection recommended O Signature Qi D Qi D Q Muti point inspection recommenaee C Multi Q Muti point inspection fecommended C inspection recommended sara sara 470 MKC TME enUSA Scheduled Maintenance Repair Order Engine hours optional Multi point inspection recommended O O Signature Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT Multi point inspection Q Mutipoint inspection recommended CT Oso O Oso O 471 MKC TME enUSA Scheduled Maintenance Repair Order O Engine hours optional O Multi point inspection recommended O Signature Qi D Qi D Q Muti point inspection rcommendea T Multi E E vur poit inspection rcommendea inspection recommended sara sara 472 MKC TME enUSA Scheduled Maintenance Repair Order Distance Engine hours optional Multi point inspection recommended O O Signature 473 MKC TME enUSA 474 MKC TME enUSA Index A A C See Cli
136. ARNINGS Always use floor mats that are designed to fit the foot well of your vehicle leaving the pedal area unobstructed and which can be firmly secured to retention posts so that they cannot slip out of position and interfere with the pedals or impair safe operation of your vehicle in other ways Incorrectly fitted floor mats can cause the accelerator pedal to become stuck in the open position This can cause loss of vehicle control Driving Hints WARNINGS Always correctly install the floor mats to the retention posts so that they cannot slip out of position or obstruct pedal operation Do not place unsecured floor mats or any other covering in the foot well Do not place additional floor mats or any other covering on top of the original floor mats This will reduce the pedal clearance and interfere with the pedal operation Do not allow objects to fall or become trapped under the pedals of your vehicle This can cause loss of vehicle control Carry out regular inspections to make sure the floor mats are secure To install the floor mats position the floor mat eyelet over the retention post and press down to lock in position Remove in reverse order 248 MKC TME enUSA Roadside Emergencies ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Vehicles Sold In the United States Getting Roadside Assistance To fully assist if you have a vehicle concern Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary Roadside Assistance
137. Ajar m Displays when the ignition is on ay and any door is not completely closed Electric Park Brake It will illuminate or flash when the electric parking brake has a malfunction See Electric Parking Brake page 183 Instrument Cluster Engine Coolant Temperature 3 llluminates when the engine JR coolant temperature is high Stop the vehicle as soon as possible switch off the engine and let cool See Engine Coolant Check page 284 Engine Oil If it illuminates with the engine running or when you are driving this indicates a malfunction Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off Check the engine oil level See Engine Oil Check page 283 Note Do not resume your journey if it illuminates despite the level being correct Have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately Fasten Safety Belt PA It will illuminate and a chime will A sound to remind you to fasten your safety belt See Safety Belt Minder page 43 MKC TME enUSA Front Airbag JO lit fails to illuminate when you A start your vehicle continues to flash or remains on it indicates a malfunction Have the system checked by an authorized dealer Heads Up Display f Equipped A red beam of lights will illuminate on the windshield in certain instances when using adaptive cruise control or the collision warning system It will also illuminate momentarily when you start your
138. BBB will review the claim for eligibility under the Program Summary Guidelines You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 or writing to BBB AUTO LINE 4200 Wilson Boulevard Suite 800 Arlington Virginia 22203 1833 BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be requested by calling the Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center at 1 800 392 3673 Note Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations modify procedures or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation MKC TME enUSA UTILIZING THE MEDIATION ARBITRATION PROGRAM CANADA ONLY For vehicles delivered to authorized Canadian dealers In those cases where you continue to feel that the efforts by Ford of Canada and the authorized dealer to resolve a factory related vehicle service concern have been unsatisfactory Ford of Canada participates in an impartial third party mediation arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP The CAMVAP program is a straight forward and relatively speedy alternative to resolve a disagreement when all other efforts to produce a settlement have failed This procedure is without cost to you and is designed to eliminate the need for lengthy and expensive legal proceedings 257 Inthe CAMVAP program impartial third party arbitrators conduct hearings at mutually convenient times and places in an informal
139. Blind Spot Information System page 218 Cross Traffic System Fault A fault with the system has occurred Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible Collision Warning System Message Action Collision Warning Malfunction A fault with the system has occurred Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible Collision Warning Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual You have a blocked sensor due to bad weather ice mud or water in front of the radar sensor You can typically clean the sensor to resolve See Collision Warning System page 224 Collision Warning Not Available A fault with the system has occurred Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible MKC TME enUSA 123 Information Displays Doors and Locks Message Action X Door Ajar The door s listed is not completely closed Luggage compartment door ajar The luggage compartment is not completely closed Hood Ajar The hood is not completely closed Switches Inhibited Security Mode The system has disabled the door switches Child Lock Malfunction Service Required There is a system malfunction with the child locks Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible Factory Keypad Code XXXXX The factory keypad code displays in the information display after system resets the keypad See Keyless Entry page 77 Driver Alert Message Action
140. Brake fluid non petroleum based Fuel pump reset H Y Ey Engine air filter JS 0REGEEE Brake system Engine coolant Fuse compartment MKC TME enUSA Introduction Hazard warning flashers Heated rear window Heated windshield Interior luggage compartment release w Q x Keep out of reach of children elole Cy Lighting control N 1 N Low tire pressure warning Maintain correct fluid level ale MKC TME enUSA GE U p DEERE Note operating instructions Panic alarm Parking aid Parking brake Power steering fluid Power windows front rear Power window lockout Service engine soon Side airbag Shield the eyes A Stability control EN Windshield wash and wipe DATA RECORDING Service Data Recording Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle such as engine throttle steering or brake systems In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle Ford Motor Company Ford of Canada and service and repair facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle Introduction Additionally when your vehicle is in for service or repair
141. Bureau BBB Auto Line Program U S Only 256 Ticket Holders 157 Tir Care 310 Glossary of Tire Terminology 311 Information About Uniform Tire Quality Gradin Gianini tninn a 310 Information Contained on the Tire Sid Wallis sance Temperature A BC Traction AA A B C TTOAdW A 2eme Tire Pressure Monitoring System 324 Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure Monitoring System 325 Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring SYSTEM pienen an Aiii 326 Tires See Wheels and Tires 308 TOWING Wailers ssccicesescansarcssvascorsessesssseseveers 239 Load Placement 239 MKC TME enUSA Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels 244 Emergency TOWING 244 Recreational Towing 244 TOWING His 239 Traction Control 187 Principle of Operation 187 Trailer Sway Control 239 Transmission Code Designation 340 Transmission 171 Transmission See TranSMISSION 171 Transporting the Vehicle 243 U Under Hood Overview 2 0L ECOBOOST Lan de prat E 280 Under Hood Overview 2 3L ECOBOOSt erai onre aE 282 Universal Garage Door Openet 150 HomeLink Wireless Control System 150 484 Using Adaptive Cruise Control 204 Blocked Sensor 209 Changing the Set Speed 207 Detection Issues 208 Disengaging the System 207 Following a Vehicle Hilly Condition Usage Low Speed Automatic Cancellation
142. CLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS XXXXX XXXXX EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MAN a SHOWN ABOVE XX DSO XXXX ee wie NT PRY TR rik ITR ISPR 1 XXXX we XX XXX X XX X XXXX XXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XX XXXX XXXXXXX XX E167469 The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Regulations require that a Safety Compliance Certification Label be affixed to a vehicle and prescribe where the Safety Compliance Certification Label may be located The Safety Compliance Certification Label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar the door latch post or the edge of the door near the door latch next to the driver s seating position Capacities and Specifications TRANSMISSION CODE MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO XXXX KG XXXX LB DATE XX GWR DESIGNATION FRONT GAWR REAR GAWR XXXX KG XXXX LB WITH XXXX KG XXXX LB WITH XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX TIRES oR MR XXXXXXX RIMS XXXXX MYOOX KPa XOX PSICOLD AT NU HPa XXX PSICOLD THIS VEHICLE CONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY AND THEFT PREVENTION STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE We wie XXXXX XXXXX XXXX LRC X NTR FE TR TANCE He Ox XX XXX X X XX XXXXXXXXXXXXX D XXXX XXXXXXX XX E167814 The transmission code is on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The following table shows the transmission code along with the transmission description Description Code Six speed aut
143. Certain versions or updates to Vehicle Health Report may also MKC TME enUSA collect more vehicle information Ford may use your vehicle information it collects for any purpose If you do not want to disclose your cellular phone number or vehicle information do not run the feature or set up your Vehicle Health Report profile at www SYNCMyRide com See www SYNCMyRide com Vehicle Health Report Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement for more information 414 CLIMATE Note You can switch temperature units between Fahrenheit and Celsius in the settings menu See Settings page 363 Press the lower right corner on the touchscreen to access your climate control features Depending on your vehicle line and option package your climate screen may look different from the screen shown here MyLincoln Touch MKC TME enUSA 0 3 Miles E171848 l H G F E D Power Touch to switch the system off and on When the system is off outside air cannot enter your vehicle Passenger settings Depending on your vehicle and option package you may have the following features Touch DUAL to switch on or off the ability to control the passenger side temperature separately When switched off the passenger side temperature will always agree with the drivers temperature setting Touch the and to adjust the temperature Touch the heated seat icon to control the heated seat if equipped Touch the cooled seat icon to contro
144. Chart 295 C Cabin Air FIRE ssississsissssssussss 140 California Proposition 65 11 Capacities and Specifications 336 Technical Specifications 341 Car Wash See Cleaning the Exterior 299 Center CONSOIS parisare essre 157 Changing a Bulb 293 Lamp Assembly Condensation Replacing Approach Lamp Bulbs Replacing Front Indicator Bulbs 294 Replacing High Intensity Discharge Headlamp BUDS penere 294 Replacing License Plate Lamp Bulb Replacing Reverse Lamp Assembly 294 Replacing Signal Indicator Mirror Bulbs 294 Replacing Tail Brake and Direction Indicator BUDS wiscscccccsitateasiescleastineassssnaiticcabeaivienoacecenies 294 476 Changing a Fuse 277 FUSSS nissan 277 Changing a Road Wheel 328 Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly Informatio Nasenne 329 Tire Change Procedure 330 Changing the 12V Battery 288 Changing the Engine Air Filter 297 Changing the Wiper Blades 291 Checking MyKey System Status 05 Checking the Wiper Blades 291 Child Restraint and Safety Belt Maintenance 44 Child Safete aee ea ee EET 23 General Information 23 Child Safety Locks 35 Left Hand Side 36 Right Hand Side 36 Child Seat Positioning 34 Cleaning Leather Seats eee 304 Cleaning Products 299 Cleaning the Alloy Wheels 305 Cleaning the Engine 301 Cleaning the Exterior Cleaning P
145. Cleaner ZC 56 Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover U S only ZC 14 e Motorcraft Ultra Clear Spray Glass Cleaner ZC 23 e Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner ZC 37 A CLEANING THE EXTERIOR Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash 299 Never use strong household detergents or soap such as dish washing or laundry liquid These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces e Never wash a vehicle that is hot to the touch or during exposure to strong direct sunlight Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel in order to eliminate water spotting Immediately remove items such as gasoline diesel fuel bird droppings and insect deposits because they can cause damage to your vehicle s paintwork and trim over time Use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover e Remove any exterior accessories such as antennas before entering a car wash Note Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage any painted surface if these substances come in contact with your vehicle wash off as soon as possible Vehicle Care Stripes or Graphics if equipped Do not use a commercial or high pressure sprayer on the surface or edge of stripes and graphics This can cause damage to the film and cause the edge of the film to peel away from the vehicle surface Exterior Chrome Note Never use abrasive materials such as steel wo
146. DEFECTS U S ONLY E142557 Customer Assistance If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Ford Motor Company To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator 1200 New Jersey Avenue Southeast Washington D C 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS CANADA ONLY If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform Transport Canada Transport Canada Contact Information Website http www tc gc ca eng roadsafety menu htm Phone 1 800 333 0510 MKC TME enUSA 260 Fuses FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART Pre Fuse Box The pre fuse box is in the engine compartment attached to the positive battery post This box contains several high current fuses
147. Do not overfill the fuel tank The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and WARNINGS When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the filler neck Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain fire conditions Avoid inhaling excess fumes f The fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door Easy Fuel capless fuel system do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury Automotive fuels can cause serious s injury or death if misused or mishandled A The flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity which can cause a fire if fuel is pumped into an ungrounded fuel container Fuel ethanol and gasoline may contain benzene which is a cancer causing agent MKC TME enUSA Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle Always turn off the vehicle before refueling Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury If fuel is swallowed call a physician immediately even if no symptoms are immediately apparent The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for
148. E 1 and ICE 2 buttons The ICE contacts you select appear at the end of the 911 Assist call process Voice Command List View categorized lists of voice commands MKC TME enUSA 375 MyLincoln Touch To access Help using the voice commands say Help The system provides allowable press the voice button then after the tone voice commands for the current mode ENTERTAINMENT E161892 A AM 1 and AM AST B FM 1 FM 2 and FM AST C SIRIUS 376 MKC TME enUSA MyLincoln Touch CD USB These buttons change with the media mode you are in Ta nom Radio memory presets and CD controls Note Some features may not be available in your area Contact an authorized dealer BROWSE within devices for more information You can access these options using the Browse touchscreen or voice commands A Browse lt league gt games Browsing Device Content g 9 When listening to audio on a device you can Browse lt Sirius category gt channels browse through other devices without having to change sources For example if you are Browse SD card currently listening to audio on an SD card n E ge you can browse all the artists that are stored Browse Sirius channel guide on your USB device Press the voice icon on the ns steering wheel When prompted you can Say 377 MKC TME enUSA Touch this button to scroll down fo
149. Email menacac ford com www me ford com If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate to any of the above locations register your vehicle identification number VIN and new address with Ford Motor Company Export Operations amp Global Growth Initiatives by emailing expcac ford com MKC TME enUSA If you are in another foreign country contact the nearest authorized dealer In the event your inquiry is unresolved communicate your concern with the dealership s Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager If you require additional assistance or clarification please contact the respective Customer Relationship Center as previously listed Customers in the U S should call 1 800 392 3673 ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER S LITERATURE To order the publications in this portfolio contact Helm Incorporated at HELM INCORPORATED 47911 Halyard Drive Plymouth Michigan 48170 Attention Customer Service Or to order a free publication catalog call toll free 1 800 782 4356 Monday Friday 8 00 a m 6 00 p m EST 259 Helm Incorporated can also be reached by their website www helminc com Items in this catalog may be purchased by credit card check or money order Obtaining a French Owner s Manual French Owner s Manual can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by contacting Helm Incorporated using the contact information listed previously in this section REPORTING SAFETY
150. F Use HOV Lanes Have the system use high occupancy vehicle lanes if available when planning your route Navigation Preferences Guidance Prompts Have the system use Voice amp Tones or Tone Only on your programmed route Auto Fill State Province Have the system automatically fill in the state and province based on the information already entered into the system Switch this feature ON or OFF 422 Traffic Preferences Avoid Traffic Problems Choose how you want the system to handle traffic problems along your route Automatic Have the system reroute you to avoid traffic incidents that develop and impact the current route The system does not provide a traffic alert notification Manual Have the system always provide a traffic alert notification for traffic incidents along the planned route You have a choice to accept or ignore the notification before making the route deviation Traffic Alert Notification Have the system display traffic alert notifications Other traffic alert features allows you to turn on certain or all traffic icons on the map such as road work incident accidents and closed roads Scroll down to view all the different types of alerts Switch these features ON or OFF MyLincoln Touch Avoid Areas Choose areas which you want the system to avoid when calculating a route for you Press Add to program an entry Once you make a selection the system tries to avo
151. Ford FOMoCo or Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging 12 Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs One of the best ways for you to make sure that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in this Owner s Manual Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications Collision Repairs We hope that you never experience a collision but accidents do happen Genuine Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit finish structural integrity corrosion protection and dent resistance During vehicle development we validate these parts deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system A great way to know for sure you are getting this level of protection is to use genuine Ford replacement collision parts Introduction Warranty on Replacement Parts Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement parts are the only replacement parts that benefit from a Ford Warranty Damage caused to your vehicle as a result of the failure of non Ford parts may not be covered by the Ford Warranty For additional information refer to the terms and conditions of the Ford Warranty SPECIAL NOTICES New Vehicle Limited Warranty For a detailed description of what is covered and what is not covered by your vehicle s New Vehicle Limited Warranty refer to the Warranty Ma
152. GES Some States Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations so to that extent the above may not apply to you Export Control You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the Data or any direct product thereof except in compliance with and with all licenses and approvals required under applicable export laws rules and regulations including but not limited to the laws rules MKC TME enUSA and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U S Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U S Department of Commerce To the extent that any such export laws rules or regulations prohibit HERE from complying with any of its obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute Data such failure shall be excused and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement Entire Agreement These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between HERE and its licensors including their licensors and suppliers and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter Severability You and HERE agree that if any portion of this agreement is found illegal or unenforceable that portion shall be severed and the remainder of the Agreement shall be given full force and effect 444 Severability
153. IONS OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU 6 Arbitration and Governing Law You agree that any dispute claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Telenav Software shall be settled by independent arbitration involving a neutral arbitrator and administered by the American Arbitration Association in the County of Santa Clara California The arbitrator shall apply the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association and the judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction Note that there is no judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding and the decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon both parties You expressly agree to waive your right to a jury trial 440 This Agreement and performance hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions To the extent judicial action is necessary in connection with the binding arbitration both Telenav and you agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the County of Santa Clara California The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply 7 Assignment You may not resell assign or transfer this Agreement or any of your rights or obligations except in totality in connection with your permanent transfer of the Telenav
154. It will go out when you switch the system back on or when you switch the ignition off See Using Stability Control page 190 Instrument Cluster AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND INDICATORS Keyless Warning Alert The horn will sound twice when you exit your vehicle with the intelligent access key and your vehicle is in RUN indicating your vehicle is still on Headlamps On Warning Chime Sounds when you remove the key from the ignition and open the driver s door and you have left the headlamps or parking lamps on Parking Brake On Warning Chime Sounds when you have left the parking brake on and drive your vehicle If the warning chime remains on after you have released the parking brake have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately MKC TME enUSA 111 Information Displays GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving You can control various systems on your vehicle using the information display controls on the s
155. LLARS U S 250 00 THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLY BE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW VEHICLE 435 Adobe Contains Adobe Flash Player or AIR technology by Adobe Systems Incorporated This Licensee Product contains Adobe Flash Player Adobe AIR software under license from Adobe Systems Incorporated Copyright 1995 2009 Adobe Macromedia Software LLC All rights reserved Adobe Flash and AIR are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated End User Notice Microsoft Windows Mobile for Automotive Important Safety Information This system Ford SYNC contains software that is licensed to Manufacturer FORD MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation pursuant to a license agreement Any removal reproduction reverse engineering or other unauthorized use of the software from this system in violation of the license agreement is strictly prohibited and may subject you to legal action Appendices Read and follow instructions Before using your Windows Automotive based system read and follow all instructions and safety information provided in this end user manual User s Guide Not following precautions found in this User s Guide can lead to an accident or other serious consequences Keep User s Guide in vehicle When kept in the vehicle the User s Guide will be a ready reference for you and other users unfamiliar with the Windows Automotive based system Please
156. LT Service Required See an authorized dealer SHIFT SYS FAULT Vehicle is Shifting to Park There is a system fault while you are shifting your vehicle to P park See an authorized dealer SHIFT SYS FAULT Reverse Unavailable Service Required There is a system fault while you are shifting your vehicle to R reverse See your authorized dealer SHIFT SYS FAULT Drive Unavailable Select S for Drive Service Required See an authorized dealer SHIFT SYS FAULT Neutral Unavailable Service Required See an authorized dealer MKC TME enUSA 134 Information Displays Message Action SHIFT SYS FAULT Sport Unavailable See an authorized dealer Service Required Neutral Tow Engaged Turn Ignition Off for Neutral tow is active and you need to turn the ignition off See Towing the Vehicle on Four Towing Wheels page 244 Neutral Tow Engaged Depress Brake and While attempting to exit neutral tow you need to depress the brake pedal and select the P park Select Park to Exit Neutral Tow button to deactivate See Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels page 244 Neutral Tow Remove Park Brake for Neutral tow is active and you need to release the park brake See Towing the Vehicle on Four Towing Wheels page 244 Neutral Tow Disengaged You have switched off Neutral tow 135 MKC TME enUSA Climate Control AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL Note You can switch temperature units between
157. Microsoft Corporation nor their affiliates nor their designated agent are responsible for i the contents of any third party sites any links contained in third party sites or any changes or updates to third party sites or ii webcasting or any other form of transmission received from any third party sites If the SOFTWARE provides links to third party sites those links are provided to you only as a convenience and the inclusion of any link does not imply an endorsement of the third party site by MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent MKC TME enUSA e Obligation to Drive Responsibly You recognize your obligation to drive responsibly and keep attention on the road You will read and abide with the DEVICE operating instructions particularly as they pertain to safety and assumes any risk associated with the use of the DEVICE UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY separate from the DEVICE on media such as a ROM chip CD ROM disk s or via web download or other means and is labeled For Upgrade Purposes Only or For Recovery Purposes Only you may install one 1 copy of such SOFTWARE onto the DEVICE as a replacement copy for the existing SOFTWARE and use it in accordance with this EULA including any additional EULA terms accompanying the upgrade SOFTWARE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFT
158. Not Applied The electric parking brake is not set Park Brake Maintenance Mode Park Brake Use Switch to Release The electric parking brake is running a diagnostic check The electric parking brake is set but you have not released it MKC TME enUSA 129 Information Displays Message Action Press Brake To Release Park Brake and Switch The electric parking brake is set but you have not released it and your vehicle is moving Park Brake Limited Function Service Required The electric park brake system has detected a condition that requires service See an authorized dealer Park Brake System Overheated You have not released the electric parking brake causing it to overheat Release Park Brake The electric parking brake is set and you have started your vehicle Park Brake Applied The electric parking brake is set Park Brake Released You have released the electric parking brake Power Steering Message Action Steering Fault Service Now The power steering system has detected a condition that requires service See an authorized dealer Steering Loss Stop Safely The power steering system is not working Stop your vehicle in a safe place Contact an authorized dealer Steering Assist Fault Service Required The power steering system has detected a condition within the power steering system or passive entry or passive start syst
159. PR TXXXXX XXX XX X XX XXX XXX XXXXXXXXXXXXX XKX XXXX XXXXXXX XX E142523 234 Load Carrying WARNING Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification Label vehicle weight rating limits could result in substandard vehicle handling or performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle loss of control and personal injury MKC TME enUSA MFD BY FORD M MOTOR C 0 DATE xx xx G WR P CID FRONT TE NV e se ae PNBE AR op a Fy ooa tg OOK KI WITH AVEC TIRES PNEUS XXXX XXXXK XXXX XXXXX E 200000 2 RIMS JANTES 2000001 AT A kPa PSIAPC xxx xx COLD A FROID ne as w Ce COMPLIES2000 00x 300 Miji DLL LIU ill INTIR TPS TR AE Tr SPR XXXXX XX X XXXX XXX 230000000000 XXX OXXKKXKXAKXK XX E142524 235 Load Carrying Ceew E143819 GCW Gross Combined Weight is the Gross Vehicle Weight plus the weight of the fully loaded trailer GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer including all cargo and passengers that the vehicle can handle without risking damage Important The towing vehicle s braking system is rated for operation at Gross Vehicle Weight Rating not at Gross Combined Weight Rating Separate functional brakes should be used for safe control of towed vehicles and for trailers where the Gross MKC TME enUSA
160. Please contact an authorized dealer for further information 345 Note Do not use any irregularly shaped discs or discs with a scratch protection film attached Always handle discs by their edges only Clean the disc with an approved CD cleaner only Wipe it from the center of the disc toward the edge Do not clean in a circular motion Audio System Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or heat sources for extended periods MP3 and WMA Track and Folder Structure Audio systems capable of recognizing and playing MP3 and WMA individual tracks and folder structures work as follows There are two different modes for MP3 and WMA disc playback MP3 and WMA track mode system default and MP3 and WMA folder mode MP3 and WMA track mode ignores any folder structure on the MP3 and WMA disc The player numbers each MP3 and WMA track on the disc noted by the MP3 or WMA file extension from TOO1 to a maximum of T255 The maximum number of playable MP3 and WMA files may be less depending on the structure of the CD and exact model of radio present MKC TME enUSA e MP3 and WMA folder mode represents a folder structure consisting of one level of folders The CD player numbers all MP3 and WMA tracks on the disc noted by the MP3 or WMA file extension and all folders containing MP3 and WMA files from F001 folder TOO1 track to F253 T255 e Creating discs with only one level of folders helps with navigation throu
161. Reverse Lamp Assembly Your vehicle uses a LED for the reverse lamps If replacement is required see your authorized dealer Maintenance Replacing License Plate Lamp Bulb E72789 1 Carefully release the spring clip 2 Remove the lamp 3 Remove the bulb Reverse steps to reinstall bulb Replacing High Mount Brake Lamp Bulb Your vehicle is equipped with an LED center high mount stop lamp located in the spoiler designed to last the life of the vehicle If replacement is required see your authorized dealer BULB SPECIFICATION CHART The specified replacement bulbs are in the chart below Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized D O T Department of Transportation for North America to affirm lamp performance light brightness and pattern and safe visibility The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb burn time Function Trade number Headlamp high intensity discharge Low High D3S Sidemarker front LED Park lamp front LED Turn lamp front 7444NA Signal indicator mirror lamp LED Welcome light LED Approach lamp LED MKC TME enUSA 295 Maintenance Function Trade number Tail brake lamp LED Turn lamp rear LED Backup lamp LED License plate lamp WEW High mount brake lamp LED Interior lamps LED To replace these lamps see your au
162. S RESPECTIVE SERVERS OR IN THE CASE OF GRACENOTE CHANGE DATA CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT NO WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE Appendices ERROR FREE OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED GRACENOTE IS NOT OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES AT ANY TIME GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT NEITHER GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER Gracenote 2007 Vehicle with SYNC only MKC TME enUSA The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter FCC ID KMHSG1G1 IC 1422A SG1G1 Vehicle with SYNC and MyFord Touch or MyLincoln Touch FCC ID KMHSYNCG2 L IC 1422A SYNCG2 L This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following
163. TEERING WHEEL tequippea See MyLincoln Touch page 350 85 MKC TME enUSA Wipers and Washers WINDSHIELD WIPERS Intermittent Wipe Note Fully defrost the windshield before switching on the windshield wipers Note Make sure you switch off the wipers before entering a car wash Note Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears If that does not resolve the issue install new E169313 wiper blades Note Do not operate the wipers on a dry A Single wipe windshield This may scratch the glass B Int itt damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper ntermittent wipe A _ Shortest wipe interval motor to burn out Always use the windshield C Normal wipe B Intermittent wipe washers before wiping a dry windshield D High speed wipe c Longest wipe Tntetval Use the rotary control to adjust the intermittent wipe interval Speed dependent wipers When your vehicle speed increases the interval between wipes will decrease 86 MKC TME enUSA Wipers and Washers AUTOWIPERS If Equipped Note Fully defrost the windshield before switching on the windshield wipers Note Make sure you switch off the windshield wipers before entering a car wash Note Clean the windshield and wiper blades if they begin to leave streaks or smears If that does not resolve the issue install new wiper blades Note f you switch autolamps on in conjunction with autowipers your low bea
164. TME enUSA Note ndustrial strength or heavy duty cleaners in combination with brush agitation to remove brake dust and dirt could wear away the clear coat finish over a period time Note Do not use hydrofluoric acid based or high caustic based wheel cleaners steel wool fuels or strong household detergents Note f you intend parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning the wheels with a wheel cleaner drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so This will reduce the risk of increased corrosion of the brake discs Alloy wheels and wheel covers are coated with a clear coat paint finish To maintain their condition we recommend that you e Clean the wheels weekly using Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner Apply using manufacturer s instructions e Use a sponge to remove heavy deposits of dirt and brake dust accumulation 305 Rinse thoroughly with a strong stream of water when you have completed the cleaning process Toremove tar and grease use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover VEHICLE STORAGE If you plan on storing your vehicle for an extended period of time 30 days or more read the following maintenance recommendations to make sure your vehicle stays in good operating condition All motor vehicles and their components were engineered and tested for reliable regular driving Long term storage under various conditions may lead to component degradation or failure unless specific preca
165. The detection area is on both sides of your vehicle extending rearward from the exterior mirrors to approximately 10 feet 3 meters beyond the bumper The system alerts you if certain vehicles enter the blind spot zone while driving Cross Traffic Alert warns you of vehicles approaching from the sides when the transmission is in Reverse R Note The Blind Spot Information System does not prevent contact with other vehicles or objects nor detect parked vehicles people animals or infrastructure fences guardrails trees etc It only alerts you to vehicles in the blind zones Note When a vehicle passes quickly through the blind zone typically fewer than two seconds the system does not trigger 218 Using the Systems The Blind Spot Information System turns on when you start the engine and you drive your vehicle forward above 3 mph 5 km h it remains on while the transmission is in Drive D and Neutral N If shifted out of Drive D or Neutral N the system enters cross traffic alert mode Once shifted back into Drive D the Blind Spot Information System turns back on when you drive your vehicle above 3 mph 5 km h Note The Blind Spot Information System does not function in Reverse R or Park P or provide any additional warning when a turn signal is on Cross Traffic Alert detects approaching vehicles from up to 45 feet 14 meters away though coverage decreases when the sensors are blocked Reversin
166. USTOM OR TRADE AND INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV SOFTWARE Certain jurisdictions do not permit the disclaimer of certain warranties so this limitation may not apply to you Appendices 5 Limitation of Liability TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT INCIDENTAL CONSEQUENTIAL SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES INCLUDING IN EACH CASE BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA LOSS OF DATA LOSS OF BUSINESS LOSS OF PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE EVEN IF TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ALL DAMAGES REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT TORT INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV S SUPPLIERS SHALL MKC TME enUSA BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE TELENAV SOFTWARE SOME STATES AND OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES SO THE ABOVE LIMITAT
167. WARE including but not limited to any images photographs animations video audio music text and applets incorporated into the SOFTWARE the accompanying 434 printed materials and any copies of the SOFTWARE are owned by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY or their affiliates or suppliers The SOFTWARE is licensed not sold You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE All title and intellectual property rights in and to the content which may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE is the property of the respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties This EULA grants you no rights to use such content All rights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service providers their affiliates and suppliers Use of any on line services which may be accessed through the SOFTWARE may be governed by the respective terms of use relating to such services If this SOFTWARE contains documentation that is provided only in electronic form you may print one copy of such electronic documentation Appendices EXPORT RESTRICTIONS You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is subject to U S and European Union export jurisdiction You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE including the U S Export Adm
168. a chime and illuminating the safety belt warning light when the driver seat or front passenger seat The system uses information from the front passenger sensing system to determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need of a warning To avoid activating the Belt Minder feature for objects placed in the front passenger seat warnings will only be given to front seat occupants as determined by the front passenger sensing system If the Belt Minder warnings have expired warnings for about five minutes for one occupant driver or front passenger the other occupant can still activate the Belt Minder feature is occupied and the safety belt is unbuckled If Then The driver and front passenger safety belts are buckled before the ignition is turned on or less than 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition has been turned on The Belt Minder feature will not activate The driver or front passenger safety belt is not buckled when the vehicle has reached at least 6 mph 9 7 km h and 1 2 minutes have elapsed since the ignition has been turned on The Belt Minder feature is activated the safety belt warning light illuminates and the warning chime sounds for six seconds every 25 seconds repeating for about five minutes or until the safety belts are buckled The driver or front passenger safety belt becomes unbuckled for about one minute while the vehicle is traveling at least 6
169. a sound when the adaptive cruise control system is active When a vehicle ahead of you enters the same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in the same lane the vehicle speed adjusts to maintain a preset gap distance The distance setting is adjustable 205 The system may provide slight temporary acceleration when you use your driver side directional indicator while following a lead vehicle to aid in passing the vehicle The lead vehicle graphic illuminates The vehicle will maintain a constant distance between the vehicle ahead until The vehicle in front of you accelerates to a speed above the set speed The vehicle in front of you moves out of your lane or out of view The vehicle speed falls below 12 mph 20 km h Anew gap distance is set The system applies the brakes to slow the vehicle to maintain a safe distance from the vehicle in front The system applies only limited maximum braking Press the brake pedal to override the system If the system predicts that its maximum braking level is insufficient an audible warning sounds while the system continues to brake A red warning bar appears on the windshield heads up display Take immediate action to slow or stop the vehicle Cruise Control Setting the Gap Distance Note t is your responsibility to select a gap appropriate to the driving conditions E145978 A B Gap decrease Gap increase Adaptive cruise control distance betwee
170. ables do not touch any wiring brake lines or fuel lines When driving with tire cables do not exceed 30 mph 48 km h or the maximum speed recommended by the chain manufacturer whichever is less MKC TME enUSA e Drive cautiously If you hear the cables rub or bang against the vehicle stop and retighten them If this does not work remove the cables to prevent vehicle damage e Remove the cables when they are no longer needed Do not use cables on dry roads If you have any questions regarding snow chains or cables please contact your authorized dealer TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM WARNING A The tire pressure monitoring system is not a substitute for manually checking tire pressure The tire pressure should be checked periodically at least monthly using a tire gauge see Inflating your tires in this chapter Failure to properly maintain your tire pressure could increase the risk of tire failure loss of control vehicle rollover and personal injury 324 Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature
171. abor limited warranty 451 If you do not use Ford authorized parts they may not meet our specifications and depending on the part it could affect emissions compliance Convenience Many dealerships have extended evening and Saturday hours to make your service visit more convenient and they offer one stop shopping They can perform any services that are required on your vehicle from general maintenance to collision repairs Note Not all dealers have extended hours or body shops Please contact your dealer for details Protecting Your Investment Maintenance is an investment that pays dividends in the form of improved reliability durability and resale value To maintain the proper performance of your vehicle and its emission control systems make sure you have scheduled maintenance performed at the designated intervals Scheduled Maintenance Your vehicle is equipped with the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor system which displays a message in the information display at the proper oil change interval This interval may be up to one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers When the oil change message appears in the information display it is time for an oil change Make sure you perform the oil change within two weeks or 500 miles 800 kilometers of the message appearing Make sure you reset the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor after each oil change See Oil Change Indicator Reset page 284 If your information display r
172. account when planning your route Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt Navigation Map Preferences Breadcrumbs Display your vehicle s previously traveled route with white dots Switch this feature ON or OFF Turn List Format Have the system display your turn list Top to Bottom or Bottom to Top MyLincoln Touc Parking POI Notification Set the automatic parking point of interest notification Switch this feature ON or OFF When parking point of interest notification is on the icons display on the map when you get close to your destination This may not be very useful in dense areas and may clutter the map when other points of interest display Route Preferences Preferred Route Choose to have the system display the Shortest Fastest or most Ecological route first If you set Always Use Preferred Route to Yes the system uses the selected route type to calculate only one route to the desired destination Always Use Preferred Route Bypass route selection in destination programming The system only calculates one route based on preferred route setting MKC TME enUSA Eco Time Penalty Select a low medium or high cost for the calculated Eco Route The higher the setting the longer the time allotment is for the route Avoid These features allow you to choose to have the system avoid freeways toll roads ferries and car trains when planning your route Switch these features ON or OF
173. ach the cables to fuel lines engine rocker covers the intake manifold or electrical components as grounding points Stay clear of moving parts To avoid reverse polarity connections make sure that you correctly identify the positive and negative terminals on both the disabled and booster vehicles before connecting the cables Note n the illustration the bottom vehicle represents the booster vehicle Roadside Emergencies Connect the other end of the positive cable to the positive terminal of the assisting battery 3 Once the disabled vehicle has been started run both vehicle engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables 4 1 i NRA 4 E142664 3 Connect the negative cable to the negative terminal of the assisting battery Make the final connection of the negative cable to an exposed metal part of the stalled vehicle s engine or connect the negative cable to a ground connection point if available WARNING Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative terminal of the battery to be jumped A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery Removing the Jumper Cables Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected A Jump Starting 1 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and rev the engine moderately or press the accelerator gently to keep your engi
174. act both you and Ford Motor Company to explore options for settlement of the claim If an agreement is not reached during mediation or you do not want to participate in mediation and if your claim is eligible you 256 may participate in the arbitration process An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person The arbitrator will consider the testimony provided and make a decision after the hearing Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within forty days after you file your claim with the BBB You are not bound by the decision and may reject the decision and proceed to court where all findings of the BBB Auto Line dispute and decision are admissible in the court action Should you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision Ford is then bound by the decision and must comply with the decision within 30 days of receipt of your acceptance letter BBB AUTO LINE Application Using the information provided below please call or write to request a program application You will be asked for your name and address general information about your new vehicle information about your warranty concerns and any steps you have already taken to try Customer Assistance to resolve them A Customer Claim Form will be mailed that will need to be completed signed and returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership Upon receipt the
175. ad restraint forward toward your head to the desired position After the head restraint reaches the forward most tilt position pivot it forward again to release it to the rearward un tilted position POWER SEATS WARNINGS Do not adjust the driver s seat or seatback when your vehicle is moving Adjusting your seatback while your vehicle is in motion may cause loss of control of your vehicle Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seatback before returning it to the original position Seats WA AL A 144 Seats Power Lumbar E165608 MEMORY FUNCTION WARNINGS Before activating the seat memory make sure that the area immediately surrounding the seat is clear of obstructions and that all occupants are clear of moving parts Do not use the memory function when your vehicle is moving MKC TME enUSA This feature will automatically recall the position of the driver s seat power mirrors and optional power steering column The memory control is located on the driver s door E142554 Saving a Pre Set Position Switch the ignition on 2 Adjust the seat exterior mirrors and power steering column to your desired position 3 Press and hold the desired pre set button until you hear a single chime 145 Note A confirmation that a memory pre set is saved will appear in the information display Up to three pre set memory positions may be saved A memory pre
176. ades for example in mountainous areas The system needs additional engine braking in these situations to reduce the load on the vehicle s regular brake system to prevent it from overheating Switching the System Off Note The set speed memory erases when you switch off the system Press and release OFF or turn off the ignition Detection Issues The radar sensor has a limited field of vision It may not detect vehicles at all or detect a vehicle later than expected in some situations The lead vehicle graphic will not illuminate if the system does not detect a vehicle in front of you MKC TME enUSA E71621 208 Detection issues can occur A When driving on a different line than the vehicle in front B With vehicles that edge into your lane The system can only detect these vehicles once they move fully into your lane Cc There may be issues with the detection of vehicles in front when driving into and coming out of a bend or curve in the road In these cases the system may brake late or unexpectedly You should stay alert and take action when necessary If something hits the front end of your vehicle or damage occurs the radar sensing zone may change This could cause missed or false vehicle detections See an authorized dealer to have the radar checked for proper coverage and operation Cruise Control System Not Available Conditions that can cause the system to deactivate or prevent
177. afety devices The design of the Safety Canopy is to inflate in certain side impact crashes or rollover events The Safety Canopy may activate in other types of crashes if your vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation or a certain likelihood of rollover AIRBAG DISPOSAL The design of the front airbags is to activate only in frontal and near frontal crashes not rollovers side impacts or rear impacts unless the crash causes Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Airbags must be disposed of by qualified personnel sufficient frontal deceleration The design of the safety belt pretensioners is to activate in frontal near frontal and side crashes and in rollovers The design of the side airbags is to inflate in certain side impact crashes Side airbags may activate in other types of crashes if your vehicle experiences sufficient sideways motion or deformation MKC TME enUSA 56 Keys and Remote Controls GENERAL INFORMATION ON RADIO FREQUENCIES This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada license exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Note Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for complianc
178. against heat such as a blanket or cushion This may cause the heated seat to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects This may damage the heating element which may cause the heated seat to overheat An overheated seat may cause serious personal injury 147 Do not do the following Place heavy objects on the seat Operate the heated seat if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly Operate the heated seats unless the engine is running Doing so can cause the battery to lose charge E146322 Touch the heated seat symbol to cycle through the various heat settings and off Warmer settings are indicated by more indicator lights Seats Rear Heated Seats ir Equipped WARNING f Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the seat heater The seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion because this may cause the seat heater to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which may cause the seat heater to overheat An overheated seat may cause
179. age Covers ss 229 Roof Racks and Load Carriers 229 Load Limitsssssssnanaenentne 230 Towing TOWING a Trailer 239 Trailer Sway Control 239 Recommended Towing Weights 240 Table of Contents Essential Towing Checks 241 Transporting the Vehicle 243 Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels 244 Driving Hints Breaking Inscris 246 Economical Driving 246 Driving Through Water 247 Floor Matsina 247 Roadside Emergencies Roadside Assistance 249 Hazard Warning Flashers 250 Fuel SAUTOFFs rss 250 Jump Starting the Vehicle 251 Post Crash Alert System 253 Customer Assistance Getting the Services You Need 254 In California U S Only 255 The Better Business Bureau BBB Auto Line Program U S Only 256 MKC TME enUSA Utilizing the Mediation Arbitration Program Canada Only 257 Getting Assistance Outside the U S and Canad fe EAE E EE 257 Ordering Additional Owner s Literatures mi aonne e N 259 Reporting Safety Defects U S Only 259 Reporting Safety Defects Canada OM 260 Fuses Fuse Specification Chart 261 Changing a Fuse 277 Maintenance General Information 278 Opening and Closing the Hood 279 Under Hood Overview 2 0L ECOBOOSt vesiiscscesiessszeleisdiscasvaneescanctstasvseags 280 Under Hood Overview 2 3L ECOBOOST issues 282 Engine Oil Dipstick eeeeeeeeeteeee 283 Engine Oil C
180. ain for a The radar Drive normally in trafie fora pass through the blind zone block surface is few minutes to allow the ockage not dirty or radar to detect passing The following are other situations that may obstructed vehicles so it can clear the limit the Cross Traffic Alert system blocked state e Adjacently parked vehicles or objects Heavy rain No action required The obstructing the ia fall or snow system automatically resets Approaching vehicles passing at speeds fall inter to an unblocked state once greater than 15 mph 24 km h feres with the rainfall or snowfall rate Driving in reverse faster than 3 mph 5 the radar decreases or stops Do not km h signals use BLIS or Cross Traffic Backing out of an angled parking spot Alert in these conditions System Limitations The Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert systems do have their limitations situations such as severe weather conditions or debris build up on the sensor area may limit vehicle detection 222 MKC TME enUSA Driving Aids False Alerts Note f your vehicle has a factory equipped tow bar and it is towing a trailer the sensors will detect the trailer and turn the Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert systems off to avoid false alerts For non factory equipped tow bars you may want to turn the Blind Spot Information System off manually There may be certain instances when there is a false alert by ei
181. ake sure your vehicle is not moving The rear view camera system provides a video image ofthe area behind your vehicle During operation lines will appear in the display that represent your vehicle s path and proximity to objects behind your vehicle XX XXXX E142435 The camera is located on the liftgate MKC TME enUSA Using the Rear View Camera System The rear view camera system displays what is behind your vehicle when you place the transmission in Reverse R The system uses three types of guides to help you see what is behind your vehicle e Active guidelines Show the intended path of your vehicle when reversing This feature is only available on vehicles with active park assist e Fixed guidelines Show the actual path your vehicle is moving in while reversing in a straight line This can be helpful when backing into a parking space or aligning your vehicle with another object behind you e Centerline Helps align the center of your vehicle with an object for example a trailer Note f the transmission is in Reverse R and the liftgate is ajar no rear view camera features will display Note f the image comes on while the transmission is not in Reverse R have the system inspected by an authorized dealer 200 Note When towing the camera only sees what you are towing behind your vehicle This might not provide adequate coverage and you might not see some objects In some ve
182. ally large and fixed objects when moving in reverse on a flat surface at parking speeds Traffic control systems inclement weather air brakes and external motors and fans may also affect the function of the sensing system this may include reduced performance or a false activation A To help avoid personal injury always use caution when in R Reverse and when using the sensing system This system is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving objects The system is designed to provide a warning to assist the driver in detecting large stationary objects to avoid damaging the vehicle The system may not detect smaller objects particularly those close to the ground MKC TME enUSA WARNINGS Certain add on devices such as large trailer hitches bike or surfboard racks and any device that may block the normal detection zone ofthe system may create false beeps Note Keep the sensors located on the bumper or fascia free from snow ice and large accumulations of dirt If the sensors are covered the system s accuracy can be affected Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects Note f your vehicle sustains damage to the bumper or fascia leaving it misaligned or bent the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of obstacles or false alarms Note f your vehicle is equipped with MykKey it is possible to prevent turning the sensing system off See MyKey page 62 The s
183. also choose to search for a network connect to a network disconnect from a network receive more information prioritize a network or delete a network Gateway Access Point Mode makes SYNC an access point for a phone or a computer when switched on This forms the local area network within your vehicle for things such as game playing file transfer and internet browsing Press for more information gateway Gateway Access Point Settings allows you to view and change settings for using SYNC as the internet Gateway Access Point Device List allows you to view recent connections to your Wi Fi system MKC TME enUSA 373 MyLincoln Touch Wi fi USB Mobile Broadband Instead of using Wi Fi your system can also use a USB mobile broadband connection to access the internet You must switch on your mobile broadband device on your personal computer before connecting it to the system This screen allows you to set up what is your typical area for your USB mobile broadband connection USB mobile broadband settings may not display if the device is already on You can select the following Country Carrier Phone Number User Name and Password Bluetooth Settings Shows you the currently paired devices as well as giving you your typical Bluetooth options to connect disconnect set as favorite delete and add device Bluetooth is a registered trademark of the Bluetooth SIG Prioritize Connection
184. an 1500 pounds 680 kilograms when loaded Towing Trailer Lamps WARNING f Never connect any trailer lamp wiring to the vehicle s tail lamp wiring this may damage the electrical system resulting in fire Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible for assistance in proper trailer tow wiring installation Additional electrical equipment may be required Trailer lamps are required on most towed vehicles Make sure all running lights brake lights turn signals and hazard lights are working Before Towing a Trailer Practice turning stopping and backing up to get the feel of your vehicle trailer combination before starting on a trip When turning make wider turns so the trailer wheels clear curbs and other obstacles MKC TME enUSA When Towing a Trailer Do not drive faster than 70 mph 113 km h during the first 500 miles 800 kilometers Do not make full throttle starts Check your hitch electrical connections and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly after you have traveled 50 miles 80 kilometers When stopped in congested or heavy traffic during hot weather place the gearshift in position P to aid engine and transmission cooling and to help A C performance Turn off the speed control with heavy loads or in hilly terrain The speed control may turn off automatically when you are towing on long steep grades Shift to a lower gear when driving down a long or steep hill Do not apply t
185. an additional five seconds before proceeding with Step 3 Once Step 3 is started the procedure must be completed within 30 seconds 3 For the seating position being disabled buckle then unbuckle the safety belt three times at a moderate speed ending in the unbuckled state After Step 3 the safety belt warning light will turn on 4 While the safety belt warning light is on buckle and then unbuckle the safety belt After Step 4 the safety belt warning light will flash for confirmation 44 e This will disable the feature for that seating position if it is currently enabled e This will enable the feature for that seating position if it is currently disabled CHILD RESTRAINT AND SAFETY BELT MAINTENANCE Inspect the vehicle safety belts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged Inspect the vehicle and child seat safety belts to make sure there are no nicks tears or cuts Replace if necessary All vehicle safety belt assemblies including retractors buckles front safety belt buckle assemblies buckle support assemblies slide bar if equipped shoulder belt height adjusters if equipped shoulder belt guide on seat back if equipped child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors and attaching hardware should be inspected after a crash Read the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restra
186. and luggage load capacity Suppose your vehicle has a 1400 pound 635 kilogram cargo and luggage capacity You decide to go golfing Is there enough load capacity to carry you four of your friends and all the golf bags You and four friends average 220 pounds 99 kilograms each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 pounds 13 5 kilograms each The calculation would be 1400 5 x 220 5 x 30 1400 1100 150 150 pounds Yes you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bags In metric units the calculation would be 635 kilograms 5 x 99 kilograms 5 x 13 5 kilograms 635 495 67 5 72 5 kilograms Load Carrying Suppose your vehicle has a 1400 pound 635 kilogram cargo and luggage capacity You and one of your friends decide to pick up cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past two years Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down you have room for twelve 100 pound 45 kilogram bags of cement Do you have enough load capacity to transport the cement to your home If you and your friend each weigh 220 pounds 99 kilograms the calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 12 x 100 1400 440 1200 240 pounds No you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight In metric units the calculation would be 635 kilograms 2 x 99 kilograms 12 x 45 kilog
187. anti theft alarm You can operate the keypad with the factory set five digit entry code The code is located on the owner s wallet card in the glove box and is available from an authorized dealer You can also create up to five of your own five digit personal entry codes Programming a Personal Entry Code To create your own personal entry code 1 Enter the factory set code 2 Press 1 2 on the keypad within five seconds 3 Enter your personal five digit code You must enter each number within five seconds of each other 4 Press 1 2 on the keypad to save personal code 1 The doors will lock then unlock to confirm that programming was successful Locks To program additional personal entry codes repeat Steps 1 3 then for Step 4 e Press 3 4 to save personal code 2 e Press 5 6 to save personal code 3 e Press 7 8 to save personal code 4 e Press 9 0 to save personal code 5 Tips Do not set a code that uses five of the same number Do not use five numbers in sequential order The factory set code will work even if you have set your own personal code Recalling Memory Positions The programmed entry codes will recall driver memory positions as follows Entry code 1 will recall driver 1 memory positions Entry code 2 will recall driver 2 memory positions Entry code 3 will recall driver 3 memory positions MKC TME enUSA Note Personal entry codes 4 and 5 will not recall mem
188. ants Specification Advisory Council ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers WARNINGS A Only add oil when the engine is cold If the engine is hot wait 10 minutes for the engine to cool down MKC TME enUSA WARNINGS Do not remove the filler cap when the engine is running 1 Remove the engine oil filler cap 2 Add engine oil that meets Ford specifications See Technical Specifications page 341 3 Replace the engine oil filler cap Turn it until you feel a strong resistance Note Do not add oil further than the maximum mark Oil levels above the maximum mark may cause engine damage Note Soak up any spillage with an absorbent cloth immediately OIL CHANGE INDICATOR RESET To reset the oil monitoring system after an oil change See General Information page 112 284 ENGINE COOLANT CHECK Checking the Engine Coolant When the engine is cold check the concentration and level of the engine coolant at the intervals listed in the scheduled maintenance information See Scheduled Maintenance page 451 Note Make sure that the level is between the MIN and MAX marks on the coolant reservoir Note Coolant expands when it is hot The level may extend beyond the MAX mark Note f the level is at the MIN mark below the MIN mark or empty add coolant immediately See Adding Engine Coolant in this chapter The coolant concentration should be maintained within 48 to
189. ard and reverse gears stopping between shifts in a steady pattern Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear 176 MKC TME enUSA All Wheel Drive af Equipped USING ALL WHEEL DRIVE Note When a system malfunction is present a warning message appears in the information display See Information Messages page 118 This means the system is not functioning correctly and only front wheel drive is available Have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer Note When the system overheats and switches to front wheel drive a warning message appears in the information display This may occur if you operate your vehicle in extreme high load conditions or with excessive wheel spin for example deep sand To resume all wheel drive function stop your vehicle in a safe location and turn off the ignition When the system cools normal all wheel drive function will return The information display indicates for about five seconds this return Note When using the spare tire a warning message may appear in the information display This message turns off after reinstalling the repaired or replaced road tire and you switch on the ignition MKC TME enUSA Note Re install the repaired tire or replace the tire as soon as possible Different tire sizes between the front and rear axles can cause system damage or turn off the all wheel drive This system anticipates wheel spin and transfers power to the rear wheels befor
190. ases the previous audio While in replay mode e Press and release the seek buttons to hear the previous or next song Press and hold the seek buttons to reverse or fast forward in the current track e Press play or pause to play or pause the audio e Press Replay to return to live audio if you have been using the feature to replay audio Scan Touch this button to hear a brief sampling of channels Options Touch this button to view and adjust various media settings 385 Sound Settings Touch this button to adjust settings for Bass e Midrange Treble Balance and Fade THX Deep Note Demo DSP Digital Signal processing e Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Set Category for Seek Scan This allows you to select a category of music you would like to search for You can then choose to either seek or scan for the stations playing that category Parental Lockout This allows you to lock and unlock channels change or reset your PIN or unlock all channels To use this feature you need your initial PIN which is 1234 MyLincoln Touc Artist Title Team Alerts This feature allows you to select Artists Titles and Teams that you would like the system to alert you to when they are playing on other channels Press Edit Alerts to delete or turn off alerts You can also set all alerts to on or off When an alert appears
191. ate the rear washer and spray the rear window push the lever away from you When you release the lever the wiper will operate for a short time 89 MKC TME enUSA Lighting LIGHTING CONTROL High Beams Headlamp Flasher t d a E162679 E162680 Pull the lever toward you slightly and release E142449 Push the lever forward to switch the high A Off beams on it to flash the headlamps B Parking lamps instrument panel Push the lever forward again or pull the lever lamps license plate lamps and tail toward you to switch the high beams off lamps C Headlamps 90 MKC TME enUSA Lighting AUTOLAMPS f Equipped WARNING f The daytime running lamps system does not activate the tail lamps and may not provide adequate lighting during low visibility driving conditions Also the autolamps switch position may not activate the headlamps in all low visibility conditions such as daytime fog Always ensure that your headlamps are switched to auto or on as appropriate during all low visibility conditions Failure to do so may result in a collision e EE A E142451 MKC TME enUSA When the lighting control is in the autolamps position the headlamps will automatically turn on in low light situations or when wipers activate If equipped the following also activate when the lighting control is in the autolamps position and you switch them on in the information display e Configu
192. aterials and online or electronic documentation FORD SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The FORD SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved 430 The MS SOFTWARE and or FORD SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by third party software and service suppliers The additional software and services of third party origin as well as associated media printed materials and online or electronic documentation THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved The MS SOFTWARE FORD SOFTWARE and THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE hereinafter collectively and individually will be referred to as SOFTWARE Appendices IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT EULA DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY THE SOFTWARE ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA OR RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE This EULA grants you the following license e You may use the SOFTWARE as installed on the DEVICE and as otherwise interfacing with systems and or services provide by or through FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third party software and service pr
193. ating your tires to the manufacturer s recommended pressure as shown on the Tire Label located on the edge of driver s door or the B Pillar the vehicle must be driven for at least two minutes over 20 mph 32 km h before the light turns off Spare tire in use Repair the damaged road wheel and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function For a description on how the system functions see When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section TPMS malfunction If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Flashing warning light Spare tire in use Repair the damaged road wheel and tire assembly and reinstall it on the vehicle to restore system function For a description on how the system functions see When your temporary spare tire is installed in this section TPMS malfunction If the tires are properly inflated and the spare tire is not in use but the light remains on contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible MKC TME enUSA 327 Wheels and Tires When Inflating Your Tires When putting air into your tires such as ata gas station or in your garage the tire pressure monitoring system may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires It may take up to two minutes of driving over 20 mph 32 km h for the light to turn off after yo
194. ation Due to the nature of radar technology there may be certain instances where vehicles do not provide a collision warning These include MKC TME enUSA Stationary vehicles or vehicles moving below 6 mph 10 km h Pedestrians or objects in the roadway Oncoming vehicles in the same lane Severe weather conditions see blocked sensor section Debris build up on the grille near the headlamps see blocked sensor section Small distance to vehicle ahead Large steering wheel and pedal movements very active driving style 226 Damage to the front end of the vehicle may alter the radar sensor s coverage area This may result in missed or false collision warnings Have an authorized dealer check your radar sensor for proper coverage and operation Driving Aids DRIVE CONTROL LINCOLN DRIVE CONTROL Lincoln Drive Control delivers the Lincoln driving experience through a suite of sophisticated electronic vehicle systems These systems continuously monitor your driving inputs and the road conditions to optimize ride comfort steering handling powertrain response and sound You can preset your preferences for these systems within the information display Lincoln Drive Control will respond to your preferences based on what gear position you select This provides a single location to control multiple systems performance settings Lincoln Drive Control consists of the following systems MKC TME
195. ation about equipment features instructions for safe driving and additional precautions to reduce the risk of an accident or serious injury 308 All wheel drive system if equipped WARNING Do not become overconfident in the ability of all wheel drive vehicles Although an all wheel drive vehicle may accelerate better than a two wheel drive vehicle in low traction situations it will not stop any faster than two wheel drive vehicles Always drive at a safe speed A vehicle equipped with all wheel drive has the ability to use all four wheels to power itself This increases traction which may enable you to safely drive over terrain and road conditions that a conventional two wheel drive vehicle cannot For all wheel drive vehicles a spare tire of a different size other than the tire provided should never be used A dissimilar spare tire size other than the spare tire provided or major dissimilar tire sized between the front and rear axles could cause the all wheel drive system to stop functioning and default to front wheel drive Wheels and Tires How your vehicle differs from other vehicles Sport utility vehicles and trucks can differ from some other vehicles in a few noticeable ways Your vehicle may be E145299 MKC TME enUSA Higher to allow higher load carrying capacity and to allow it to travel over rough terrain without getting hung up or damaging underbody components Shorter to give
196. attended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power windows They may seriously injure themselves When closing the power windows you should verify they are free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings E146043 MKC TME enUSA Note You may hear a pulsing noise when just one of the windows is open Lower the opposite window slightly to reduce this noise Press the switch to open the window Lift the switch to close the window One Touch Down Press the switch fully and release it Press again or lift it to stop the window One Touch Up Lift the switch fully and release it Press or lift it again to stop the window Bounce Back The window will stop automatically while closing It will reverse some distance if there is an obstacle in the way 97 Overriding the Bounce Back Feature WARNING When you override the bounce back feature the window will not reverse if it detects an obstacle Take care when closing the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle Pull up the window switch and hold within two seconds of the window reaching the bounce back position The window will travel up with no bounce back protection The window will stop if you release the switch before the window closes fully Windows and Mirrors Window Lock E144072 Press the control to lock or unlock the rear window controls It
197. available models sometimes even before they are generally available It may describe options not fitted to your vehicle Note Some of the illustrations in this manual may be used for different models so may appear different to you on your vehicle However the essential information in the illustrations is always correct Note A ways use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations Note Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle It is an integral part of the vehicle This manual may qualify the location of a component as left hand side or right hand side The side is determined when facing forward in the seat E154903 A Right hand side B Left hand side Protecting the Environment You must play your part in protecting the environment Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps toward this aim SYMBOLS GLOSSARY These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle Introduction Safety alert Engine coolant temperature See Owner s Manual Ds Check fuel cap EE Engine oil EN Explosive gas Anti lock braking system amp Child seat lower anchor Fan warning qa ov Avoid smoking flames or sparks Air conditioning system r Child seat tether anchor Fasten safety belt E F Battery Cruise control Do not open when hot Front fog lamps Front airbag 2 Battery acid x
198. be capable of electronically MyLincoln Touch or verbally disclosing to 911 operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not turn the feature on Vehicle Health Report if Equipped WARNING f Always follow scheduled maintenance instructions regularly inspect your vehicle and seek repair for any damage or problem you suspect Vehicle Health Report supplements but cannot replace normal maintenance and vehicle inspection Vehicle Health Report only monitors certain systems electronically monitored by your vehicle and will not monitor or report the status of any other system such as brake lining wear Failure to perform scheduled maintenance and regularly inspect your vehicle may result in vehicle damage and serious injury Note This feature is only available in the United States MKC TME enUSA Note Your Vehicle Health Report feature requires activation prior to use Visit www SYNCMyRide com to register There is no fee or subscription associated with Vehicle Health Report but you must register to use this feature Note This feature may not function properly if you have enabled caller ID blocking on your cellular phone Before running a report review the Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice Note n order to allow a break in period for y
199. belt buckle assemblies and LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained Child Safety When installing a child safety seat with combination lap and shoulder belts e Use the correct safety belt buckle for that seating position Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the safety seat with the tongue between the child seat and the release button to prevent accidental unbuckling e Place the vehicle seat upon which the child seat will be installed in the upright position Put the safety belt in the automatic locking mode See Step 5 This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip Perform the following steps when installing the child seat with combination lap and shoulder belts Note A though the child seat illustrated is a forward facing child seat the steps are the same for installing a rear facing child seat MKC TME enUSA E142528 1 Position the child safety seat in a seat 3 with a combination lap and shoulder belt E142529 2 Pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt E142530 gt While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions
200. ceive a list of available services from which to choose 4 Say Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say Help Connecting to SYNC Services Using the Touchscreen e If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation press the Information button 405 If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation press the green tab on your touchscreen 1 Select Connect to Services to initiate an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your phone 2 Once connected follow the voice prompts to request your desired Service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to receive a list of available services from which to choose 3 Say Services to return to the Services main menu or for help say Help Receiving Turn by Turn Directions 1 When connected to SYNC Services say Directions or Business search To find the closest business or type of business to your current location just say Business search and then Search near me If you need further assistance in finding a location you can say Operator at any time within a Directions or Business search to speak with a live operator The system may prompt you to MyLincoln Touc speak with an operator when it has difficulty matching your voice request The live operator can assist you by searching for businesses by name or by category residential addresses by street address or by name or specific street i
201. city gt lt team name gt game Tune to the lt team name gt game Help 389 SAT 2 SAT 2 preset lt gt SAT 3 SAT 3 preset lt gt Sirius lt 0 223 gt Help CD Press the lower left corner of the D touchscreen and then select the CD tab MyLincoln Touch You can also advance and reverse the current track or current folder if applicable Repeat Touch this button to repeat the currently playing track all tracks on the disc or turn the feature off if already on Shuffle Touch this button to play the tracks or entire albums in random order or turn the feature off if already on Scan Touch this button to hear a brief sampling of all available tracks More Info Touch this button to see disc information Options Sound Settings Touch this button to adjust settings for MKC TME enUSA Bass e Midrange Treble e Balance and Fade THX Deep Note Demo e DSP Digital Signal processing e Occupancy Mode e Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Compression Touch this button to turn the compression feature off and on Browse Touch this button to look through all available CD tracks CD Voice Commands If you are listening to a CD press ns the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands 390 If you are
202. ck The system is an engine immobilization system The intended design is to help prevent the engine from starting unless a coded key programmed to your vehicle is used Using the wrong key may prevent the engine from starting A message may appear in the information display If you are unable to start the engine with a correctly coded key a malfunction has happened and a message may appear in the information display Automatic Arming The vehicle arms immediately after you switch the ignition off Automatic Disarming If you switch the ignition on with a coded key you disarm the vehicle If you unlock the doors with the touch handle you disarm the alarm 80 Replacement Keys Note Your vehicle comes equipped with two intelligent access keys The intelligent access key functions as a programmed key that operates the driver door lock and activates the intelligent access with push button start system as well as a remote control If your programmed transmitters are lost or stolen and you do not have an extra coded key you will need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer You need to erase the key codes from your vehicle and program new coded keys Store an extra programmed key away from the vehicle in a safe place to help prevent any inconveniences See your authorized dealer to purchase additional spare or replacement keys Programming a Spare Intelligent Access Key See your authorized dealer to
203. cle Sport Provides a sportier driving experience The suspension stiffens with an emphasis on handling and control The engine responds more directly to your inputs and takes on a more powerful tone Sport mode is ideal for use during more spirited driving Using Lincoln Drive Control You can configure which of the Drive Control modes are active when your vehicle is in Drive D or in Sport S The configuration remains active until modified from the main menu on the information display Driving Aids To change your vehicle s Drive Control settings from the main menu on the information display 1 Choose Settings 2 Choose Vehicle 3 Choose Drive Control 4 Select the shift position you would like to configure either D or S 5 Choose from Comfort Normal or Sport modes as your preferred setting in D 6 Choose from Normal or Sport modes as your preferred setting in S Settings in S e Handling in S The suspension stiffens with an emphasis on handling and control Performance in S The engine responds more directly to your inputs and takes on a more powerful tone Note Not all settings may be available MKC TME enUSA Note Linco n Drive Control has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system to ensure proper operation Certain types of system errors will gray out the mode selections within the information display preventing you from changing states when the gear p
204. cle is equipped with 2 Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab 410 Press Alerts and then choose from any of the following services e View the complete message e Delete the message e Delete All messages This screen displays any system messages such as an SD card fault Note The system alerts you to any messages by turning the information icon yellow After you read or delete the messages the icon returns to white Calendar e If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Press Calendar You can view the current calendar by day week or month MyLincoln Touch 911 Assist if Equipped WARNINGS A Unless the 911 Assist setting is set on before a crash the system will not dial for help which could delay response time potentially increasing the risk of serious injury or death after a crash Do not wait for 911 Assist to make an emergency call if you can do it yourself Dial emergency services immediately to avoid delayed response time which could increase the risk of serious injury or death after a crash If you do not hear 911 Assist within five seconds of the crash the system or phone may be
205. closed space unless you are sure you have enough ventilation e Keep all open flames and other burning material such as cigarettes away from the battery and all fuel related parts Working with the Engine Off 1 Set the parking brake and shift to P Park 2 Turn off the engine and remove the key if equipped 3 Block the wheels 278 Working with the Engine On WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and or personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running 1 Set the parking brake and shift to P Park 2 Block the wheels Maintenance OPENING AND CLOSING THE HOOD Opening the Hood E142457 MKC TME enUSA 1 Inside your vehicle pull the hood release handle located under the left hand side of the instrument panel E142458 279 2 Go to the front of your vehicle and release the auxiliary latch Lift the hood until the lift cylinders hold it open To close the hood lower the hood and apply closing force as it drops the last 8 to 11 inches 20 to 30 centimeters Maintenance UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW 2 0L ECOBOOST E171684 A Engine coolant reservoir B Engine oil dipstick 280 MKC TME enUSA Maintenance Ta nm OO MKC TME enUSA Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Battery Power distribution box Air filter assembly Windshield washer fluid reser
206. conomy MKC TME enUSA Sport S Putting the vehicle in sport S Provides additional engine braking and extends lower gear operation to enhance performance for uphill climbs hilly terrain or mountainous areas This will increase engine RPM during engine braking Provides additional lower gear operation through the automatic transmission shift strategy Provides gear selection more quickly and at higher engine speeds SelectShift Automatic Transmission Your SelectShift Automatic transmission gives you the ability to change gears manually Paddle Shifters 173 With your vehicle in drive D the paddle shifters provide temporary manual control They allow you the ability to shift gears quickly without taking your hands off the steering wheel You can achieve extensive manual control by pressing the sport S button Pull the right paddle to upshift Pull the left paddle to downshift ad a E144821 Upshift to the recommended shift speeds according to the following chart Transmission Upshifts when accelerating recommended for best fuel economy Gear Upshift mph km h From To 2 15 mph 24 km h 3 25 mph 40 km h 4 40 mph 64 km h 5 6 45 mph 72 km h 50 mph 80 km h 2 3 4 5 The transmission will automatically upshift if your engine speed is too high or downshift if your engine speed is too low Al L EJ J Note The
207. contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible Low Battery Features Temporarily Turned Off The battery management system detects an extended low voltage condition Your vehicle will disable various features to help preserve the battery Turn off as many of the electrical loads as soon as possible to improve system voltage If the system voltage has recovered the disabled features will operate again as normal Turn Power Off to Save Battery The battery management system determines that the battery is at a low state of charge Turn your ignition off as soon as possible to protect the battery This message will clear once you restart your vehicle and the battery state of charge has recovered Turning off unnecessary electrical loads will allow faster battery state of charge recovery MKC TME enUSA 122 Information Displays Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert System Message Action Blindspot System Fault A fault with the system has occurred Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible Blindspot Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual The system sensors are blocked See Blind Spot Information System page 218 Cross Traffic Vehicle Coming From X Cross Traffic Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual The system detects a vehicle See Blind Spot Information System page 218 The blind spot information system and cross traffic alert system sensors are blocked See
208. correctly identify the access hole as not to damage the media hub 3 Using a tool press and hold the brake shift interlock switch The shift buttons on the instrument panel will flash when your vehicle is in override mode 175 4 With the override switch still held press the N Neutral button to shift from park 5 Release the override button 6 Your vehicle will remain in Stay in Neutral mode for wrecker towing purposes or can be shifted to the desired gear and driven if possible 7 Release the parking brake Automatic Transmission Adaptive Learning This feature increases durability and provides consistent shift feel over the life of your vehicle A new vehicle or transmission may have firm or soft shifts This operation will not affect function or durability of your transmission and is normal Over time the adaptive learning process will fully update transmission operation Additionally the strategy must be relearned whenever the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed Transmission If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or Snow Note Do not rock your vehicle if your engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to your transmission may occur Note Do not rock your vehicle for more than a minute or damage to your transmission and tires may occur or your engine may overheat If your vehicle gets stuck in mud or snow you can help rock your vehicle out by shifting between forw
209. ctions on how to properly use safety restraints for children WARNINGS Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height age and weight Child safety restraints must be bought separately from your vehicle Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child MKC TME enUSA WARNINGS All children are shaped differently The A i recommendations for safety restraints are based on probable child height age and weight thresholds from National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and other safety organizations or are the minimum requirements of law Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician CPST and consult your pediatrician to make sure your child seat is appropriate for your child and is compatible with and properly installed in your vehicle To locate a child seat fitting station and CPST contact the NHTSA toll 23 WARNINGS free at 1 888 327 4236 or go to http www nhtsa dot gov In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a CPST or for further information contact your provincial ministry of transportation locate your local St John Ambulance office by searching for St John Ambulance on the internet or Transport Canada at 1 800 333 0371 http www tc gce ca Failure to properly restrain children in safety seats mad
210. d behind the interior rear view mirror Switching the System On and Off Note The system on or off setting is stored until it is manually changed unless a MyKey is detected If the system detects a MyKey it defaults to on and the mode is set to alert Driving Aids Note f a MyKey is detected pressing the button will not affect the on or off status of the system You can only change the mode and intensity settings Aid only Provides an assistance steering torque input toward the lane center when the system detects an unintended lane departure Press the button located on the left steering wheel stalk to switch the uu system on or off B ee eee System Settings g E165515 The system has two optional setting menus e available To view or adjust them select Alert only Provides a steering wheel Settings gt Driver Assist gt Lane Keeping Sys vibration when the system detects an in the information display using the OK unintended lane departure button on the steering wheel The system E165517 stores the last known selection for each of these settings You do not need to readjust A Alert your settings each time you turn on the system lt gt Mode This setting allows you to select which of the system features to enable Alert Aid Provides an assistance steering torque input toward the lane center If your vehicle continues drifting out of the lane the sys
211. damaged or non functional Always place your phone in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not become a projectile or damaged in a crash Failure to do so may cause serious injury to someone or damage the phone which could prevent 911 Assist from working properly Note The SYNC 971 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident MKC TME enUSA Note Before setting this feature on make sure that you read the 911 Assist Privacy Notice later in this section for important information Note f any user turns 911 Assist on or off that setting applies for all paired phones If 911 Assist is turned off either a voice message plays or a display message or icon comes on or both when your vehicle is started after a previously paired phone connects Note Every phone operates differently While SYNC 911 Assist works with most cellular phones some may have trouble using this feature If a crash deploys an airbag excludes knee airbags and rear inflatable safety belts if equipped or activates the fuel pump shut off your SYNC equipped vehicle may be able to contact emergency services by dialing 911 through a paired and connected Bluetooth enabled phone You can learn more about the 911 Assist feature visit www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca 411 See Supplementary Restraints System page 47 Important information regarding airbag deployment is in this chapter See Roadside E
212. de your vehicle have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer immediately Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes MKC TME enUSA If you disconnect the battery your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately 5 miles 8 kilometers after you reconnect it This is because the engine management system must realign itself with the engine You can disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period The powertrain control system meets all Canadian interference causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field or radio noise When you start the engine avoid pressing the accelerator pedal before and during operation Only use the accelerator pedal when you have difficulty starting the engine KEYLESS STARTING Note The keyless starting system may not function if the key is close to metal objects or electronic devices such as cellular phones Note A valid key must be located inside your vehicle to switch the ignition on and start the engine 158 Ignition Modes ENGINE OR START STOP N X E174746 The keyless starting system has three modes Off Turns the ignition off e Without applying the brake pedal press and release the button once when the ignition is in the on mode or when the engine is running but the vehicle is not moving On All electrical circuits are operational and the warni
213. dentify traffic incidents on your route nearby your vehicle s current location or near any of your favorite places if programmed 408 Fuel Prices Touch this button to view fuel prices at stations close to your vehicle s location or on an active navigation route Movie Listings Touch this button to view nearby movie theaters and their show times if available Weather Touch this button to view the nearby weather current weather or the five day forecast for the chosen area Select Map to see the weather map which can show storms radar information charts and winds Select Area to select from a listing of weather locations Sports Info Touch this button to view scores and schedules from a variety of sports You can also save up to 10 favorite teams for easier access The score automatically refreshes when a game is in progress MyLincoln Touch Ski Conditions Touch this button to view ski conditions for a specific area Sirius Travel Link Voice Commands Press the voice button on the ns steering wheel controls When prompted say any ofthe following commands SIRIUS TRAVEL LINK 5 day weather forecast Fuel prices Movie listings SIRIUS TRAVEL LINK Weather map Help If you say Sports headlines Sports schedules or Sports scores you can then say any of the commands in the following chart Sports related Commands
214. device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Note n order to use Sirius Travel Link your vehicle must be equipped with navigation and your navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot Note A paid subscription is required to access and use these features Go to www siriusxm com travellink for more information MKC TME enUSA Note Visit www siriusxm com traffic and click on Coverage map and details for a complete listing of all traffic areas covered by Sirius Travel Link Note Neither Sirius nor Ford is responsible for any errors or inaccuracies in the Sirius Travel Link services or its use in vehicles When you subscribe to Sirius Travel Link it can help you locate the best gas prices find movie listings get current traffic alerts view the current weather map get accurate ski conditions and see scores to current sports games e If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Traffic On Route and Traffic Nearby Touch these buttons to i
215. disconnect the battery or it becomes discharged the illuminated components will switch to the maximum setting E165366 A Press repeatedly or press and hold to dim B Press repeatedly or press and hold to brighten MKC TME enUSA HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY After you switch the ignition off you can switch the headlamps on by pulling the direction indicator lever toward you You will hear a short tone The headlamps will switch off automatically after three minutes with any door open or 30 seconds after the last door has been closed You can cancel this feature by pulling the direction indicator toward you again or switching the ignition on 92 DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS i Equipped WARNING The daytime running lamps system does not activate the tail lamps and may not provide adequate lighting during low visibility driving conditions Also the autolamps switch position may not activate the headlamps in all low visibility conditions such as daytime fog Always ensure that your headlamps are switched to auto or on as appropriate during all low visibility conditions Failure to do so may result in a collision Type 1 Conventional Non Configurable When you switch the ignition to the on position and the lighting control is in the off autolamps or parking lamp position the daytime running lamps will turn on whenever the headlamps are off They turn off only when the headlamps are on Lighting Type
216. display to do so See Information Displays page 112 e During the countdown before engine shutdown you are prompted to press OK or RESET depending on your type of information display to temporarily switch the feature off for the current ignition cycle only Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Stationary 1 Put the transmission in position P 2 Press the button once 3 Apply the parking brake Note This switches off the ignition all electrical circuits warning lamps and indicators Starting and Stopping the Engine Note f the engine is idling for 30 minutes the ignition and engine automatically shut down Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Moving WARNING Switching off the engine when the vehicle is still moving will result in a loss of brake and steering assistance The steering will not lock but higher effort will be required When the ignition is switched off some electrical circuits warning lamps and indicators may also be off 1 Put the transmission in position N and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop 2 When your vehicle has stopped put the transmission in position P 3 Press and hold the button for one second or pressitthree times within two seconds 4 Apply the parking brake MKC TME enUSA Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes WARNING If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your vehicle checked by your authorized dealer imm
217. dition exists such that the adaptive cruise cannot function properly See Using Adaptive Cruise Control page 204 You have a blocked sensor due to bad weather ice mud or water in front of the radar sensor You can typically clean the sensor to resolve See Using Adaptive Cruise Control page 204 MKC TME enUSA 118 Information Displays Message Action Normal Cruise Active Automatic Braking The system has disabled the automatic braking Turned Off Front Sensor Not Aligned A radar malfunction is preventing the adaptive cruise control from engaging Adaptive Cruise Driver Resume Control The adaptive cruise has reinstated controls to the driver Adaptive Cruise Speed Too Low to The vehicle speed is too slow to activate the adaptive cruise Activate Adaptive Cruise Shift Down The adaptive cruise is automatically adjusting the gap distance and the driver needs to shift the transmission into a lower gear AdvanceTrac Message Action Service AdvancetTrac The system detects a malfunction due to a blocked sensor AdvanceTrac Off On The driver has disabled or enabled the traction control 119 MKC TME enUSA Information Displays Airbag Message Action Occupant Sensor BLOCKED Remove Objects Near Passenger Seat The system detects a malfunction due to a blocked sensor Remove blockage Alarm Message Action Vehicle Alarm to Stop Alar
218. ditioning refrigerant system serviced only by qualified personnel 344 MKC TME enUSA Audio System GENERAL INFORMATION Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors AM and FM frequencies are established by the Federal Communications Commission FCC and the Canadian Radio and Telecommunications Commission CRTC Those frequencies are e AM 530 540 1700 1710 kHz FM 87 9 1077 107 9 MHz Radio Reception Factors Distance and Strength Terrain The further you travel from an FM station the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with the reception Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in the audio system muting CD and CD Player Information Note CD units play commercially pressed 4 75 inch 12 centimeter audio compact discs only Due to technical incompatibility certain recordable and re recordable compact discs may not function correctly when used in Ford CD players MKC TME enUSA Note Do not insert CDs with homemade paper adhesive labels into the CD player as the label may peel and cause the CD to become jammed You should use a permanent felt tip marker rather than adhesive labels on your homemade CDs Ballpoint pens may damage CDs
219. ditions Under certain crash and occupant conditions the driver s knee airbag may deploy but the driver s front airbag may not activate As with front and side airbags it is important to be properly seated and restrained to reduce the risk of death or serious injury Make sure the knee airbag is A operating properly See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator page 55 53 SAFETY CANOPY WARNINGS Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the headliner at the siderail that may come into contact with a deploying curtain airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash Do not lean your head on the door The curtain airbag could injure you as it deploys from the headliner Do not attempt to service repair or modify the curtain airbags its fuses the A B or C pillar trim or the headliner on a vehicle containing curtain airbags as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system and curtain airbag is provided Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death Supplementary Restraints System WARNINGS To reduce risk of injury do not obstruct or place objects in the deployment path of the curtain airbag If the
220. djust a mirror 1 Select the mirror you want to adjust The control will light 2 Adjust the position of the mirror 3 Press the mirror control again MKC TME enUSA Fold Away Exterior Mirrors if equipped Push the mirror toward the door window glass Make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support when returning it to its original position Auto Folding Mirrors If Equipped The exterior mirrors fold in toward the glass automatically when you place the transmission into park P open a front door and then lock your vehicle by using either the lock button on the door or with the lock button on your remote transmitter Auto folding mirrors unfold and return to their original position automatically after you unlock your vehicle and then open and close the driver s door You can switch this feature on and off through the information display See General Information page 112 99 E170431b You can fold the mirrors on demand by pressing the door lock control located on the door The control will light and the mirrors will fold in toward the glass Press the control again to unfold the mirrors The control light will turn off Note f you use the control to fold the mirrors on demand and the auto fold feature is switched on you must use the control again to unfold them Windows and Mirrors Loose Mirror You can manually fold an auto folding mirror by pulling it toward the door window glas
221. door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position for the correct tire pressure for your vehicle L Treadwear Traction and Temperature Grades Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 Wheels and Tires Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel M Maximum Inflation Pressure Indicates the tire manufacturers maximum permissible pressure or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the vehicle manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar doo
222. door opener which cannot detect an object signaling the door to stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death Note Make sure that the garage door and security device are free from obstruction when you are programming Do not program the system with the vehicle in the garage Note Make sure you keep the original remote control transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future system programming MKC TME enUSA Note We recommend that upon the sale or lease termination of your vehicle you erase the programmed function buttons for security reasons See Erasing the function button codes later in this section Note You can program a maximum of three devices To change or replace any of the three devices after it has been initially programmed you must first erase the current settings See Erasing the function button codes later in this section E142657 The universal garage door opener replaces the common hand held garage door opener with a three button transmitter that is integrated into the driver s sun visor 150 The system includes two primary features a garage door opener and a platform for remote activation of devices within the home As well as being programmed for garage doors the system transmitter can be programmed to operate entry gate operators security systems entry door
223. e especially for their height age and weight may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child Child Safety Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children Child Child size height weight or age Recommended restraint type Infants or toddlers Children weighing 40 Ib 18 kg or less generally age four or younger Use a child safety seat sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat Small children Larger children MKC TME enUSA Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety seat generally children who are less than 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m tall are greater than age four and less than age 12 and between 40 Ib 18 kg and 80 Ib 36 kg and upward to 100 Ib 45 kg if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a belt positioning booster seat generally children who are at least 4 ft 9 in 1 45 m tall or greater than 80 Ib 36 kg or 100 Ib 45 kg if recommended by child restraint manufacturer 24 Use a belt positioning booster seat Use a vehicle safety belt having the lap belt snug and low across the hips shoulder belt centered across the shoulder and chest and seat back upright Child Safety e You are required by law to properly use safety seats for infants and toddlers in the United States and Canada e Many states a
224. e following Once 911 Assist if equipped is enabled set ON 911 Assist may through any paired and connected cell phone disclose to emergency services that the vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or in certain vehicles the activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also be capable of being used to electronically or verbally provide to 911 operators the vehicle location such as latitude and longitude and or other details about the vehicle or crash or personal information about the occupants to assist 911 operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services If you do not want to disclose this information do not activate the 911 Assist feature See MyLincoln Touch page 350 11 Additionally when you connect to Traffic Directions and Information if equipped U S only the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect the vehicle s current location travel direction and speed vehicle travel information only to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches that you request If you do not want Ford or its vendors to receive this information do not activate the service For more information see Traffic Directions and Information Terms and Conditions See MyLincoln Touch page 350 CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Some constituents of engine exhaust certain vehicle com
225. e in object code form only in order to access and use the Telenav Software This license shall terminate upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement You agree that you will use the Telenav Software only for your personal business or leisure purposes and not to provide commercial navigation services to other parties Appendices 3 1 License Limitations You agree not to do any of the following a reverse engineer decompile disassemble translate modify alter or otherwise change the Telenav Software or any part thereof b attempt to derive the source code audio library or structure of the Telenav Software without the prior express written consent of Telenav c remove from the Telenav Software or alter any of Telenav s or its suppliers trademarks trade names logos patent or copyright notices or other notices or markings d distribute sublicense or otherwise transfer the Telenav Software to others except as part of your permanent transfer of the Telenav Software or e use the Telenav Software in any manner that i infringes the intellectual property or proprietary rights rights of publicity or privacy or other rights of any party ii violates any law statute ordinance or regulation including but not limited to laws and regulations related to spamming privacy consumer and child protection obscenity or defamation or iii is harmful threatening MKC TME enUSA abusive harassing t
226. e the spin occurs Even when wheel spin is not occurring the system is continuously adjusting power distribution to the wheels in an attempt to improve straight line and cornering both on and off road The system automatically turns on every time you switch on the ignition The all wheel drive system does not require maintenance The all wheel drive system gives your vehicle some limited off road capabilities Operating your vehicle in conditions other than moderate sand snow mud or rough roads could subject it to excessive stress and heat This could result in system damage Your vehicle warranty will not cover this damage 177 E142669 The information display indicates the power distribution between the front and rear wheels The more the area is filled the more power is being distributed to that wheel Driving in Special Conditions With All Wheel Drive All wheel drive vehicles are capable of driving on moderate sand snow mud and rough roads All wheel drive has operating characteristics that are somewhat different from two wheel drive both on and off the freeway Note t may be useful to switch the traction control off This allows for more wheel spin and engine torque in certain off road conditions or if your vehicle becomes stuck All Wheel Drive If Equipped When driving at slow speeds off road under high load conditions use a low gear when possible Low gear operation will maximize the engin
227. e with children restrained using a properly installed child or booster seat because it is designed to inflate downward from the headliner above the doors along the side window opening The design and development of the Safety Canopy included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags including the Safety Canopy Supplementary Restraints System CRASH SENSORS AND AIRBAG INDICATOR WARNING Modifying or adding equipment to the front end of your vehicle including frame bumper front end body structure and tow hooks may affect the performance of the airbag system increasing the risk of injury Do not modify the front end of your vehicle Your vehicle has a collection of crash and occupant sensors which provide information to the restraints control module which deploys activates the front safety belt pretensioners driver airbag passenger airbag seat mounted side airbags and the Safety Canopy Based on the type of accident frontal impact side impact or rollover the restraints control module will deploy the appropriate safety devices MKC TME enUSA The restraints control module also monitors the readiness of the above safety devices plus the crash and occupant sensors The readiness of the safety syst
228. e Engine Oil Soon Oil Change Required The engine oil life remaining is 10 or less See Engine Oil Check page 283 The oil life left is at 0 See Engine Oil Check page 283 Brake Fluid Level LOW The brake fluid level is low inspected the brake system immediately See Brake Fluid Check page 288 Check Brake System The brake system needs servicing Stop your vehicle in a safe place Contact an authorized dealer Engine Coolant Overtemperature The engine coolant temperature is excessively high Washer Fluid Level Low The washer fluid is low refill washer fluid Power Reduced to Lower Engine Temp The engine has reduced power to help reduce high engine temperature Transport Factory Mode Your vehicle is still in Transport or Factory mode This may not allow some features to operate properly See an authorized dealer See Manual MKC TME enUSA The powertrain needs service due to a powertrain malfunction 127 Information Displays MyKey Message Action MyKey Not Created You cannot program a MyKey MyKey Active Drive Safely MyKey is active Speed Limited to XX MPH km h When switching on your vehicle and MyKey is in use displays that the MyKey speed limit is on Near Vehicle Top Speed MyKey is in use and the MyKey speed limit is on and the vehicle speed is approaching 80 mph 130 km h Vehicle at Top Speed of MyKey Setting
229. e and transmission cooling capability Under severe operating conditions the air conditioning may cycle on and off to prevent the engine from overheating Basic Operating Principles e Drive slower in strong crosswinds that can affect the normal steering characteristics of your vehicle e When driving your vehicle on surfaces made slippery by loose sand water gravel snow or ice proceed with care If Your Vehicle leaves the Road If your vehicle leaves the road reduce your vehicle speed and avoid severe braking Once you have reduced your vehicle speed ease your vehicle back onto the road Do not turn the steering wheel sharply while returning your vehicle to the road MKC TME enUSA It may be safer to stay on the shoulder of the road and slow down gradually before returning to the road You may lose control if you do not slow down or if you turn the steering wheel too sharply or abruptly It may be less risky to strike small objects such as freeway reflectors with minor damage to your vehicle rather than attempt an abrupt dangerous direction change Remember your primary concern should be your safety and the safety of others Emergency Maneuvers If you must make a sudden emergency direction change avoid over driving your vehicle Turn the steering wheel only as rapidly and as far as you need to avoid the emergency Apply smooth pressure to the accelerator pedal or brake pedal as needed Avoid abrupt steerin
230. e animproperly inflated tire uneven tire wear loose or worn suspension components loose or worn steering components improper vehicle alignment A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander or pull MKC TME enUSA Adaptive Learning The EPS system adaptive learning helps correct for road irregularities and improves overall handling and steering feel It communicates with the vehicle s brake system to help operate advanced stability control and accident avoidance systems Additionally whenever the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed the vehicle must be driven a short distance before the strategy is relearned and all systems are reactivated COLLISION WARNING SYSTEM Principle Of Operation f Equipped WARNINGS This system is an extra driving aid It does not replace your attention and judgment or the need to apply the brakes This system does NOT automatically brake your vehicle If you fail to press the brake pedal when necessary you may collide with another vehicle 224 WARNINGS The collision warning system with brake support cannot help prevent all collisions Do not rely on this system to replace your judgment and the need to maintain correct distance and speed Note The system does not detect warn or respond to potential collisions with vehicles to the rear or sides of your vehicle Note The collision warning system is active at speed
231. e could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met MKC TME enUSA The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 33 feet 10 meters Vehicles with the remote start feature will have a greater range One of the following could cause a decrease in operating range e weather conditions e nearby radio towers e structures around the vehicle e other vehicles parked next to your vehicle Other short distance radio transmitters such as amateur radios medical equipment wireless headphones remote controls and alarm systems may operate on the same frequency as your remote control If other transmitters are operating on those frequencies you may not be able to use your remote control Using your remote control near some types of electronic equipment such as USB devices computers or cell phones can interfere with remote operation Operating your remote control near metal or metallic finished purses bags or clothing can interfere with remote operation You can lock and unlock the doors with the key 57 Note Make sure to lock your vehicle before leaving it unattended Note f you are in range the remote control will operate if you press any button unintentionally Intelligent Access The system uses a radio frequency signal to communicate with your vehicle and authorize y
232. e damage Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer as soon as possible AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID CHECK Note Transmission fluid should be checked by an authorized dealer If required fluid should be added by an authorized dealer The automatic transmission does not have a transmission fluid dipstick Maintenance Have an authorized dealer check and change the transmission fluid and filter at the correct service interval See Scheduled Maintenance page 451 Your transmission does not consume fluid However the fluid level should be checked if the transmission is not working properly i e if the transmission slips or shifts slowly or if you notice some sign of fluid leakage Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives treatments or cleaning agents The use of these materials may affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components BRAKE FLUID CHECK Fluid levels between the MIN and MAX lines are within the normal operating range there is no need to add fluid If the fluid levels are outside of the normal operating range the performance of the system could be compromised seek service from your authorized dealer immediately MKC TME enUSA POWER STEERING FLUID CHECK Your vehicle is equipped with an electric power steering EPS system There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill WASHER FLUID CHECK WARNING If you operate your vehicle in temperatur
233. e driver s seating position or the Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or edge of the driver s door If this information is not found on these labels then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk Wheels and Tires WARNINGS of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle transfer case or power transfer unit failure If you have questions regarding tire replacement contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible To reduce the risk of serious injury when mounting replacement tires and wheels you should not exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated re lubricate and try again When inflating the tire for mounting pressures up to 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall the following precautions must be taken to protect the person mounting the tire MKC TME enUSA WARNINGS 1 Make sure that you have the correct tire and wheel size 2 Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again 3 Stand at a minimum of 12 feet 3 66 meters awa
234. e gear to make sure you have a clear view when backing up Windows and Mirrors SUN VISORS E138666 AAS Rotate the sun visor toward the side window and extend it rearward for extra shade MKC TME enUSA llluminated Vanity Mirror f Equipped WARNINGS When closing the moonroof you should verify that it is free of obstructions and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the roof opening The moonroof and sunscreen controls are on the overhead console and have a one touch open and close feature To stop the motion during a one touch operation 162197 touch the control a second time Lift the cover to switch the lamp on MOONROOPF i Equipped WARNINGS Do not let children play with the moonroof or leave them unattended in the vehicle They may seriously hurt themselves 102 Windows and Mirrors Bounce Back The moonroof will stop automatically and reverse some distance if an obstacle is detected while closing Touch and hold C within two seconds of a Venting the Moonroof E144499 Touch B to vent the moonroof Touch C to close it A Open B Vent C Close Opening and Closing the Moonroof Touch A to open the moonroof It will stop short of the fully opened position Note This position helps to reduce wind noise or rumbling which may happen with the moonroof fully open Touch A again to fully open the moonroof Touch C to close the moonroof
235. e information on We strongly recommend that you use MyLincoln Mobile and to set up your extreme caution when using any device that MyLincoin Mobile account visit may take your focus off the road Your www mylincoinmobile com primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving 350 MKC TME enUSA MyLincoln Touch E161891 Phone Navigation or Information if your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation Climate Settings Home Information QmmoovawD gt Entertainment 351 MKC TME enUSA MyLincoln Touch This system uses a four corner strategy to provide quick access to several vehicle features and settings The touchscreen provides easy interaction with your cellular phone multimedia climate control and navigation system The corners display any active modes within those menus such as phone status or the climate temperature Note Some features are not available while your vehicle is moving Note Your system is equipped with a feature that allows you to access and control audio features for 30 minutes after you switch the ignition off and no doors open PHONE Press to select any of the following Phone e Quick Dial e Ph
236. e it is in the vehicle including the cargo area e Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling e Do not use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position 166 W Easy Fuel Capless Fuel System WARNING The fuel system may be under pressure If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler door do not refuel until the sound stops Otherwise fuel may spray out which could cause serious personal injury When fueling your vehicle 1 Put the vehicle in P Park and turn the ignition off 2 Open the fuel filler door 4 aa eo 4 AED E156032 Fuel and Refueling 3 Slowly insert the fuel filler nozzle fully into the fuel system and leave the nozzle fully inserted to open both doors until you are done pumping Hold handle higher during insertion for easier access Le 7 PET P 22 ha E154765 4 After you are done pumping fuel slowly remove the fuel filler nozzle allow about 5 to 10 seconds after pumping fuel before removing the fuel filler nozzle This allows residual fuel to drain back into the fuel tank and not spill onto the vehicle MKC TME enUSA Note A fuel spillage concern may occur if overfilling the fuel tank Do not overfill the tank The fill pipe is equiped with a drain hole Excess fuel due to overfill may drain through the drain hole and drip onto the ground If the fuel fill inlet was not properly closed a
237. e vehicle OR 3 The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days not necessarily all at one time In the case of 1 or 2 above the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE B Dearborn MI 48126 You are required to submit your warranty dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by the Federal Magnuson Moss MKC TME enUSA Warranty Act 15 U S C sec 2301 et seq If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b or the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act resort to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU BBB AUTO LINE PROGRAM U S ONLY Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer If a warranty concern has not been resolved using the three step procedure outlined earlier in this chapter in the Getting the Services you need section you may be eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts mediation and arbitration During mediation a representative of the BBB will cont
238. ecirc on Temperature Temperature lt 15 5 29 5 gt degrees Temperature lt 60 85 gt degrees Temperature decrease Temperature high MKC TME enUSA If you say Temperature you can then say any of the commands in the following chart TEMPERATURE lt 15 5 29 5 gt degrees lt 60 85 gt degrees High Low Help 418 NAVIGATION i Equipped Note The navigation SD card must be in the SD card slot to operate the navigation system If you need a replacement SD card see an authorized dealer Note The SD card slot is spring loaded To remove the SD card just push the card in and release it Do not attempt to pull the card out to remove it this could cause damage Your navigation system is comprised of two main features destination mode and map mode To set a destination press the green corner of your touchscreen then the Dest button when it appears See Setting a destination later in this chapter To view the navigation map and your vehicle s current location touch the green bar in the upper right hand corner of the touchscreen or press Dest then Map See Map mode later in this chapter MyLincoln Touch Setting a Destination Press the green corner of your touchscreen then the Dest button when it appears Choose any of the following Destination My Home Favorites Previous Destinations
239. ection to be upward on the screen P Heading up 2D map always shows 3D map mode provides an elevated perspective of the map This viewing angle can be adjusted and the map can be rotated 180 degrees by touching the map twice and then dragging your finger along the shaded bar with arrows at the bottom of the map View switches between full map street list and exit view in route guidance Menu displays a pop up box that allows direct access to navigation settings View Edit Route SIRIUS Travel Link Guidance Mute and Cancel Route MyLincoln Touc Press the speaker button on the X map to mute route guidance When the light on the button illuminates the feature is on The speaker button appears on the map only when route guidance is active icon whenever you scroll the map away from your vehicle s current location Re center the map by pressing this Auto Zoom Press the green bar to access map mode then select the or zoom button to bring up the zoom level and Auto buttons on the touchscreen When you press Auto Auto Zoom turns on and Auto displays in the bottom left corner of the screen in the map scale The map zoom level then synchronizes with vehicle speed The slower your vehicle is traveling the farther in the map zooms in the faster your vehicle is traveling the farther the map zooms out To switch off the feature just press the or button again MKC TME enUSA In 3D
240. ed and embedded as appropriate with the following Notice of Use and be treated in accordance with such Notice NOTICE OF USE CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER SUPPLIER NAME HERE CONTRACTOR MANUFACTURER SUPPLIER ADDRESS 425 West Randolph Street Chicago IL 60606 This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2101 MKC TME enUSA and is subject to the End User License Agreement under which this Data was provided 1987 2013 HERE All rights reserved If the Contracting Officer federal government agency or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein the Contracting Officer federal government agency or any federal official must notify HERE prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data Gracenote Copyright CD and music related data from Gracenote Inc copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote Gracenote Software copyright 2000 2007 Gracenote This product and service may practice one or more of the following U S Patents 5 987 525 6 061 680 6 154 773 6 161 132 6 230 192 6 230 207 6 240 459 6 330 593 and other patents issued or pending Some services supplied under license from Open Globe Inc for U S Patent 6 304 523 445 Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote The Gracenote logo and logotype and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trademarks of Gracenote Gracenote End User License Agreement EULA This device conta
241. ed or show signs of excessive wear should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail MKC TME enUSA Tire Wear E142546 319 rubber across the tread will appear on the tire when the tread is worn down to one sixteenth of an inch 2 mm When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars the tire is worn out and must be replaced Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall If damage is observed or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional Tires can be damaged during off road use so inspection after off road use is also recommended Wheels and Tires Age WARNING f Tires degrade over time depending on many factors such as weather storage conditions and conditions of use load speed inflation pressure the tires experience throughout their lives In general tires should be replaced after six years regardless of tread wear However heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process and may require tires to be replaced more frequently You should replace your spare tire when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if it has not been used MKC TME enUSA U S DOT Tire Identification Number Both United States and Canada Federal regulat
242. ediately Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust fumes Carbon monoxide is present in exhaust fumes Take precautions to avoid its dangerous effects Important Ventilating Information If you stop your vehicle and the leave the engine idling for long periods we recommend that you do one of the following Open the windows at least 1 inch 2 5 centimeters e Set your climate control to outside air ENGINE BLOCK HEATER i Equippea WARNINGS 1 Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or serious personal injury 161 WARNINGS Do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two pronged adapters There is a risk of electrical shock Note The heater is most effective when outdoor temperatures are below OF 18 C The heater acts as a starting aid by warming the engine coolant This allows the climate control system to respond quickly The equipment includes a heater element installed in the engine block and a wire harness You can connect the system to a grounded 120 volt AC electrical source Starting and Stopping the Engine We recommend that you do the following for a safe and correct operation Use a 16 gauge outdoor extension cord that is product certified by Underwriter s Laboratory UL or Canadian Standards Association CSA This extension cord must be suitable for use outdoors in cold temperatures and be clearly marked Sui
243. eel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter MKC TME enUSA F 95 Indicates the tire s load index It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry You may find this information in your owner s manual If not contact a local tire dealer Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law G H Indicates the tire s speed rating The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation pressure These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions The ratings range from 81 mph 130 km h to 186 mph 299 km h These ratings are listed in the following chart Note You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law 313 Letter rating Speed rating mph km h 81 mph 130 km h 87 mph 140 km h 99 mph 159 km h 106 mph 171 km h 112 mph 180 km h 118 mph 190 km h 124 mph 200 km h 130 mph 210 km h lt ZX Cc Alw wa ol Zlz 149 mph 240 km h Wheels and Tires Letter rating Speed rating mph km h W 168 mph 270 km h Y
244. ely 20 seconds until the indicator lights above the buttons flash rapidly When the indicator lights flash release the buttons The codes for all buttons are erased Reprogramming a Single Button To program a device to a previously trained button follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired button Do NOT release the button 152 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the button follow Step 1 in the Programming section For questions or comments contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 Programming to a Genie Intellicode 2 Garage Door Opener Note The Genie Intellicode 2 transmitter must already be programmed to operate with the garage door opener Note 7o program HomeLink to the transmitter you must first put the transmitter into programming mode Universal Garage Door Opener If Equipped A Red indicator light B Green indicator light 1 Press and hold one of the buttons on the hand held transmitter for 10 seconds The indicator light will change from green to red and green 2 Press the same button twice to confirm the change to programming mode If done properly the indicator light will appear red 3 Hold the transmitter within 1 3 inches 2 8 centimeters of the button on the visor you want to program MKC TME enUSA 4 Press and hold both the programmed Genie button on the hand held transmitter and the button you want
245. em General Information 345 Audio unit Vehicles With Premium AM EM CD tiicsisestensdeceisiaisiotivaiancecies 346 Media Hub 348 MyLincoln Touch General Information 350 SENGS re EEES Entertainment Informatio Manners nnna Climate ienn e ae ns Navigati M starren Accessories ACCESSOT ES Ass n erenrine 428 Appendices End User License Agreement 430 Extended Service Plan ESP Extended Service Plan ESP 448 Scheduled Maintenance General Maintenance Information 451 Normal Scheduled Maintenance MKC TME enUSA Introduction ABOUT THIS MANUAL Thank you for choosing Lincoln We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual The more that you know about it the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it WARNING Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving MKC TME enUSA Note This manual describes product features and options available throughout the range of
246. em is indicated by a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster or by a backup tone if the warning light is not working Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following e Ww e The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after the ignition is turned on e The readiness light will either flash or Stay lit e A series of five beeps will be heard The tone pattern will repeat periodically until the problem the light or both are repaired 55 If any of these things happen even intermittently have the supplemental restraint system serviced at an authorized dealer immediately Unless serviced the system may not function properly in the event of a crash The safety belt pretensioners and the airbag supplemental restraint system is designed to activate when your vehicle sustains frontal or sideways deceleration sufficient to cause the restraints control module to deploy a safety device or when a certain likelihood of a rollover event is detected by the rollover sensor Supplementary Restraints System The fact that the safety belt pretensioners or airbags did not activate for both front seat occupants in a crash does not mean that something is wrong with the system Rather it means the restraints control module determined the accident conditions for example crash severity belt usage were not appropriate to activate these s
247. em requires service Contact an authorized dealer MKC TME enUSA 130 Information Displays Remote Start Message Action To Drive Press Brake and Gear Shift Button A reminder to apply the brake and push the gearshift button to drive your vehicle after a remote start Seats Message Action Memory Recall Not Permitted While Driving A reminder that memory seats are not available while driving Memory X Saved Shows where you have saved your memory setting Starting System Message Action Press Brake to Start A reminder to apply the brake when starting your vehicle Cranking Time Exceeded The starter has exceeded its cranking time in attempting to start your vehicle Engine Start Pending Please Wait The starter is attempting to start your vehicle Pending Start Cancelled The system has cancelled the pending start MKC TME enUSA 131 Information Displays Tire Pressure Monitoring System Message Action LOW Tire Pressure One or more tires on your vehicle has low tire pressure See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 324 Tire Pressure Monitor Fault Tire Pressure Sensor Fault The tire pressure monitoring system is malfunctioning If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact an authorized dealer See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 324 A tire pressure
248. eness or drag Do not exceed one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers between service intervals i Reset the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes See Engine Oil Check page 283 4 Other maintenance items Every 20000 miles 32000 Replace cabin air filter km Every 30000 miles 48000 Replace engine air filter km At 100000 miles 160000 km 2 Change engine coolant Repl k plugs Every 100000 miles ee 160000 km 3 Inspect accessory drive belt s 458 MKC TME enUSA Scheduled Maintenance 1 Other maintenance items Every 150000 miles Change automatic transmission fluid 240000 km Replace accessory drive belt s i Perform these maintenance items within 3000 miles 4800 kilometers of the last engine oil and filter change Do not exceed the designated distance for the interval Initial replacement at six years or 100000 miles 160000 kilometers then every three years or 50000 miles 80000 kilometers After initial inspection inspect every other oil change until replaced i If not replaced within the last 100000 miles 160000 kilometers SPECIAL OPERATING CONDITIONS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE If you operate your vehicle primarily in any of the following conditions you need to perform extra maintenance as indicated If you operate your vehicle occasionally under any of these conditions it is not nece
249. ensing system warns the driver of obstacles within a certain range of the bumper area The system turns on automatically whenever the ignition is switched on 191 When receiving a detection warning the radio volume is reduced to a predetermined level After the warning goes away the radio volume returns to the previous level The system can be switched off through the information display menu or from the pop up message that appears once the transmission is shifted into R See General Information page 112 If a fault is present in the system a warning message appears in the information display and does not allow the driver to switch the faulted system on See Information Messages page 118 Rear Sensing System The rear sensors are only active when the transmission is in R As the vehicle moves closer to the obstacle the rate of the audible warning increases When the obstacle is fewer than 10 inches 25 centimeters away the warning sounds continuously If a Parking Aids stationary or receding object is detected farther than 10 inches 25 centimeters from the side of the vehicle the tone sounds for only three seconds Once the system detects an object approaching the warning sounds again E130178 A Coverage area of up to 6 feet 2 meters from the rear bumper There is decreased coverage area at the outer corners of the bumper MKC TME enUSA The system detects certain objects while the transmi
250. es 386 4 xm SATELLITE RADIO E142593 Sirius satellite radio is a subscription based satellite radio service that broadcasts a variety of music sports news weather traffic and entertainment programming Your factory installed Sirius satellite radio system includes hardware and a limited subscription term that begins on the date of sale or lease of your vehicle See an authorized dealer for availability For more information on extended subscription terms a service fee is required the online media player and a list of Sirius satellite radio channels and other features please visit www siriusxm com in the United States www sirius ca in Canada or call Sirius at 1 888 539 7474 Note This receiver includes the eCos real time operating system eCos is published under the eCos License MyLincoln Touch Sirius Satellite Radio Reception Factors and Troubleshooting Potential reception issues Antenna obstructions For optimal reception performance keep the antenna clear of snow and ice build up and keep luggage and other materials as far away from the antenna as possible Terrain Hills mountains tall buildings bridges tunnels freeway overpasses parking garages dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with your reception Station overload When you pass a ground based broadcast repeating tower a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and the audio system may mute
251. es fluid discoloration is a normal operating characteristic and by itself does not necessarily indicate a concern or that the fluid needs to be changed However a qualified expert such as the factory trained technicians at your dealership should inspect discolored fluids that also show signs of overheating or foreign material contamination immediately Scheduled Maintenance Make sure to change your vehicle s oils and It is critical that systems are flushed only with fluids at the specified intervals or in new fluid that is the same as that required conjunction with a repair Flushing is a viable to fill and operate the system or using a way to change fluid for many vehicle Ford approved flushing chemical sub systems during scheduled maintenance Owner Checks and Services Make sure you perform the following basic maintenance checks and inspections every month or at six month intervals Check every month Engine oil level Function of all interior and exterior lights Tires including spare for wear and proper pressure Windshield washer fluid level Check every six months Battery connections Clean if necessary Body and door drain holes for obstructions Clean if necessary Cooling system fluid level and coolant strength Door weatherstrips for wear Lubricate if necessary Hinges latches and outside locks for proper operation Lubricate if necessary Parking bra
252. es below 40 F 5 C use washer fluid with antifreeze protection Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident Note The front and rear washer systems are supplied from the same reservoir Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specifications See Capacities and Specifications page 336 288 State or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the use of methanol a common windshield washer antifreeze additive Washer fluids containing non methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the vehicle s paint finish wiper blades or washer system FUEL FILTER Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY WARNINGS Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury Therefore do not allow flames sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery When working near the battery always shield your face and protect your eyes Always provide proper ventilation Maintenance WARNINGS A When lifting a plastic cased battery excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps resulting in personal
253. es may make it necessary to travel diagonally up or down a hill or steep incline always try to drive straight up or straight down the sloping terrain Note To maintain traction and avoid possibly rolling your vehicle avoid turning on steep slopes or hills When you drive on a hill determine beforehand the route you will use Do not drive over a hill without first seeing what is on the other side Do not drive in reverse over a hill without the aid of an observer All Wheel Drive If Equipped Start climbing a steep slope or hill in a low gear rather than downshifting to a low gear from a high gear after you have started your climb This reduces strain on the engine and the possibility of stalling If your vehicle stalls do not try to turn around Turning could cause the vehicle to roll over Instead reverse back to a safe location Apply just enough power to the wheels to climb the hill Too much power will cause the tires to slip spin or lose traction and you could lose control of your vehicle E143949 MKC TME enUSA To avoid brake overheating come down a hill in the same gear you used to go up the hill Do not come down in neutral Move the transmission selector lever to a lower gear When descending a steep hill avoid sudden hard braking to keep the front wheels rolling and to maintain your vehicle s steering Your vehicle has anti lock brakes Apply the brakes steadily Do not pump the brake pedal
254. es the risk of loss of vehicle control serious injury or death Ford does not recommend disabling this feature except in situations where speed reduction may be detrimental such as hill climbing the driver has significant trailer towing experience and can control trailer sway and maintain safe operation Towing Note This feature does not prevent trailer sway but reduces it once it begins Note This feature cannot stop all trailers from swaying Note n some cases if vehicle speed is too high the system may activate multiple times gradually reducing vehicle speed This feature applies the vehicle brakes at individual wheels and if necessary reduces engine power If the trailer begins to sway the stability control light flashes The first thing to do is slow the vehicle down then pull safely to the side of the road and check for proper tongue load and trailer load distribution See Load Carrying page 229 RECOMMENDED TOWING WEIGHTS Note Do not exceed the trailer weight for your vehicle configuration listed in the chart below Note Be sure to take into consideration trailer frontal areg Do not exceed 20 feet 1 86 meters if your vehicle is not equipped with a towing package or 30 feet 2 79 meters if your vehicle is equipped with a towing package Note For high altitude operation reduce the gross combined weight by 2 per 1000 feet 300 meters starting at the 1000 foot 300 meter elevation
255. esets prematurely or becomes inoperative you should perform the oil change interval at six months or 5000 miles 8000 kilometers from your last oil change Never exceed one year or 10000 miles 16000 kilometers between oil change intervals MKC TME enUSA Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built with multiple complex performance systems Every manufacturer develops these systems using different specifications and performance features That is why it is important to rely upon your dealership to properly diagnose and repair your vehicle Ford Motor Company has recommended maintenance intervals for various parts and component systems based upon engineering testing Ford Motor Company relies upon this testing to determine the most appropriate mileage for replacement of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at the lowest overall cost to you and recommends against maintenance schedules that deviate from the scheduled maintenance information We strongly recommend the use of only genuine Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized re manufactured replacement parts engineered for your vehicle 452 Additives and Chemicals This owner s manual and the Ford Workshop Manual list the recommended additives and chemicals for your vehicle We do not recommend using chemicals or additives not approved by us as part of your vehicle s normal maintenance Please consult your warranty information Oils Fluids and Flushing In many cas
256. ettings for e Bass e Midrange MKC TME enUSA e Treble e Balance and Fade THX Deep Note Demo e DSP Digital Signal processing e Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Set PTY for Seek Scan This allows you to select a category of music you would like to search for You can then choose to either seek or scan for the stations playing that category RDS Text Display This allows you to view the information broadcast by FM stations AST AST Autostore allows you to have the system automatically store the six strongest stations in your current location 379 TAG Button This feature is available when HD Radio is on and allows you to tag a song to download later When you select On TAG appears on screen when HD Radio is active You can touch TAG to save the information of the song that is playing When you plug in your portable music player the information transfers if supported by your device When you are connected to iTunes the tags appear to remind you of the songs you would like to download See HD Radio information later in this chapter Direct Tune Touch this button to enter the desired station number manually Touch Enter when you are done HD Radio Information If Available Note HD Radio broadcasts are not available in all markets MyLincoln Touch HD Radio technology is the digital evolution of analog AM FM
257. even and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer Front wheel drive vehicles and those with an independent rear suspension if equipped may require alignment of all four wheels The tires should also be balanced periodically An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear Wheels and Tires Tire Rotation Note f your tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation Note Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly itis intended for temporary use only and should not be used in a tire rotation Note After having your tires rotated inflation pressure must be checked and adjusted to the vehicle requirements Rotating your tires at the recommended interval as indicated in the Scheduled Maintenance chapter will help your tires wear more evenly providing better tire performance and longer tire life MKC TME enUSA Front wheel drive and four wheel drive vehicles front tires on the left side of the diagram EB GB Ne 1 D Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotatin
258. evere rain snow or fog the camera is blocked Activating the System Switch on the system using the information display and autolamps See Information Displays page 112 See Autolamps page 91 MKC TME enUSA E142451 Switch the lighting control to the autolamps position Manually Overriding the System t E169254 94 When the automatic control has activated the high beams pushing or pulling the stalk will provide a temporary override to low beam Use the information display menu to permanently deactivate the system or turn the lighting control switch from autolamps to headlamps DIRECTION INDICATORS E170427 Push the lever up or down to use the direction indicators Lighting Note 7ap the lever up or down to make the direction indicators flash three times to indicate a lane change WELCOME LIGHTING The Lincoln welcome mat projection lights are on the bottom of the exterior mirror housings They will project an image onto the ground a short distance from your vehicle when welcome lighting or lighted entry turns on For auto fold mirrors the Lincoln welcome mat will turn on when welcome lighting or lighted entry turns on and the mirrors have been automatically folded in upon locking or using the switch on the door Note Moisture frost and ice build up or other types of contamination on the surface of the light lens can cause non permanent distortion or reduced brightness of
259. f thin mist no streaks drip marks or droplets Fine mist covers less than 50 of the lens Maintenance Examples of unacceptable moisture usually caused by a lamp water leak are e Water puddle inside the lamp Large water droplets drip marks or streaks present on the interior of the lens Take your vehicle to a dealer for service if any of the above conditions of unacceptable moisture are present Replacing High Intensity Discharge Headlamp Bulbs if Equipped The headlamps on your vehicle use a high intensity discharge source These lamps operate at a high voltage When the bulb burns out have the bulb and starter capsule assembly replaced by your authorized dealer MKC TME enUSA Replacing Front Indicator Bulbs E171167 1 Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and remove it from the headlamp assembly 2 Gently pull the bulb straight out of the socket Install the new bulb in reverse order Replacing Signal Indicator Mirror Bulbs Your vehicle uses a LED for the signal indicator mirror lamps If replacement is required see your authorized dealer 294 Replacing Approach Lamp Bulbs Your vehicle uses a LED for the approach lamps If replacement is required see your authorized dealer Replacing Tail Brake and Direction Indicator Bulbs Your vehicle uses a LED for the tail brake and direction indicator lamps If replacement is required see your authorized dealer Replacing
260. ff Speed Minder Choose desired speed or off Volume Limiter Always On or User Selectable Do Not Disturb Always On or User Selectable Clear MyKeys Hold OK to Clear All MyKeys Display Distance Unit Choose your applicable setting Temperature Unit Choose your applicable setting Language Choose your applicable setting Speedo in km h check enabled or uncheck disabled MKC TME enUSA 117 Information Displays INFORMATION MESSAGES Note Depending on your vehicle options and instrument cluster type not all of the messages will display or be available The information display may abbreviate or Press the OK button to acknowledge and remove some messages from the information display The information display will automatically remove other messages after a short time You need to confirm certain messages shorten certain messages Active Park Eiso before you can access the menus Message Action Active Park Fault The system requires service due to a malfunction Have the system checked by an authorized dealer Adaptive Cruise Control Message Action Adaptive Cruise Malfunction A radar malfunction is preventing the adaptive cruise control from engaging See Using Adaptive Cruise Control page 204 Adaptive Cruise Not Available Adaptive Cruise Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual A con
261. fic conditions following a large vehicle that is blocking or shadowing the lane or vehicle conditions poor headlamp illumination See Troubleshooting for additional information Green Indicates that the system is available or ready to provide a warning or intervention on the indicated side s Yellow Indicates that the system is providing or has just provided a lane keeping aid intervention Red Indicates that the system is providing or has just provided a lane keeping alert warning You can temporarily disable the system at any time by doing the following e Quick braking Fast acceleration Driving Aids e Using the turn signal indicator e Evasive steering maneuver Troubleshooting Why is the feature not available line markings are gray when I can see the lane markings on the road Vehicle speed is outside the operational range of the feature Sun is shining directly into the camera lens Quick intentional lane change Staying too close to the lane marking Driving at high speeds in curves Previous feature activation happened within the last one second Ambiguous lane markings mainly in construction zones Rapid transition from light to dark or vice versa Sudden offset in lane markings ABS or AdvancetTrac activation Camera blockage due to dirt grime fog frost or water on the windshield Driving too close to the vehicle in front of you Tran
262. filiates and or their designated agent to provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates supplements add on components or Internet based services components of the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain your initial copy of the SOFTWARE Supplemental Components Appendices If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party software and services suppliers provide or make available to you Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided along with the Supplemental Components then the terms of this EULA shall apply If MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent make available Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided then the terms of this EULA shall apply except that the MS Microsoft Corporation or affiliate entity providing the Supplemental Component s shall be the licensor of the Supplemental Component s FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent reserve the right to discontinue without liability any Internet based services provided to you or made available to you through the use of the SOFTWARE 433 MKC TME enUSA Appendices Links to Third Party Sites The MS SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to link to third party sites through the use of the SOFTWARE The third party sites are not under the control of MS Microsoft Corporation their affiliates and or their designated agent Neither MS nor
263. for the radar to detect that it is free from obstruction Heavy rain or snow is interfering with the radar signals Do not use the system in these conditions because it may not detect any vehicles ahead Swirling water or snow or ice on the surface of the road may interfere with the radar signals Do not use the system in these conditions because it may not detect any vehicles ahead You are in a desert or remote area with no other vehicles and no roadside objects Wait a short time or switch to normal cruise control Due to the nature of radar technology it is possible to get a blockage warning and not be blocked This can happen for example when driving in sparse rural or desert environments A false blocked condition will either self clear or clear after a key cycle Switching to Normal Cruise Control WARNING Normal cruise control will not brake due to slower vehicles Always be aware of which mode you have selected and You can manually change from adaptive cruise control to normal cruise control through the information display apply the brakes when necessary 210 MKC TME enUSA Cruise Control The cruise control indicator light replaces the adaptive cruise control indicator light if you select normal cruise control The gap setting does not display the system does not automatically respond to lead vehicles and automatic braking is not active The system remembers the la
264. formance and operational capabilities and adversely affect you and your passenger s safety We recommend that you frequently inspect your vehicle s chassis components if your vehicle is subject to off road use 181 Brakes GENERAL INFORMATION Note Occasional brake noise is normal If a metal to metal continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present the brake linings may be worn out and should be inspected by an authorized dealer If the vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking the vehicle should be inspected by an authorized dealer Note Brake dust may accumulate on the wheels even under normal driving conditions Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear and does not contribute to brake noise See Cleaning the Alloy Wheels page 305 Et Sece Warning Lamps and Lo ndicators page 107 Wet brakes result in reduced braking efficiency Gently press the brake pedal a few times when driving from a car wash or standing water to dry the brakes MKC TME enUSA Brake Over Accelerator In the event the accelerator pedal becomes stuck or entrapped apply steady and firm pressure to the brake pedal to slow the vehicle and reduce engine power If you experience this condition apply the brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe stop Turn the engine off shift to position P and apply the parking brake and then inspect the accelerator pedal for any interferences If none
265. fy traffic is clear and carefully change lanes Windows and Mirrors E138665 MKC TME enUSA The image of the approaching vehicle is small and near the inboard edge of the main mirror when it is at a distance The image becomes larger and begins to move outboard across the main mirror as the vehicle approaches A The image will transition from the main mirror and begin to appear in the blind spot mirror as the vehicle approaches B The vehicle will transition to your peripheral field of view as it leaves the blind spot mirror C Blind Spot Monitor ir Equipped See Blind Spot Information System page 218 INTERIOR MIRROR WARNING Do not adjust the mirror when your vehicle is moving Note Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum or ammonia based cleaning products 101 You can adjust the interior mirror to your preference Some mirrors also have a second pivot point This lets you move the mirror head up or down and from side to side Auto Dimming Mirror Note Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the mirror Mirror performance may be affected A rear center passenger or raised rear center head restraint may also block light from reaching the sensor The mirror will dim automatically to reduce glare when bright lights are detected from behind your vehicle It will automatically return to normal reflection when you select revers
266. g acceleration and braking changes Abrupt changes could increase the risk of vehicle roll over loss of vehicle control and personal injury Use all available road surface to bring your vehicle to under control 178 In the event of an emergency stop avoid skidding and do not attempt any sharp steering wheel movements Your vehicle responds differently to steering accelerating and braking on different road surfaces when changing from one type of surface to another Sand When driving over sand avoid driving at excessive speeds This will cause your vehicle momentum to work against you Your vehicle could become stuck that may require assistance from another vehicle Remember if you proceed with caution you may be able to back out the way you came Do not drive in deep sand for an extended period This will cause the all wheel drive system to overheat You will see a warning message in the information display See Information Messages page 118 All Wheel Drive af Equipped To resume operation switch the ignition off and allow the system to cool down for a minimum of 15 minutes After the system has cooled down you will see a brief message display in the information display See Information Messages page 118 When driving at slow speeds in deep sand under high outside temperatures use a low gear when possible Low gear operation will maximize the engine and transmission cooling capability Tips when driving
267. g properly See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator page 55 Do not attempt to repair or service the system Take your vehicle immediately to an authorized dealer If itis necessary to modify an advanced front airbag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center See Getting the Services You Need page 254 MKC TME enUSA SIDE AIRBAGS WARNINGS Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover on the side of the seatbacks of the front seats or in front seat areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash 1 Do not use accessory seat covers The use of accessory seat covers may prevent the deployment of the side airbags and increase the risk of injury in an accident Do not lean your head on the door The side airbag could injure you as it deploys from the side of the seatback Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag its fuses or the seat cover on a seat containing an airbag as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible 52 WARNINGS If the side airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again The side airbag system including the seat must be inspected and serviced by an authorized dealer If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will i
268. g a Lincoln Extended Service Plan Lincoln Extended Service Plan is the only service contract backed by Lincoln Motor Company of Canada Limited Depending on the plan you purchase Lincoln Extended Service Plan provides benefits such as Rental reimbursement e Coverage for certain maintenance and wear items Protection against repair costs after your New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage expires Roadside Assistance benefits Extended Service Plan ESP There are several Lincoln Extended Service Plans available in various time distance and deductible combinations Each plan is tailored to fit your own driving needs including reimbursement for towing and rental When you purchase Lincoln Extended Service Plan you receive added peace of mind protection throughout Canada and the United States provided by a network of participating authorized Lincoln Motor Company dealers Note Repairs performed outside of Canada and the United States are not eligible for Lincoln Extended Service Plan coverage This information is subject to change For more information visit your local Lincoln of Canada dealer or www Lincoln ca to find the Lincoln Extended Service Plan that is right for you 450 MKC TME enUSA Scheduled Maintenance GENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION Why Maintain Your Vehicle Carefully following the maintenance schedule helps protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or
269. g behavior in relation to the lane markings and other factors System Warnings Note Note The system will not issue warnings below approximately 40 mph 64 km h 212 The warning system is in two stages At first the system issues a temporary warning that you need to take a rest This message will only appear for a short time If the system detects further reduction in driving alertness another warning may be issued which will remain in the information display for a longer time Press OK on the steering wheel control to clear the warning System Display When active the system will run automatically in the background and only issue a warning if required You can view the status at any time using the information display See General Information page 112 The alertness level is shown by six steps in a colored bar E131358 Driving Aids The current assessment of your alertness is within a typical range E131359 The current assessment of your alertness indicates that you should rest as soon as safely possible The status bar will travel from left to right as the calculated alertness level decreases As the rest icon is approached the color turns from green to yellow to red The yellow position indicates the first warning is active and the red position indicates the second warning is active Note f you have recently received a warning you should consider resting even if the current assessment is wi
270. g brake when the vehicle is moving WARNINGS Applying the electric parking brake while moving will result in use of the anti lock braking system Do not use the electric parking brake system when the vehicle is moving unless the normal brake system is unable to stop the vehicle With the exception of emergency conditions for example the brake pedal does not work or is blocked do not apply the electric parking brake while the vehicle is moving On bends or poor road surfaces or weather conditions emergency braking can cause the vehicle to skid out of control or off the road If you apply the electric parking brake when your vehicle is moving the brake system warning lamp will illuminate and a warning chime will sound See Instrument Cluster page 105 MKC TME enUSA If your vehicle speed is above 4 mph 6 km h the braking force is applied as long as the switch is applied Release or press the switch or press the accelerator pedal to stop the braking force Releasing the electric parking brake E169086 You can release the electric parking brake either manually by pressing the bottom of the switch or automatically 184 Manual release WARNING If the brake system warning light remains illuminated or flashes after you have released the parking brake there could be a problem with you braking system Have the system checked by an authorized dealer as soon as possible You can manually release t
271. g down or available on the front passenger and rear kneeling on the child restraint while seats pulling up on the shoulder belt in order to force slack from the belt This is necessary to remove the remaining slack 27 MKC TME enUSA Child Safety 10 Before placing the child in the seat forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place To check this grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back There should be no more than 1 inch 2 5 centimeters of movement for proper installation Ford recommends checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is properly installed In Canada check with your local St John Ambulance office for referral to a Certified Passenger Seat Technician Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH WARNINGS A Never attach two child safety seats to the same anchor In a crash one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child safety seat attachments and may break causing serious injury or death MKC TME enUSA WARNINGS Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety belt buckle assemblies or LATCH lower anchors rendering those features potentially unusable To avoid risk of injury occupants should only use seating positions where they are able to
272. g slowly helps increase the coverage area and effectiveness Driving Aids E142440 In this first example the left sensor is only partially obstructed zone coverage is nearly maximized 219 MKC TME enUSA Driving Aids E142441 Zone coverage also decreases when parking at shallow angles Here the left sensor is mostly obstructed zone coverage on that side is severely limited 220 MKC TME enUSA Driving Aids System Lights and Messages E142442 The Blind Spot Information and Cross Traffic Alert systems illuminate a yellow alert indicator in the outside mirror on the side of your vehicle the approaching vehicle is coming from Note The alert indicator dims when the system detects nighttime darkness Cross Traffic Alert also sounds a series of tones and a message appears in the information display indicating a vehicle is coming from the right or left Cross Traffic Alert works with the reverse sensing system that sounds its own series of tones See Parking Aid page 191 MKC TME enUSA System Sensors WARNING Just prior to the system recognizing a blocked condition and alerting the driver the number of missed objects will increase To help avoid injuries NEVER use the Blind Spot Information System as a replacement for using the side and rear view mirrors or looking over your shoulder before changing lanes The Blind Spot Information System is not a replacement for ca
273. g system module Rear heated seats module 37 15A All wheel drive relay Heated steering wheel 38 30A Not used spare 1 Micro fuse 2 Dual micro fuse MKC TME enUSA 273 Fuses Rear Cargo Fuse Box on the passenger side Open the fuse panel cover to gain access to the fuses The fuse panel is located in the cargo area E175700 274 MKC TME enUSA Fuses Fuse Fuse amp rating Protected components F1 Not used F2 Not used F3 SA Hands free liftgate module Spare F4 Not used F5 Not used F6 Not used F7 304 Rear heated seats F8 2 Power cinch latch 30A Power liftgate F9 204 Heated front seats F10 40A Trailer tow F11 304 Climate control seats F12 204 Auxiliary power point instrument panel MKC TME enUSA 275 Fuses Fuse Fuse amp rating Protected components F13 Not used F14 30A Power seats F15 204 Auxiliary power point inside of floor console F16 20A Auxiliary power point rear of floor console F17 Not used F18 204 Auxiliary power point cargo area F19 404 Inverter power outlet Mini fuse 2 J case fuse MKC TME enUSA 276 Fuses CHANGING A FUSE Fuses WARNING Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire E
274. g the START STOP button without pressing the brake pedal Both ways re enable the fuel system Roadside Emergencies Note When you try to restart your vehicle after a fuel shutoff the vehicle makes sure that various systems are safe to restart Once your vehicle determines that the systems are safe then the vehicle will allow you to restart Note n the event that your vehicle does not restart after your third attempt contact an authorized dealer JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE WARNINGS The gases around the battery can explode if exposed to flames sparks or lit cigarettes An explosion could result in personal injury or vehicle damage Batteries contain sulfuric acid which can burn skin eyes and clothing if contacted Use only an adequate sized cable with insulated clamps MKC TME enUSA Preparing Your Vehicle Note Do not attempt to push start your automatic transmission vehicle Automatic transmissions do not have push start capability Attempting to push start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage Note Use only a 12 volt supply to start your vehicle Note Do not disconnect the battery ofthe disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle s electrical system Park the booster vehicle close to the hood ofthe disabled vehicle making sure the two vehicles do not touch Turn all accessories off 251 Connecting the Jumper Cables WARNING Do not att
275. g the tires E142547 323 USING SNOW CHAINS WARNING Snow tires must be the same size load index speed rating as those originally provided by Ford Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Additionally the use of non recommended tires and wheels could cause steering suspension axle transfer case or power transfer unit failure The tires on your vehicle have all weather treads to provide traction in rain and snow However in some climates you may need to use snow tires and cables If you need to use cables it is recommended that steel wheels of the same size and specifications be used as cables may chip aluminum wheels Follow these guidelines when using snow tires and traction devices Wheels and Tires If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle Purchase chains or cables from a manufacturer that clearly labels body to tire dimension restrictions Use 10 mm cables or chains only on front axle with 235 50R18 tires Not all S class snow chains or cables meet these restrictions Chains of this size restriction will include a tensioning device The snow chains or cables must be mounted in pairs on the front axle Do not use chains or cables on 235 45R19 and 245 45R19 tires Install cables securely verifying that the c
276. ges page 105 See Warning Lamps and Indicators page 107 Wiper lever See Wipers and Washers page 86 Information and entertainment display Audio unit Hazard warning flasher switch See Hazard Warning Flashers page 250 ranmmooao Parking aid switch See Parking Aids page 191 Heated rear window switch See Heated Windows and Mirrors page 139 Climate controls See Climate Control page 136 Start button See Keyless Starting page 158 Audio control See Audio unit page 346 Voice control Horn Steering wheel adjustment See Adjusting the Steering Wheel page 82 Cruise control switches See Using Cruise Control page 203 Information display controls See Information Displays page 112 Parking brake See Electric Parking Brake page 183 DAOVO ZA FrAe amp Lighting control See Lighting Control page 90 Instrument lighting dimmer See Instrument Lighting Dimmer page 92 20 MKC TME enUSA Ata Glance Rear Exterior Overview E173614 See Changing a Bulb page 293 B See Changing the Wiper Blades page 291 21 MKC TME enUSA Ata Glance Oo nm O A MKC TME enUSA See Changing a Bulb page 293 Liftgate See Manual Liftgate page 73 See Power Liftgate page 74 See Changing a Road Wheel page 328 Tire pressures See Wheels and Tires page 308 See Tire Care page 310 22 Child Safety GENERAL INFORMATION See the following sections for dire
277. gh the disc files If you are burning your own MP3 and WMA discs it is important to understand how the system reads the structures you create While various files may be present files with extensions other than MP3 and WMA only files with the MP3 and WMA extension are played other files are ignored by the system This enables you to use the same MP3 and WMA disc for a variety of tasks on your work computer home computer and your in vehicle system 346 In track mode the system displays and plays the structure as if it were only one level deep all MP3 and WMA files play regardless of being in a specific folder In folder mode the system only plays the MP3 and WMA files in the current folder AUDIO UNIT VEHICLES WITH PREMIUM AM FM CD WARNING Driving while distracted can result in 1 ae oss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving Audio System Note The MyLincoin Touch system controls most of the audio features See Entertainment page 376 La E171512 347 MKC TME enUSA
278. grammed button Both indicator lights on the garage door opener motor unit should now flash purple 5 Press and hold the previously programmed button on the visor for 2 seconds Repeat this step up to 3 times until the garage door moves Programming is now complete Clearing a HomeLink Device To erase programming from the three HomeLink buttons press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons until the indicator light begins to flash The indicator light will begin flashing in 10 to 20 seconds at which time both buttons should be released Programming has now been erased and the indicator light should blink slowly to indicate the device is in train mode when any of the three HomeLink buttons are pressed MKC TME enUSA FCC and RSS 210 Industry Canada Compliance This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Changes or modifications to your device not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance can void the user s authority to operate the equipment 154 Auxiliary Power Points 12 Volt DC Power Point WARNING Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigar lighter socket if equipped Improper use of the lighter can cau
279. grams and upward to 100 pounds 45 kilograms if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms 31 Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when seated without a booster seat LO E142595 e Can the child sit all the way back against their vehicle seat back with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat cushion Can the child sit without slouching Does the lap belt rest low across the hips Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip Child Safety Always use booster seats in conjunction with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt Types of Booster Seats E68924 e Backless booster seats MKC TME enUSA If your backless booster seat has a removable shield remove the shield If a vehicle seating position has a low seat back or no head restraint a backless booster seat may place your child s head as measured at the tops of the ears above the top of the seat In this case move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat back or head restraint and lap and shoulder belts or consider using a high back booster seat E70710 32 High back booster seats If with a bac
280. h other You can enable or disable these features in the information display or your authorized dealer can do it for you See General Information page 112 Locks llluminated Entry The interior lamps and select exterior lamps will light when you unlock the doors with the remote control The system turns off the lights if e You start your vehicle You press the remote control lock button e They are on for 25 seconds The lights will not turn off if e You switch them on with the lamp control Any door is open Illuminated Exit The interior lamps and select exterior lamps will light when all doors are closed and you switch the ignition off The lamps turn off if all the doors remain closed and either of the following occurs After 25 seconds elapse e You lock your vehicle from the outside MKC TME enUSA Battery Saver If you leave the courtesy lamps or dome lamps on and switch the ignition off this feature turns them off after some time Accessory Mode Battery Saver for Intelligent Access Keys If you leave your vehicle with the ignition on it will turn off 15 minutes after you close all of the doors Welcome Lighting This feature lights select exterior lighting as you approach your vehicle You must have an intelligent access key with you The feature turns off when you open a door liftgate or unlock your vehicle Welcome lighting remains on for 25 seconds or until you start y
281. he cellular phone or media player is connected If you no longer plan to use the system or your vehicle we recommend you perform a Master Reset to erase all stored information 357 System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to your vehicle s SYNC module Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada do not access the system data for any purpose other than as described absent consent a court order or where required by law enforcement other government authorities or other third parties acting with lawful authority Other parties may seek to access the information independently of Ford Motor Company and Ford of Canada For further privacy information see the sections on 911 Assist Vehicle Health Report and Traffic Directions and Information MyLincoln Touch Accessing and Adjusting Modes through Your Vehicle Information Display E156609 358 MKC TME enUSA MyLincoln Touch The display is located on the center of your instrument cluster It allows you to view and make minor adjustments to active modes without taking your hands off the wheel For example In entertainment mode you can view what is now playing change the audio source select presets and make some adjustments In navigation mode if equipped you can view the current route or activate a route In phone mode you can accept or reject an incoming call E145982 Use the OK and arrow buttons on the right
282. he tank after the gauge indicates empty The advertised capacity is the total fuel tank size itis the combined usable capacity plus the empty reserve Filling the Tank For consistent results when filling the fuel tank Turn the ignition off before fueling an inaccurate reading results if the engine is left running Use the same fill rate low medium high each time the tank is filled Allow no more than two automatic click offs when filling Results are most accurate when the filling method is consistent MKC TME enUSA Calculating Fuel Economy Do not measure fuel economy during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers of driving this is your engine s break in period a more accurate measurement is obtained after 2000 miles 3000 miles 3200 kilometers 4800 kilometers Also fuel expense frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not accurate ways to measure fuel economy 1 Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading 2 Each time you fill the tank record the amount of fuel added 3 After at least three to five tank fill ups fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading 4 Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading 5 Calculate fuel economy by dividing miles traveled by gallons used For Metric Multiply liters used by 100 then divide by kilometers traveled 168 Keep a record for at least one month a
283. he wiper arm 3 Disengage the wiper blade from the wiper arm 4 Remove the wiper blade 5 Install in the reverse order Note Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance Maintenance Poor wiper quality can be improved by c 25 feet 7 6 meters cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield D Horizontal reference line 1 Park the vehicle directly in front of a wall ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS or screen on a level surface approximately 25 feet 7 6 meters away Vertical Aim Adjustment 2 Measure the height of the headlamp bulb center from the ground and mark an 8 foot 2 4 meter horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this 142465 height The assembly plant properly aims the headlamps on your vehicle If your vehicle has been in an accident have the alignment of your headlamps checked by your 4 On the wall or screen you will observe authorized dealer Note Jo see a clearer light pattern for a flat zone of high intensity light located adjusting you may want to block the light at the top of the right hand portion of the from one headlamp while adjusting the beam pattern If the top edge of the high other intensity light zone is not at the horizontal 3 Switch on the low beam headlamps to reference line you will need to adjust the headlamp light the wall or screen and open the hood E142592 A 8 fee
284. he brakes continuously as they may overheat and become less effective 242 e Ifyour transmission is equipped with a Grade Assist or Tow Haul feature use this feature when towing This provides engine braking and helps eliminate excessive transmission shifting for optimum fuel economy and transmission cooling Allow more distance for stopping with a trailer attached Anticipate stops and brake gradually e Avoid parking on a grade However if you must park on a grade 1 Turn the steering wheel to point your vehicle tires away from traffic flow 2 Set your vehicle parking brake 3 Place the automatic transmission in position P 4 Place wheel chocks in front and back of the trailer wheels Chocks not included with vehicle Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal Watercraft PWC Note Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before backing the trailer into the water Towing Note Reconnect the wiring to the trailer after removing the trailer from the water When backing down a ramp during boat launching or retrieval Do not allow the static water level to rise above the bottom edge of the rear bumper Do not allow waves to break higher than 6 inches 15 centimeters above the bottom edge of the rear bumper Exceeding these limits may allow water to enter vehicle components e Causing internal damage to the components e Affecting driveability emissions and reliability Replace the
285. he electric parking brake by turning the ignition on pressing the brake pedal and then pressing the electric parking brake switch down When the electric parking brake is released the brake system warning lamp will turn off Driving with a Trailer Depending on the grade and the weight of the trailer your vehicle and trailer may roll backwards slightly when you start on a slope To prevent this from happening do the following Brakes 1 Pull the switch and hold it in this position 2 Drive your vehicle then release the switch when you notice that the engine has developed sufficient driving force Automatic release drive away release Note The driver s door must be closed and the driver s safety belt must be fastened before this feature will operate Note f the electric parking brake warning lamp stays illuminated the electric parking brake will not automatically release You must release the electric parking brake using the electric parking brake switch Note The engine must be running and the accelerator pedal must be pressed before the drive away release feature will operate The brake system warning lamp will go off to confirm that the electric parking brake has been released MKC TME enUSA Note The electric parking brake drive away release makes starting on a hill easier This feature will release the parking brake automatically when the vehicle has sufficient drive force to move up the hill
286. he route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver if you would be placed in an unsafe situation or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions Potential Map Inaccuracy Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads traffic controls or driving conditions Always use good judgment and common sense when following the suggested routes Emergency Services Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for these locations Not all emergency services such as police fire stations hospitals and clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features 437 TeleNav Software End User License Agreement Please read these terms and conditions carefully before you use the Telenav Software Your use of the Telenav Software indicates that you accept these terms and conditions If you do not accept these terms and conditions do not break the seal of the package launch or otherwise use the Telenav Software These terms and conditions represent the agreement Agreement between you and Telenav Inc Telenav with respect to the Telenav Software including upgrades
287. he set speed or a lower speed if following a slower vehicle Changing the Set Speed e Accelerate or brake to the desired speed then press and release SET e Press and hold SET or SET until the desired set speed shows on the information display The vehicle speed gradually changes to the selected speed e Press and release SET or SET The set speed will change in approximately 1 mph 2 km h increments The system may apply the brakes to slow the vehicle to the new set speed The set speed will display continuously in the information display while the system is active Resuming the Set Speed Note Only use resume if you are aware of the set speed and intend to return to it 207 Press and release RES The vehicle returns to the previously set speed The set speed shows continuously in the information display while the system is active Low Speed Automatic Cancellation The system is not functional at vehicle speeds below 12 mph 20 km h An audible alarm will sound and the automatic braking releases if the vehicle drops below this speed Hilly Condition Usage Note An audible alarm will sound and the system will shut down if it applies brakes for an extended period of time This allows the brakes to cool The system functions normally again when the brakes have cooled Cruise Control You should select a lower gear when the system is active in situations such as prolonged downhill driving on steep gr
288. heck 283 Oil Change Indicator Reset 284 4 Engine Coolant Check 284 Automatic Transmission Fluid Check 287 Brake Fluid Check 288 Power Steering Fluid Check 288 Washer Fluid Check Fuel Fier Changing the 12V Battery 288 Checking the Wiper Blades 291 Changing the Wiper Blades 291 Adjusting the Headlamps 292 Removing a Headlamp 293 Changing a Bul Boars asesir 293 Bulb Specification Chart 295 Changing the Engine Air Filter 297 Vehicle Care General Information 299 Cleaning Products 299 Cleaning the Exterior 299 Cleaning the Windows and Wiper BIAGGS 3 cssisvsssseasiazscacatansacasisctetasdeetivendtiecses 301 Table of Contents Cleaning the Interior 302 Cleaning the Instrument Panel and Instrument Cluster Lens 303 Cleaning Leather Seats eee 304 Repairing Minor Paint Damage 305 Cleaning the Alloy Wheels 305 Vehicle Storage 305 Wheels and Tires General Information 308 Tire Care srrmenhnesnnenantins 310 Using Snow Chains ccc eeeeteeeteeeeeeee 323 Tire Pressure Monitoring System 324 Changing a Road Wheel 328 Technical Specifications 334 Capacities and Specifications Engine Specifications 336 Motorcraft Parts 337 Vehicle Identification Number 339 Vehicle Certification Label 339 Transmission Code Designation 340 Technical Specifications 341 MKC TME enUSA Audio Syst
289. hen filling the vehicle s fuel tank from a portable fuel container use the funnel included with the vehicle The funnel is located in the rear of the vehicle inside the load compartment underneath the load floor carpet 165 1 Locate the portable funnel that comes with your vehicle E157279 2 Slowly insert the funnel into the capless fuel system E157280 Fuel and Refueling 3 Fill the vehicle with fuel from the portable fuel container 4 When done clean the funnel or properly dispose of it Extra funnels can be purchased from your authorized dealer if you choose to dispose of the funnel REFUELING WARNINGS Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island Turn off your engine when you are refueling Do not smoke if you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle Keep sparks flames and smoking materials away from fuel Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle This is againstthe law in some places MKC TME enUSA WARNINGS Keep children away from the fuel pump never let children pump fuel 1 Do not use personal electronic devices while refueling Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build up when filling an ungrounded fuel container e Place approved fuel container on the ground e Do not fill a fuel container whil
290. hese metadata tags SYNC may classify the empty metadata tags as Unknown Bluetooth Audio Your system allows you to stream audio over your vehicle s speakers from your connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone To access press the lower left D corner on the touchscreen then select the BT Stereo tab Bluetooth Audio Voice Commands If you are listening to a Bluetooth us audio device press the voice button on the steering wheel control When prompted say Next song Pause Play or Previous song If you are not listening to a Bluetooth audio device press the voice button and after the tone say Next song Pause Play or Previous song 394 Line In Auxiliary Input Jack WARNINGS Driving while distracted can result in 1 ue oss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any handheld device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving For safety reasons do not connect or adjust the settings on your portable music player while your vehicle is moving MyLincoln Touch WARNINGS Store the portable music player in a secure loca
291. hicles the guidelines may disappear once you connect the trailer tow connector The camera may not operate correctly under the following conditions Nighttime or dark areas if the reverse lamps are not operating Mud water or debris obstructs the camera s view Clean the lens with a soft lint free cloth and non abrasive cleaner e The camera is misaligned due to damage to the rear of your vehicle To access any of the rear view camera system settings make the following selections in the touch screen when the transmission is not in Reverse R Menu gt Vehicle gt Camera Settings After changing a system setting the touch screen shows a preview of the selected features Parking Aids Guidelines and the Centerline Note Active guidelines and fixed guidelines are only available when the transmission is in Reverse R Note The centerline is only available if Active or Fixed guidelines are on Note Whenever the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed you need to drive your vehicle a short distance and your speed must exceed 12 4 mph 20 km h so the system can recalibrate the steering angle data in order to reactivate active guidelines MKC TME enUSA E142436 A Active guidelines B Centerline C Fixed guideline Green zone D Fixed guideline Yellow zone E Fixed guideline Red zone F Rear bumper Active guidelines are only shown with fixed guidelines To use active guidelines tu
292. ht flashes rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns to a constant light the HomeLink button is not programmed yet Do the following Press and hold the HomeLink button while you press and release the hand held transmitter button every 2 seconds The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly once the HomeLink function button recognizes and accepts the hand held transmitter s radio frequency signal After programming the HomeLink button begin programming your garage door opener motor Note You may need a ladder to reach the unit and you may need to remove the cover or lamp lens on your garage door opener 151 To program additional buttons repeat Steps 1 4 For questions or comments please contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 E142659 Programming your garage door opener motor 1 Press the learn button on the garage door opener motor and then you have 30 seconds to complete the next two steps 2 Return to your vehicle Universal Garage Door Opener af Equipped E142658 3 Press and hold the function button you want to program for 2 seconds then release Repeat this step Depending on your brand of garage door opener you may need to repeat this sequence a third time Erasing the Function Button Codes Note You cannot erase individual buttons MKC TME enUSA E142660 1 Press and hold the outer two function buttons simultaneously for approximat
293. iary Power Points 155 Table of Contents Storage Compartments Center Console Overhead Console a Ticket Holder Sisirin Starting and Stopping the Engine General Information Keyless Starting Starting a Gasoline Engine 159 Engine Block Heater 161 Fuel and Refueling Safety Precautions 163 Fuel Qua lityicississscescisscssvsntisassdssisnisteanaes 164 Running Out of Fuel 164 RETUGIING ssh 166 Fuel Consumption ss 167 Emission Control System 168 Transmission Automatic Transmission 171 MKC TME enUSA All Wheel Drive Using All Wheel Drive 177 Brakes General Information 182 Hints on Driving With Anti Lock Brake Spean iiai 182 Electric Parking Brake 183 Hill Start Assist 185 Traction Control Principle of Operation 187 Using Traction Control 187 Stability Control Principle of Operation 189 Using Stability Control 190 Parking Aids Parking Aid iininhetimann 191 Active Park Assist 193 Rear View Camera 199 3 Cruise Control Principle of Operation 203 Using Cruise Control 203 Using Adaptive Cruise Control 204 Driving Aids Driver Alert ss 212 Lane Keeping System 213 Blind Spot Information System 218 ee Le E A AT Collision Warning System Drive Contios aeS Load Carrying Rear Under Floor Storage 229 Lugg
294. ices which process precise data such as medical equipment measuring equipment etc e Other appliances requiring an extremely stable power supply microcomputer controlled electric blankets touch sensor lamps etc 156 Storage Compartments CENTER CONSOLE Stow items in the cupholder carefully as items may become loose during hard braking acceleration or collisions including hot drinks which may spill Available console features include E171511 A Front storage bin with auxiliary power point and media hub B Cupholders MKC TME enUSA C Storage compartment with auxiliary power point D Auxiliary power point 110 volt AC power point optional OVERHEAD CONSOLE E75193 Press near the rear edge of the door to open it 157 TICKET HOLDERS E170447 Slide your toll ticket in the space provided Starting and Stopping the Engine GENERAL INFORMATION WARNINGS Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system creating the risk of fire or other damage Do not park idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system creating the risk of fire Do not start the engine in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas Exhaust fumes can be toxic Always open the garage door before you start the engine f If you smell exhaust fumes insi
295. icle To reduce the possibility of fogging recirculated air may turn off automatically or the system may prevent you from switching the feature on in all airflow modes except MAX A C Heated passenger seat control Press the control to operate the heated seat See Heated Seats page 147 Ventilated passenger seat control Press the control to operate the ventilated seat See Climate Controlled Seats page 148 DUAL Press the control once to switch on the feature When engaged the feature allows the passenger to set a temperature that is independent from the driver setting Press the control a second time to switch off the feature The passenger setting automatically links with the driver setting Note The DUAL indicator automatically illuminates when adjusting the passenger s temperature AUTO Press the control to switch on the fully automatic operation Select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system automatically determines fan speed air distribution air conditioning operation and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to reach and maintain your desired temperature Note You can also use the AUTO control to link the passenger s temperature to the driver s temperature by pressing and holding the AUTO control for more than two seconds 137 Climate Control ZT 7 use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice O HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE INTERIOR CLIMATE Ge
296. id the area s if possible for all routes To delete a selection choose the listing on the screen When the screen changes to Avoid Areas Edit you can press Delete at the bottom right of the screen Map Mode Press the green bar in the upper right area of the touchscreen to view map mode Map mode shows advanced viewing comprised of both 2D city maps as well as 3D landmarks when available 2D city maps show detailed outlines of buildings visible land use and land elements and detailed railway infrastructure for the most essential cities around the globe These maps also contain features such as town blocks building footprints and railways MKC TME enUSA 3D landmarks appear as clear visible objects that are typically recognizable and have a certain tourist value The 3D landmarks appear in 3D map mode only Coverage varies and improves with updated map releases E174016 Change the appearance of the map display by repeatedly pressing the arrow button in the upper left corner of the screen It toggles between three different map modes Heading up North up and 3D 423 the direction of forward travel to be upward on the screen This view is available for map scales up to 2 5 miles 4 kilometers The system remembers this setting for larger map scales but shows the map in North up only If the scale returns below this level the system restores Heading up North up 2D map always shows the northern dir
297. iers on the other hand 442 For purposes of these terms HERE shall mean a HERE North America LLC with respect to Data for the Americas and or the Asia Pacific region and b HERE Europe BV for Data for Europe the Middle East and or Africa The Data includes certain information and related content provided under license to HERE from third parties and is subject to the applicable supplier terms and copyright notices set forth at the following URL http corporate navteq com supplier_terms html TERMS AND CONDITIONS License Limitations on Use You agree that your license to use this Data is limited to and conditioned on use for solely personal noncommercial purposes and not for service bureau timesharing or other similar purposes Except as otherwise set forth herein you agree not to otherwise reproduce copy modify decompile disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data and may not transfer or distribute it in any form for any purpose except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws Appendices License Limitations on Transfer Your limited license does not allow transfer or resale of the Data except on the condition that you may transfer the Data and all accompanying materials on a permanent basis if a you retain no copies of the Data b the recipient agrees to the terms of this End User License Agreement and c you transfer the Data in the exact same form as you purchased it b
298. ight and backup tone The electrical wiring for the airbags crash sensors safety belt pretensioners front safety belt usage sensors driver seat position sensor front passenger sensing system and indicator lights How Does the Personal Safety System Work The Personal Safety System can adapt the deployment strategy of the safety devices according to crash severity and occupant conditions A collection of crash and occupant sensors provides information to the restraints control module During a crash the restraints control module may deploy the safety belt pretensioners one or both stages of the dual stage airbags based on crash severity and occupant conditions 46 Supplementary Restraints System PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNINGS A Airbags do not inflate slowly or gently and the risk of injury from a deploying airbag is the greatest close to the trim covering the airbag module 1 All occupants of your vehicle including the driver should always properly wear their safety belts even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death Always transport children 12 years old and under in the back seat and always properly use appropriate child restraints Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death Never place your arm over the airbag module as a deploying airbag can resu
299. ility kit check the tire sealant expiration Use By date on the canister Replace as needed Be sure to ask your dealership service advisor or technician about the multi point vehicle inspection It is a comprehensive way to perform a thorough inspection of your vehicle Your checklist gives you immediate feedback on the overall condition of your vehicle MKC TME enUSA NORMAL SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE Intelligent Oil Life Monitor Your vehicle is equipped with an Intelligent Oil Life Monitor that determines when you should change the engine oil based on how your vehicle is used By using several important factors in its calculations the monitor helps reduce the cost of owning your vehicle and reduces environmental waste at the same time 455 This means you do not have to remember to change the oil on a mileage based schedule Your vehicle lets you know when an oil change is due by displaying ENGINE OIL CHANGE DUE or OIL CHANGE REQUIRED in the information display The following table provides examples of vehicle use and its impact on oil change intervals It is a guideline only Actual oil change intervals depend on several factors and generally decrease with severity of use Scheduled Maintenance When to expect the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED message Interval Vehicle use and example 7500 10000 miles 12000 16000 km Normal Normal commuting with highway driving No or moderate load or towing Flat
300. inadequate maintenance and may help to increase the value of your vehicle when you sell or trade it Keep all receipts for completed maintenance with your vehicle We have established regular maintenance intervals for your vehicle based upon rigorous testing It is important that you have your vehicle serviced at the proper times These intervals serve two purposes one is to maintain the reliability of your vehicle and the second is to keep your cost of owning your vehicle down It is your responsibility to have all scheduled maintenance performed and to make sure that the materials used meet the specifications identified in this owner s manual See Capacities and Specifications page 336 MKC TME enUSA Failure to perform scheduled maintenance invalidates warranty coverage on parts affected by the lack of maintenance Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your Dealership Factory Trained Technicians Service technicians participate in extensive factory sponsored certification training to help them become experts on the operation of your vehicle Ask your dealership about the training and certification their technicians have received Genuine Ford and Motorcraft Replacement Parts Dealerships stock Ford Motorcraft and Ford authorized branded re manufactured replacement parts These parts meet or exceed our specifications Parts installed at your dealership carry a nationwide 24 month or unlimited mile kilometer parts and l
301. increase the risk of injury or death in a crash To avoid risk of injury do not leave children or pets unattended in your vehicle Child Safety Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children Restraint Type Combined weight of child and child seat Use any attachment method as indicated below by X LATCH lower anchors and top tether anchor LATCH lower anchors only Safety belt and top tether anchor Safety belt and LATCH lower anchors and top tether anchor Safety belt only child seat Rear facing child Up to 65 Ib 29 kg x X seat Rear facing child Over 65 Ib 29 kg X seat Forward facing Up to 65 Ib 29 kg x x x child seat Forward facing Over 65 Ib 29 kg x x Note The child seat must rest tightly against the vehicle seat upon which it is installed It may be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint See Seats page 141 MKC TME enUSA CHILD SAFETY LOCKS When these locks are set the rear doors cannot be opened from the inside 35 Child Safety Right Hand Side Turn clockwise to lock and counterclockwise to unlock E112197 The childproof locks are located on the rear edge of each rear door and must be set separately for each door Left Hand Side Turn counterclockwise to lock and clockwise to unlock 36 MKC TME enUSA Safety Belts PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNINGS
302. ing Scan disables HD2 HD7 channel search No action required This is normal behavior http www ibiquity com automotive report_radio_station_experiences HD Radio Technology manufactured under license from iBiquity Digital Corp U S and foreign patents HD Radio and the HD and HD Radio logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp Ford Motor Company and iBiquity Digital Corp are not responsible for the content sent using HD Radio technology Content may be changed added or deleted at any time at the station owner s discretion MKC TME enUSA Radio Voice Commands If you are listening to the radio ns press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands If you are not listening to the radio press the voice button and after the tone say Radio then any of the following commands 383 RADIO lt 87 9 107 9 gt lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD lt 530 1710 gt AM AM lt 530 1710 gt AM autoset AM autoset preset lt gt AM preset lt gt MyLincoln Touch RADIO RADIO TUNE Browse Set PTY AM autoset preset lt gt FM Tune AM preset lt gt FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt Help FM FM lt 87 9 107 9 gt HD lt gt FM autoset FM autoset preset lt gt FM preset lt gt EM T FM 1 preset lt
303. ings Editing the list of wireless networks Videos Photos and Graphics Playing video Editing the screen s wallpaper or adding new wallpaper Text Messages Composing text messages Viewing received text messages Editing preset text messages Navigation Using the keyboard to enter a destination Demo navigation route Adding or editing Address Book entries or Avoid Areas MKC TME enUSA 356 MyLincoln Touch Privacy Information When you connect a cellular phone to SYNC the system creates a profile within your vehicle that links to that cellular phone This profile helps in offering you more cellular features and operating more efficiently Among other things this profile may contain data about your cellular phone book text messages read and unread and call history including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system In addition if you connect a media device the system creates and retains an index of MKC TME enUSA supported media content The system also records a short development log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity The log profile and other system data may be used to improve the system and help diagnose any problems that may occur The cellular profile media device index and development log remain in your vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in your vehicle when t
304. inistration Regulations as well as end user end use and destination restrictions issued by U S and other governments For additional information see http www microsoft com exporting TRADEMARKS This EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of FORD MOTOR COMPANY MS Microsoft Corporation third party software or service providers their affiliates or suppliers PRODUCT SUPPORT Product support for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS its parent corporation Microsoft Corporation or their affiliates or subsidiaries For product support please refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in the MKC TME enUSA documentation for the DEVICE Should you have any questions concerning this EULA or if you desire to contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason please refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICE No Liability for Certain Damages EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW FORD MOTOR COMPANY ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT SPECIAL CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE IN NO EVENT SHALL MS MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND OR THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U S TWO HUNDRED FIFTY DO
305. injury and damage to the vehicle or battery Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners Keep batteries out of reach of children Batteries contain sulfuric acid Avoid contact with skin eyes or clothing Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution In case of acid contact with skin or eyes flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention If acid is swallowed call a physician immediately Your vehicle is equipped with a Motorcraft maintenance free battery which normally does not require additional water during its life of service Note f your battery has a cover or shield make sure it is reinstalled after the battery has been cleaned or replaced MKC TME enUSA Note See an authorized dealer for low voltage battery access testing or replacement When a low voltage battery replacement is necessary see an authorized dealer to replace the low voltage battery with a Ford recommended replacement low voltage battery that matches the electrical requirements of the vehicle To ensure proper operation of the battery management system BMS do not allow a technician to connect any electrical device ground connection directly to the low voltage battery negative post A connection at the low voltage battery negative post can cause inaccurate measurements of the battery condition and p
306. ins software from Gracenote Inc of 2000 Powell Street Emeryville California 94608 Gracenote The software from Gracenote the Gracenote Software enables this device to do disc and music file identification and obtain music related information including name artist track and title information Gracenote Data from online servers Gracenote Servers and to perform other functions You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this device Appendices This device may contain content belonging to Gracenote s providers If so all of the restrictions set forth herein with respect to Gracenote Data shall also apply to such content and such content providers shall be entitled to all of the benefits and protections set forth herein that are available to Gracenote You agree that you will use the content from Gracenote Gracenote Content Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non commercial use only You agree not to assign copy transfer or transmit the Gracenote Content Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data except in a Tag associated with a music file to any third party YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT GRACENOTE DATA THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN MKC TME enUSA You agree that your non exclusive licenses to use the Gracenote Content Gracenote Data
307. int Safety Belts Ford Motor Company recommends that all safety belt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a crash be replaced However if the crash was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly they do not need to be replaced Safety belt assemblies not in use during a crash should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted Properly care for safety belts See Vehicle Care page 299 45 MKC TME enUSA Personal Safety System The Personal Safety System provides an improved overall level of frontal crash protection to front seat occupants and is designed to help further reduce the risk of airbag related injuries The system is able to analyze different occupant conditions and crash severity before activating the appropriate safety devices to help better protect a range of occupants in a variety of frontal crash situations The Vehicle Personal Safety System consists of e Driver and passenger dual stage airbag supplemental restraints Front seat outboard safety belts with pretensioners energy management retractors and safety belt usage sensors e Driver seat position sensor Front passenger sensing system e Passenger airbag off and on indicator lamp Front crash severity sensors e Restraints control module with impact and safing sensors MKC TME enUSA e Restraint system warning l
308. interior of your vehicle Note Make sure the cabin air filter is in place at all times Running the system without a filter in place could result in degradation or damage to the system The particulate filtration system gives you and your passengers the following benefits Itimproves your driving comfort by reducing particle concentration lItimproves the interior compartment cleanliness It protects the climate control components from particle deposits Replace the filter at regular intervals See Scheduled Maintenance page 451 MKC TME enUSA For additional cabin air filter information or to replace the filter see an authorized dealer REMOTE START The remote start feature allows you to pre condition the interior of your vehicle The climate control system works to achieve comfort according to your previous settings Note You cannot adjust the system during remote start operation Turn the ignition on to return the system to its previous settings You can now make adjustments normally but you need to turn certain vehicle dependent features back on such as e Heated seats e Cooled seats e Heated steering wheel e Heated mirrors e Heated rear window 140 You can adjust the default remote start settings using the information display controls See Information Displays page 112 Automatic Settings In hot weather the system is set to 72 F 22 C The cooled seats are set to high
309. ion you will receive a message in your information display stating that your vehicle is not in park Complete the following procedure in order to restore the settings 1 With the vehicle at a complete stop set the parking brake Shift the transmission into P 3 Turn off all accessories Step on the brake pedal and start the vehicle MKC TME enUSA 5 Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature While the engine is warming up complete the following Reset the clock See Audio System page 345 Reset the power windows bounce back feature See Windows and Mirrors page 97 Reset the radio station presets See Audio System page 345 6 Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute If the engine turns off step on the accelerator to start the engine 7 While the engine is running step on the brake pedal and shift the transmission to N 8 Allow the engine to run for at least one minute by pressing on the accelerator pedal 9 Drive your vehicle at least 10 miles 16 kilometers to completely relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy Note Certain features may not operate if the Battery Monitor System is not reset with a scan tool following a jump start or battery replacement Normal electrical accessory operation should resume after your vehicle is left undisturbed for 8 hours 290 Note f you do not allow the engine to relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy the idle quality of y
310. ion Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles Maximum Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer s maximum permissible pressure and the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge Wheels and Tires that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label When weather temperature changes occur tire inflation pressures also change A 43 F 6 C temperature drop can cause a corresponding drop of 1 0 psi 7 kPa in inflation pressure Check your tire pressures frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label To check the pressure in
311. ion control system This system protects the environment by ensuring that your vehicle continues to meet government emission standards The OBD II system also assists your authorized dealer in properly servicing your vehicle When the service engine soon indicator illuminates the OBD II system has detected a malfunction Temporary malfunctions may cause the service engine soon indicator to illuminate Examples of temporary malfunctions are the vehicle has run out of fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly poor fuel quality or water in the fuel the engine may misfire or run poorly e the fuel fill inlet may not have been properly closed See Refueling page 166 driving through deep water the electrical system may be wet Fuel and Refueling You can correct these temporary malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with good quality fuel properly closing the fuel fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry out After three driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions present the service engine soon indicator should stay off the next time you start the engine A driving cycle consists of a cold engine startup followed by mixed city highway driving No additional vehicle service is required If the service engine soon indicator remains on have your vehicle serviced at the first available opportunity Although some malfunctions detected by the OBD II may not have symptoms that are apparen
312. ions require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example 2501 means the 25th week of 2001 The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall 320 Tire Replacement Requirements Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability WARNINGS f Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size load index speed rating and type such as P metric versus LT metric or all season versus all terrain as those originally provided by Ford The recommended tire and wheel size may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to th
313. ira 247 Front Passenger Sensing System 49 Fuel and Refueling 163 Fuel Consumption 167 Calculating Fuel Economy 168 Filling the Tank 168 Fuel Filter 288 478 Fuel Quality sienna aana ars 164 Choosing the Right Fuel Octane Recommendations Fuel Shutoff eee FUSE Sinita re iina E 261 Fuse Specification Chart 261 Passenger Compartment Fuse Box 268 Power Distribution Box 261 Pre Fuse Box Rear Cargo Fuse Box G Garage Door Opener See Universal Garage Door Openet 150 GAUGES sissies ssccisscalisrccrsstatteesectiestiveeses 105 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 107 Fuel Gauge 106 Information Display 106 General Information on Radio FFeqU NCISS sistema 57 Intelligent ACCESS 57 Index General Maintenance Information 451 Heating Informatio Naomei 403 Multi Point Inspection See Climate Control 911 Assist AN Owner Checks and Services Hill Start Assist Alerts 410 Protecting Your Investment a Using Hill Start Assist Calendar 410 Why Maintain Your Vehicle 451 Hints on Controlling the Interior Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your Climate 138 D l rshipr ssssssssenssniantunnshunh 451 Cooling the Interior Quickly 139 Getting Assistance Outside the U S and General Hits 138 CAN dass stectintaneciacasararcn 257 Heating
314. is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause MKC TME enUSA the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 139 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Glossary of Tire Terminology Tire label A label showing the original equipment tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Also referred to as DOT code Inflation pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire 311 Standard load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a maximum load at set pressure For e
315. it the capability to approach inclines and drive over the crest of a hill without getting hung up or damaging underbody components All other things held equal a shorter wheelbase may make your vehicle quicker to respond to steering inputs than a vehicle with a longer wheelbase Narrower to provide greater maneuverability in tight spaces particularly in off road use 309 E168583 Wheels and Tires As a result of the above dimensional differences Sport utility vehicles and trucks often will have a higher center of gravity and a greater difference in center of gravity between the loaded and unloaded condition These differences that make your vehicle so versatile also make it handle differently than an ordinary passenger car TIRE CARE Information About Uniform Tire Quality Grading E142542 MKC TME enUSA Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires The Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United States Department of Transportation has set Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires They do not apply to deep tread winter type snow tires space saver or temporary use Spare tires light truck or LT type tires tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 i
316. ized dealer as soon as possible to minimize engine damage MKC TME enUSA When Fail Safe Mode Is Activated WARNINGS Fail safe mode is for use during emergencies only Operate your vehicle in fail safe mode only as long as necessary to bring your vehicle to rest in a safe location and seek immediate repairs When in fail safe mode the vehicle will have limited power will not be able to maintain high speed operation and may completely shut down without warning potentially losing engine power power steering assist and power brake assist which may increase the possibility of a crash resulting in serious injury A Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot You have limited engine power when in the fail safe mode so drive your vehicle with caution Your vehicle will not be able to maintain high speed operation and the engine will run rough Remember that the engine is capable of completely shutting down automatically to prevent engine damage therefore 287 1 Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and switch the engine off 2 Arrange for your vehicle to be taken to an authorized dealer 3 If this is not possible wait a short period for the engine to cool 4 Check the coolant level and replenish if low 5 Re start the engine and take your vehicle to an authorized dealer Note Driving your vehicle without repairing the engine problem increases the chance of engin
317. ke for proper operation MKC TME enUSA 453 Scheduled Maintenance Check every six months Safety belts and seat latches for wear and function Safety warning lamps brake ABS airbag and safety belt for operation Washer spray and wiper operation Clean or replace blades as necessary Multi Point Inspection In order to keep your vehicle running right it is important to have the systems on your vehicle checked regularly This can help identify potential issues and prevent major problems We recommend having the following multi point inspection performed at every scheduled maintenance interval to help make sure your vehicle keeps running great Multi Point inspection Accessory drive belt s Hazard warning system operation Battery performance Horn operation Engine air filter Radiator cooler heater and air conditioning hoses Exhaust system Suspension components for leaks or damage 454 MKC TME enUSA Scheduled Maintenance Multi Point inspection Exterior lamps operation Fluid levels fill if necessary Tires including spare for wear and proper pressure Steering and linkage For oil and fluid leaks Windshield for cracks chips or pits Half shaft dust boots Washer spray and wiper operation Brake coolant recovery reservoir automatic transmission and window washer if your vehicle is equipped with a temporary mob
318. kless booster seat you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child s head a high back booster seat would be a better choice Children and booster seats vary in size and shape Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips never up across the stomach and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder The following drawings compare the ideal fit center to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder The drawings also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child s hips Child Safety MKC TME enUSA E142596 E142597 33 Child Safety If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat upon which it is being used placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition Do not introduce any item thicker than this under the booster seat Check with the booster seat manufacturer s instructions CHILD SEAT POSITIONING WARNINGS Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the vehicle seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back When possible all children age 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position If al
319. l WARNING A Never remove the coolant reservoir cap while the engine is running or hot MKC TME enUSA Severe duty driving trailer towing extended idle 1 16th WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS The following warning lamps and indicators Will alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious Some lamps will illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure they work If any lamps remain on after starting your vehicle refer to the respective system warning lamp for further information Note Some warning indicators appear in the information display and function the same as a warning lamp but do not display when you start your vehicle 107 35 miles 56km Adaptive Cruise Control i Equipped The speed control system indicator light changes color to indicate what mode the system is in See Using Adaptive Cruise Control page 204 On white light llluminates when you turn the adaptive cruise control system on Turns off when you turn the speed control system off Engaged green light IIluminates when the adaptive cruise control system engages Turns off when the speed control system is disengaged Instrument Cluster Anti Lock Braking System If it illuminates when you are driving this indicates a malfunction You will continue to have normal braking without Anti lock braking system unless the brake system warning lamp is also illuminated Have the system checked by an auth
320. l children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position properly restrain the largest child in the front seat MKC TME enUSA WARNINGS Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child s size height weight or age Follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions and warnings provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and warnings provided by your vehicle manufacturer A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized is inappropriate for your child s height age or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash which may result in serious injury or death 34 WARNINGS A Never use pillows books or towels to boost a child They can slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or death in a crash Always restrain an unoccupied child seat or booster seat These objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury A Never place or allow a child to place the shoulder belt under a child s arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may
321. l support wheel for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated MKC TME enUSA Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall Both United States and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U S DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall 312 Information on P Type Tires E142543 P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size load index and speed rating The definitions of these items are listed below Note that the tire size load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example Wheels and Tires A P Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that may be used for service on cars sport utility vehicles minivans and light trucks Note If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either the European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or the Japan Tire Manufacturing Association B 215 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire C 65 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width D R Indicates a radial type tire E 15 Indicates the wh
322. l the cooled seat if equipped See Seats page 141 Fan speed Touch or to increase or decrease the volume of air circulated in your vehicle All fan indicators will turn off whenever the fan speed is automatically controlled 415 MyLincoln Touc MKC TME enUSA Recirculated air Touch the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air When you select recirculated air the button illuminates and the air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior when used with A C and may reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle Recirculated air may turn off automatically or be prevented from turning on in all airflow modes except MAX A C to reduce the possibility of fogging MAX A C Touch to switch on The system distributes recirculated air through the instrument panel air vents the air conditioning automatically turns on the driver and passenger temperatures are set to LO and the fan speed adjusts to the highest speed This re cooling of the interior is more economical and efficient than normal A C A C Touch to turn air conditioning on or off To improve air conditioning when starting your vehicle drive with the windows slightly open for two to three minutes Use A C with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency In certain conditions the air conditioning compressor may still operate even though the A C button is off AUTO To
323. l this equipment MKC TME enUSA An authorized dealer should install mobile communications systems Improper installation may harm the operation of your vehicle particular if their manufacturer did not design the mobile communication system specifically for automotive use If you or an authorized dealer add any non Lincoln electrical or electronic accessories or components to your vehicle you may adversely affect battery performance and durability In addition you may also adversely affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle 429 Appendices END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT SYNC End User License Agreement EULA e You have acquired a device DEVICE that includes software licensed by Ford Motor Company and its affiliates FORD MOTOR COMPANY from an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation MS Those installed software products of MS origin as well as associated media printed MKC TME enUSA materials and online or electronic documentation MS SOFTWARE are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties The MS SOFTWARE is licensed not sold All rights reserved The MS SOFTWARE may interface with and or communicate with or may be later upgraded to interface with and or communicate with additional software and or systems provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY The additional software and systems of FORD MOTOR COMPANY origin as well as associated media printed m
324. l visible apply a small amount of alcohol to the cloth Do not pour or spray alcohol onto the display Do not use detergent or any type of solvent to clean the display MKC TME enUSA Support The SYNC support team is available to help you with any questions you are not able to answer on your own Monday Saturday 8 30am 9 00pm EST Sunday 10 30am 7 30pm EST In the United States call 1 800 392 3673 In Canada call 1 800 565 3673 Times are subject to change due to holidays 354 Safety Information WARNING A Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving e Donot attempt to service or repair the system See an authorized dealer Do not operate playing devices if the power cords or cables are broken split or damaged Place cords and cables out of the way so they do not interfere with the operation of pedals seats compartments or safe driving abilities MyLincoln Touch Do not leave playing devices in your vehicle during extreme conditio
325. lamp Delay Select time interval Daytime Lights On or Off Welcome Lighting check enabled or uncheck disabled Settings cont d Vehicle contd Locks Autolock check enabled or uncheck disabled Autounlock check enabled or uncheck disabled Mislock check enabled or uncheck disabled 15 MKC TME enUSA Information Displays Settings cont d Remote Unlocking All doors or Driver door Trim Switch Inhibit check enabled or uncheck disabled Mirror Autofold check enabled or uncheck disabled Oil Life Remaining Life XXX Hold OK to Reset Power Liftgate check enabled or uncheck disabled Note Some MyKey items will only appear if a MyKey is set Settings cont d Vehicle cont d Remote Start Climate Control Auto or Last Settings Seats and Steering Wheel Auto Heated or Off Duration 5 10 or 15 minutes System check enabled or uncheck disabled Windows Wipers Remote check enabled or uncheck disabled Courtesy Wipe check enabled or uncheck disabled Rain Sensing check enabled or uncheck disabled MyKey MKC TME enUSA Create MyKey Hold OK to Create MyKey 116 Information Displays Settings cont d 911 Assist Traction Control Always On or User Selectable Always On or User Selectable Max Speed Choose desired speed or o
326. lastic Exterior Parts 300 Exterior Chrome 300 Stripes or Graphics if equipped 300 Underbody sessen i 300 Index Cleaning the Instrument Panel and Instrument Cluster Lens 303 Cleaning the Interior Cleaning Black Label Interior If EQUIPPS GG nnna 302 Cleaning the Windows and Wiper ilele E E E E 301 Clearing All MYKeYS cesses 63 Climate i isas 414 Climate Control Voice Commands 417 Climate Control 136 Climate Controlled Seats 148 Cooled Seats anciana 149 Collision Warning System 224 Principle Of Operation 224 Coolant Check See Engine Coolant Check Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicatot Creating a MyKey 63 Programming Changing Configurable SOTLINQS iccsiasvesscccctetess stews sadccetessattesnrscceisessevezuintes Cruise COM Ohimennen Principle of Operation TYDE Tison a anna eaaa TES TYDE Den LA aE E eitis Cruise control See Using Cruise Control 203 Customer Assistance 254 MKC TME enUSA D Data ROCOPGING sivsisesssissecsssecivtiaiscsseavessecaasisncctas 9 Event Data Recording Service Data Recording a Daytime Running Lamp6 eee 92 Type 1 Conventional Non Configurable 92 Type 2 Configurable 93 Direction Indicators 94 Drive Control
327. le MKC TME enUSA The hazard warning button is UN located on the instrument panel Use it when your vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other motorists Press the button to turn on the hazard warning function and the front and rear direction indicators will flash e Press the button again to turn them off FUEL SHUTOFF WARNING Failure to inspect and if necessary repair fuel leaks after a collision may increase the risk of fire and serious injury Ford Motor Company recommends that the fuel system be inspected by an authorized dealer after any collision In the event of a moderate to severe collision this vehicle includes a fuel pump shutoff feature that stops the flow of fuel to the engine Not every impact will cause a shutoff 250 Should your vehicle shut off after a collision you may restart your vehicle For vehicles equipped with a key system 1 Switch off the ignition 2 Switch on the ignition 3 Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to re enable the fuel pump For vehicles equipped with a push button start system 1 Press the START STOP button to switch off the ignition 2 Press the brake pedal and press the START STOP button to start the vehicle 3 Remove your foot from the brake pedal and press the START STOP button to switch off the ignition 4 You can either attempt to start the engine by pressing the brake pedal and the START STOP button or switch on the ignition only by pressin
328. le front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position The total load on each axle must never exceed its Gross Axle Weight Rating 233 Note For trailer towing information refer to the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer Load Carrying GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo It is shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door Example only MKC TME enUSA hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position The Gross Vehicle Weight must never exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating MFD BY FORD MOTOR CO GVWR XXXXXLB XXXXXKG J REAR GAWR WITH XXXXKG XXXX XXXXXXX TIRES XXXXIXXXXXXX XXXX XX RIMS XXXX XX MS AT XXX KPa XX PSLCOLD 4f ATOXXX KPa XX PSI COLD THIS VEHICLE GONFORMS TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL MOTOR VEHICLE SAFETY STANDARDS IN EFFECT ON THE DATE OF MANUFACTURE SHOWN ABOVE DATE XX XX FRONT GAWR XXXXL XXXXKG VIN XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX TYPE XXX XXXXX EXT PNT XX RC XX DSO we TINTTR TPS R TAXLE TR S
329. led out too quickly If this occurs let the belt retract slightly and pull webbing out again in a slow and controlled manner Safety Belts Automatic Locking Mode In this mode the shoulder belt is automatically pre locked The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver safety belt When to Use the Automatic Locking Mode This mode should be used any time a child safety seat except a booster is installed in passenger front or rear seating positions Children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position whenever possible See Child Safety page 23 MKC TME enUSA How to Use the Automatic Locking Mode E142591 1 Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt 2 Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until the entire belt is pulled out Allow the belt to retract As the belt retracts you will hear a clicking sound This indicates the safety belt is now in the automatic locking mode 40 How to Disengage the Automatic Locking Mode Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and turn on the vehicle sensitive emergency locking mode How to Extract Safety Belts in the Rear Outboard Positions Safety belts in the rear outboard positions can lock if the seatback is returned firmly to its upright position
330. lision Repairs Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical RE Da Se nd nm E 12 Warranty on Replacement Parts 13 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Index Roadside Assistance 249 Scheduled Maintenance Record 463 Starting a Gasoline Engine 159 Vehicles Sold In Canada Getting Roadside Scheduled Maintenance 451 Automatic Engine Shutdown 160 Assistance Seats 141 Failure to Start 160 Vehicles Sold In Canada Using Roadside Security 80 Fast Restart 159 ASSISTANCE rss 250 STUN GS iiaee E tester 363 Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes 161 Vehicles Sold In the United States Getting ClOKsmsasemanhnennenandel eine 364 Important Ventilating Information 161 Roadside Assistance 249 DiSpla i nn 364 Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Vehicles Sold In the United States Using SO TIM GS ss occcccsscasissavenccceseaesatcinencheccsetssaiasvescecertosass 366 MOWING sas ssenscccctssiosssiarascccsicsesenttevsssescdsseavs ie 161 Roadside Assistance 249 Sound 365 Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Roadside Emergencie 249 Vehicle 365 Stationary 160 Roof Racks and Load Carriers 0 229 Side Airbags 192 Starting and Stopping the Engine 158 Running In Sitting in the Correct Position 141 General Information 158 See Breaking In 246 Snow Chains Steef Os ciaviciancAnd nina 223
331. list Destination POI category Voice guidance off Destination previous destination Voice guidance on Destination street address Where am 1 Cancel next waypoint 1 Detour Cancel route 3 Navigation 2 Destination Navigation voice volume decrease Destination lt nametag gt Navigation voice volume increase Destination lt POI category gt 1 Repeat instruction MKC TME enUSA 426 Zoom in MyLincoln Touch Navigation system voice commands DESTINATION NAVIGATION Zoom out Help Nearest POI Play nametags Zoom to lt distance gt Help 1 These commands are only available when a navigation route is active 2 If you say Destination you can then say any command in the following Destination chart If you say Navigation you can then say any command in the following Navigation chart DESTINATION lt nametag gt lt POI category gt Favorites Home Intersection Nearest lt POI category gt MKC TME enUSA POI category Previous destination Street address Help NAVIGATION Destination Zoom city Zoom country Zoom minimum Zoom maximum Zoom province Zoom state Zoo
332. lock access and adjust the display sound and vehicle settings as well as access settings for specific modes or the help feature Clock Note You cannot manually set the date Your vehicle s GPS does this for you Note f the battery has been disconnected your vehicle needs to acquire a GPS signal to update the clock Once your vehicle acquires the signal it may take a few minutes for the update to display the correct time 1 Press the Settings icon gt Clock 2 Press and to adjust the time From this screen you can also make other adjustments such as 12 hour or 24 hour mode activate GPS time synchronization and have the system automatically update new time zones MKC TME enUSA You can also switch the outside air temperature display off and on It appears at the top center of the touchscreen next to the time and date The system automatically saves any updates you make to the settings Display You can adjust the touchscreen display through the touchscreen or by pressing the voice button on your steering wheel controls and when prompted say Display settings Press the Settings icon gt Display to access and make adjustments using the touchscreen Brightness allows you to make the screen display brighter or dimmer e Auto DIM when set to On lets you use the Auto Dim Manual Offset feature When set to Off screen brightness does not change 364 Mode allows you to set the screen
333. lt 87 9 107 9 gt Play album lt name gt Play artist lt name gt Play genre lt name gt Play playlist lt name gt Play song lt name gt Play lt name gt 378 Sample commands Play lt name song or album gt by lt artist name gt Sirius lt O 223 gt Sports games This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to Sirius satellite radio The commands that have around the word means that the word is optional For example if you say Play Metallica this is the same as the voice command Play artist lt name gt AM FM Radio Touch the AM or FM tab to listen D to the radio To change between AM and FM presets just touch the AM or FM tab MyLincoln Touch Memory Presets Save a station by pressing and holding one of the memory preset areas There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station Sound returns when finished HD Radio Touch this button to turn HD Radio on The light on the button illuminates when the feature is on HD Radio allows you to receive radio broadcasts digitally where available providing free crystal clear sound See HD Radio information later in this chapter Scan Touch this button to go to the next strong AM or FM radio station The light on the button illuminates when the feature is on Options Sound Settings Touch this button to adjust s
334. lt in serious arm fractures or other injuries MKC TME enUSA WARNINGS Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back Do not attempt to service repair or modify the airbag supplemental restraint systems or its fuses as you could be seriously injured or killed Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible A Several airbag system components get hot after inflation Do not touch them after inflation as this may result in serious injury If the airbag has deployed the airbag will not function again and must be replaced immediately If the airbag is not replaced the unrepaired area will increase the risk of injury in a crash 47 The airbags are a supplemental restraint system and are designed to work with the safety belts to help protect the driver and right front passenger from certain upper body injuries Airbags do not inflate slowly there is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag Note You will hear a loud bang and see a cloud of harmless powdery residue if an airbag deploys This is normal The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation After airbag deployment it is normal to notice a smoke like powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant This may consist of cornstarch talcum
335. m Start Vehicle Alarm triggered due to unauthorized entry See Anti Theft Alarm page 81 Automatic Engine Shutdown Message Action Engine Shuts Off in XX Seconds The engine is getting ready to shut off Engine Shut Off for Fuel Economy The engine has shut off to help increase fuel economy Engine Shuts Off in XX Seconds Press Ok to Override The engine is getting ready to shut off You can press OK on the left steering wheel button to override the shut down MKC TME enUSA 120 Information Displays All Wheel Drive Message Action AWD Temporarily Disabled The all wheel drive system temporarily turns off to protect itself from overheating AWD Off The all wheel drive system temporarily turns off to protect itself from overheating or if you are using the temporary spare tire AWD Restored The all wheel drive system will resume normal function and clear this message after driving a short distance with the road tire re installed or after the system cools AWD Malfunction Service Required The all wheel drive system is not operating properly If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible MKC TME enUSA 121 Information Displays Battery and Charging System Message Action Check Charging System The charging system needs servicing If the warning stays on or continues to come on
336. m headlamps will illuminate automatically when the rain sensor activates the windshield wipers continuously Note Wet or winter driving conditions with ice snow or salty road mist can cause inconsistent and unexpected wiping or smearing MKC TME enUSA In these conditions you can do the following to help keep your windshield clear Lower the sensitivity of the autowipers to reduce the amount of smearing Switch to normal or high speed wipe e Switch the autowipers off E169315 A Highest sensitivity B On C Lowest sensitivity 87 The autowipers feature uses a rain sensor You will find it in the area around the interior mirror The rain sensor monitors the amount of moisture on the windshield and automatically turns on the wipers It will adjust the wiper speed by the amount of moisture that the sensor detects on the windshield Note This autowiper feature is automatically set to on and remains on until you switch it off in the information display You can also switch the feature back on at any time See General Information page 87 Use the rotary control to adjust the sensitivity of the rain sensor Set the control to low sensitivity and the wipers will turn on when the rain sensor detects a large amount of moisture on the windshield Set the control to high sensitivity and the wipers will turn on when the rain sensor detects a small amount of moisture on the windshield Wipers and Washers
337. m automatically switches to the media source upon initial connection This allows you to listen to music during the indexing process When this feature is off the system does not auto matically switch to the inserted media source Bluetooth Devices Select to connect disconnect add or delete a device You can also set a device as your favorite so that the system automatically attempts to connect to that device at every ignition cycle Index Bluetooth Audio When this feature is on the system automatically indexes media on your connected Bluetooth device Devices 368 MKC TME enUSA MyLincoln Touch Media player Gracenote Database Info This allows you to view the version level of the Gracenote Database Gracenote Management With this feature on the Gracenote Database supplies metadata information for your music files This overrides information from your device This feature defaults to off Cover Art Priority With this feature on the Gracenote Database supplied cover art for your music files This overrides any art from your device This feature defaults to Media Player Navigation Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt Navigation then select from the following Navigation Map Preferences Switch breadcrumbs on and off Have the system display your turn list top to bottom or bottom to top Switch the Parking POI notification on and off 369 MKC
338. m street 427 If you say Destination you can then say any command in the Destination chart One shot Destination Street Address When you Say either Navigation destination street address or Destination street address the system asks you to Say the full address The system displays an example on screen You can then speak the address naturally such as One two three four Main Street Anytown Accessories For a complete listing of the accessories that are available for your vehicle please contact an authorized dealer or visit our online store at www Accessories Lincoln com United States only Lincoln Motor Company will repair or replace any properly authorized dealer installed Lincoln Genuine Accessory found to be defective in factory supplied materials or workmanship during the warranty period as well as any component damaged by the defective accessories Lincoln Motor Company will warrant your accessory through the warranty that provides the greatest benefit 24 months unlimited mileage e The remainder of your new vehicle limited warranty Contact an authorized dealer for details and a copy of the warranty Exterior style e Side window deflectors e Splash guards MKC TME enUSA Interior style All weather floor mats e Rear seat entertainment Premium carpeted floor mats Lifestyle e Ash cup smoker s packages e Cargo area protector e Cargo net e Carg
339. make certain that before using the system for the first time all persons have access to the User s Guide and read its instructions and safety information carefully MKC TME enUSA WARNING Operating certain parts of this system W Perens while driving can distract your attention away from the road and possibly cause an accident or other serious consequences Do not change system settings or enter data non verbally using your hands while driving Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations This is important since while setting up or changing some functions you might be required to distract your attention away from the road and remove your hands from the wheel General Operation Voice Command Control Functions within the Windows Automotive based system may be accomplished using only voice commands Using voice commands while driving allows you to operate the system without removing your hands from the wheel 436 Prolonged Views of Screen Do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen while you are driving Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time Volume Setting Do not raise the volume excessively Keep the volume at a level where you ca
340. mate Control 136 About This Manual cal Protecting the Environment 7 ABS S e Brakes sssnann mans camiites 182 ABS driving hints See Hints on Driving With Anti Lock Accessories Exterior style 428 Interior Styles 428 Life Styl iinn amana 428 P ace Of MNaserounnaniniainsninns iis 428 Accessories See Replacement Parts Recommendation 12 ACC See Using Adaptive Cruise Control 204 MKC TME enUSA Active Park Assist 193 Automatic Steering into a Parking Deactivating the Park Assist Feature 195 Deactivating the Park Out Assist FOATUNE css ennemies 197 Park Out Assist oe 196 Troubleshooting the System Using Active Park Assist 194 Using Park Out Assist 196 Adjusting the Headlamps eee 292 Horizontal Aim Adjustment cece 293 Vertical Aim Adjustment cesses 292 Adjusting the Steering Wheel 82 Power Tilt and Telescope Steering COUM siiiu iiia 82 Airbag Disposal 56 Air Conditioning See Climate Control 136 Alarm See Anti Theft Alarm 81 All Wheel Drive Ambient Lighting ae Anti Theft Alarm Arming the Alarm Disarming the Alarm 81 475 APD NAICRSsiataniiiinmaenmettiantes 430 Ata Gla ss vssssstsrenessesenmeientses 15 Front Exterior Overview Instrument Panel Overview 19 Rear Exterior Overview 21 Vehicle In
341. mation page 112 After refueling some variability in needle position is normal Fuel Gauge Note The fuel gauge may vary slightly when your vehicle is moving or on a gradient Switch the ignition on The fuel gauge will indicate approximately how much fuel is left in the fuel tank The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump symbol indicates on which side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is located 106 MKC TME enUSA e It may take a short time for the needle to reach F after leaving the gas station This is normal and depends upon the slope of pavement at the gas station The fuel amount dispensed into the tank is a little less or more than the gauge indicated This is normal and depends upon the slope of pavement at the gas station Ifthe gas station nozzle shuts off before the tank is full try a different gas pump nozzle Low Fuel Reminder A low fuel reminder triggers when the fuel gauge needle is at 1 16th Instrument Cluster Variations Driving type fuel economy conditions Fuel gauge position Distance to empty Highway driving 16th 35 miles to 80 miles 56 km to 129 km Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Indicates engine coolant temperature At normal operating temperature the level indicator will be in the normal range If the engine coolant temperature exceeds the normal range stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible switch off the engine and let the engine coo
342. mera in another chapter See Rear View Camera page 199 Enable Valet Mode Valet mode allows you to lock the system No information is accessible until the system is unlocked with the correct PIN You can create your own four digit PIN to lock and 1 Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Enable Valet Mode 2 When prompted enter a four digit PIN After you press Continue the system locks until you enter the PIN again Note f the system locks and you need to reset the PIN enter 3681 and the system unlocks Settings Access and adjust system settings voice features as well as phone navigation and wireless settings your camera settings unlock the system System Press the Settings icon gt Settings Thy gt System then select from the following System Language Select to have the touchscreen display in English Spanish or French Distance Select to display units in kilometers or miles Temperature Select to display units in Celsius or Fahrenheit MKC TME enUSA 366 MyLincoln Touch System System Prompt Volume Touch Screen Button Beep Adjust the volume of voice prompts from the system Select to have the system beep to confirm choices made through the touchscreen Touch Panel Button Beep Select to have the system beep to confirm button choices made through the climate or audio system Keyboard Layout Have the touchscreen keyboard display i
343. mergencies page 249 Important information regarding the fuel pump shut off is in this chapter Setting 911 Assist On e If your vehicle is equipped with 2 Navigation touch the i Information button to access these features If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation touch the corner of the touchscreen with the green tab Touch Apps gt 911 Assist then select On ES You can also access 911 Assist by Pressing the Settings icon gt Settings gt Phone gt 911 Assist or Pressing the Settings icon gt Help gt 911 Assist MyLincoln Touch To make sure that 911 Assist works properly e SYNC must be powered and working properly at the time of the incident and throughout feature activation and use The 911 Assist feature must be set on prior to the incident You must pair and connect a Bluetooth enabled and compatible phone to SYNC e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have the ability to make and maintain an outgoing call at the time of the incident e A connected Bluetooth enabled phone must have adequate network coverage battery power and signal strength The vehicle must have battery power and be located in the United States Canada or in a territory in which 911 is the emergency number MKC TME enUSA In the Event of a Crash Not all crashes deploy an airbag or activate the fuel pump shut off which would trigger 911 Assist however SYNC tries to contact eme
344. mplete stop before putting your vehicle into and out of park P An audible chime sounds once you select park P When the ignition is turned off the vehicle will automatically shift into park P If the ignition is turned off while the vehicle is moving it will first shift into neutral N until a slow enough speed is reached The vehicle will then shift into park P automatically Automatic Return to Park Note This feature will not operate when your vehicle is in Stay in Neutral mode or neutral tow Your vehicle has a safety feature that will automatically shift your vehicle into park P when any of the following conditions occur MKC TME enUSA e You turn the ignition off e You open the driver s door with your safety belt unlatched e Your safety belt is unlatched while the driver s door is open If you turn the ignition off while your vehicle is moving your vehicle will first shift into neutral N until it slows down enough to shift into park P automatically Note f you have waited an extended period of time 2 15 minutes before starting your vehicle unlatching your safety belt will cause this feature to activate even with the driver s door closed Note This feature may not work properly if the door ajar switch is malfunctioning If your door ajar indicator does not illuminate when you open the driver s door or the indicator illuminates with the driver s door closed See your authorized deale
345. n automatically 60 The parking lamps will remain on and the vehicle will run for 5 10 or 15 minutes depending on the setting Extending the Vehicle Run Time Repeat Steps 1 and 2 with the vehicle still running to extend the run time for another remote start duration If you programmed the duration to last 10 minutes the second 10 minutes will begin after what is left of the first activation time For example if the vehicle had been running from the first remote start for five minutes the vehicle will continue to run now for a total of 15 minutes You can extend the remote start up to a maximum of 35 minutes Wait at least five seconds before remote starting after a vehicle shutdown Turning the Vehicle Off After Remote Starting A Press the button once The parking EN lamps will turn off Keys and Remote Controls You may have to be closer to the vehicle than when starting due to ground reflection and the added noise of the running vehicle You can disable or enable the remote start system through the information display See General Information page 112 Remote Control Feedback An LED on the remote control provides status feedback of remote start or stop commands LED Status Remote start or extension successful Solid green Solid red Remote stop successful engine off Blinking red Remote start or stop failed Waiting for status update Blinking green MKC TME
346. n Canada Mailing address Lincoln Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada Limited P O Box 2000 Oakville Ontario L6J 5E4 Telephone 1 800 387 9333 Online www ford ca Customer Assistance Additional Assistance If you have questions or concerns or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving follow these steps 1 Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your selling servicing authorized dealer 2 If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved contact the Sales Manager Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager 3 If you require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center In order to help you serve you better please have the following information available when contacting a Customer Relationship Center e Vehicle Identification Number Your telephone number home and business MKC TME enUSA The name of the authorized dealer and city where located e The vehicle s current odometer reading In some states you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state s warranty laws Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt in some states In the United States a warranty dispute must be submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE before taking action under the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or to the extent allowed by state law before pursuing replacement or
347. n QWERTY or ABC format Install Applications Install any downloaded applications or view the current software licenses Master Reset Select to restore factory defaults This erases all personal settings and personal data Voice Control Press the Settings icon gt Settings Thy gt Voice Control then select from the following Voice control Interaction Mode Standard interaction mode provides more detailed interaction and guidance Advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts Confirmation Prompts Have the system ask you short questions if it has not clearly heard or understood your request Media Candidate Lists Candidate lists are possible results from your voice commands The system simply makes a best guess at your request with these switched off MKC TME enUSA 367 MyLincoln Touch Voice control Phone Candidate Lists Candidate lists are possible results from your voice commands The system simply makes a best guess at your request with these switched off Voice Control Volume This allows you to adjust the system s voice volume level Even with confirmation prompts switched off the system may occasionally ask you to confirm settings Media Player Press the Settings icon gt Settings thy gt Media Player then select from the following Media player Autoplay When this feature is on the syste
348. n a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back 48 E151127 The driver and front passenger airbags will deploy during significant frontal and near frontal crashes The driver and passenger front airbag system consists of driver and passenger airbag modules front passenger sensing system JO crash sensors and monitoring AN system with readiness indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator page 55 Supplementary Restraints System Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating Adjustment WARNING National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA recommends a minimum distance of at least 10 inches 25 centimeters between an occupant s chest and the driver airbag module To properly position yourself away from the airbag e Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably e Recline the seat slightly one or two degrees from the upright position After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on safety belts it is very important that they continue to sit properly A properly seated occupant sits upright leaning against the seat back and centered on the seat cushion with their feet comfortably extended on the floor Sitting improperly can increase MKC TME enUSA
349. n emergency stopping situations steadily apply the brake Your vehicle has a four wheel anti lock brake system do not pump the brake pedal See Hints on Driving With Anti Lock Brakes page 182 If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or Snow If your vehicle becomes stuck in mud or snow shift between forward and reverse gears and in a steady pattern stop between shifts Press lightly on the accelerator with each shift Rocking your vehicle this way may dislodge your vehicle Note Do not rock your vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature damage to the transmission may occur Note Do not rock your vehicle for more than a minute damage to the transmission and tires may occur or the engine may overheat MKC TME enUSA Maintenance and Modifications The suspension and steering systems on your vehicle provides predictable performance whether your vehicle is loaded or empty For this reason we recommend that you do not make modifications to your vehicle lift kits or stabilizer bars or use replacement parts not equivalent to the original factory equipment We recommend that you use caution when your vehicle has either a high load or device ladder or luggage racks Modifications to your vehicle that raise the center of gravity may cause your vehicle to tip if you should lose vehicle control Failure to maintain your vehicle correctly may void the warranty increase your repair cost reduce vehicle per
350. n of a nearby control Make sure your hands are clean and dry Since the touchscreen operates based on the touch of a finger you may have trouble using it if you are wearing gloves e Keep metal and other conductive material away from the surface of the touchscreen as this may cause electronic interference for example inadvertently turning on a feature other than the one you meant to turn on 353 Depending on your vehicle and option package you may also have these controls on your bezel Power Switch the media or climate features off and on Temperature fan and climate control Control the temperature fan speed or settings of the climate control system Seek buttons and Tune knob Use as you normally would in media modes Eject Eject a CD from the entertainment system MyLincoln Touch Using Your Steering Wheel Controls Depending on your vehicle and option package use these controls on your steering wheel VOL Control the volume of playing media SEEK PHONE Seek presets or use as you normally would in other entertainment modes Press to answer to end a phone call or to reject an incoming call Voice Press to start a voice session Press again to end and active voice prompt so you can begin speaking Press and hold to end a voice session Cleaning the Touchscreen Display Use a clean soft cloth such as one used for cleaning glasses If dirt or fingerprints are stil
351. n still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident Use of Speech Recognition Functions Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors Appendices Navigation Features Any navigation features included in the system are intended to provide turn by turn instructions to get you to a desired destination Please make certain all persons using this system carefully read and follow instructions and safety information fully Distraction Hazard Any navigation features may require manual non verbal setup Attempting to perform such set up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause an accident or other serious consequences Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations Let Your Judgment Prevail Any navigation features are provided only as an aid Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations Any such feature is not a substitute for your personal judgment Any route suggestions made by this system should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices MKC TME enUSA Route Safety Do not follow t
352. n to cancel the active route 425 View Edit Route Access these features when a route is active View Route Edit Destination Waypoints Edit Turn List Detour Edit Route Preferences Edit Traffic Preferences Cancel Route Nokia is the digital map provider for the navigation application If you find map data errors you may report them directly to Nokia by going to http mapreporter navteq com Nokia evaluates all reported map errors and responds with the result of their investigation by e mail MyLincoln Touc Navigation Map Updates Annual navigation map updates are available for purchase through your dealership by calling 1 800 NAVMAPS in Mexico call 01 800 557 5539 or going to www navigation com sync You need to specify the make and model of your vehicle to determine if there is an update available Navigation Voice Commands h the voice button on the steering wheel controls After the tone say any of the following commands 4 When in navigation mode press Navigation system voice commands Navigation system voice commands Navigation system voice commands Destination favorites Destination home Show 3D Show heading up Destination intersection Show map Destination nearest lt POI category gt Show north up Destination nearest POI Destination play nametags 1 Show route Destination POI 1 Show turn
353. n vehicle settings You can decrease or increase the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front of you by pressing the gap control o E164805 The selected gap appears in the information display as shown by the bars in the graphic Four gap distance settings are available Set speed Graphic display bars indic Time gap seconds Distance gap Dynamic behavior ated between vehicles mph km h yd m 62 mph 100 km h 1 1 31 yd 28 m Sport 62 mph 100 km h 2 1 4 43 yd 39 m Normal 62 mph 100 km h 3 1 8 55 yd 50 m Normal 62 mph 100 km h 4 2 2 67 yd 61 m Comfort 206 MKC TME enUSA Cruise Control Each time you start the vehicle the system selects the last chosen gap for the current driver Disengaging the System Press the brake pedal or press CNCL The last set speed will display in grey but will not erase Overriding the System WARNING A Whenever you press the accelerator pedal and override the system the system will not automatically apply the brakes to maintain separation from any vehicle ahead While you press the accelerator pedal you override the set speed and gap distance Re the green indicator light illuminates and the lead vehicle graphic does not show in the information display When you override the system MKC TME enUSA The system resumes operation when you release the accelerator pedal The vehicle speed decreases to t
354. n wheel When driving with the full size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly do not Exceed 70 mph 113 km h Use more than one dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly at a time Use commercial car washing equipment Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly The usage of a full size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly can lead to impairment of the following Handling stability and braking performance Comfort and noise Ground clearance and parking at curbs Winter weather driving capability Wheels and Tires e Wet weather driving capability All wheel driving capability When driving with the full size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly additional caution should be given to Towing a trailer e Driving vehicles equipped with a camper body Driving vehicles with a load on the cargo rack Drive cautiously when using a full size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly and seek service as soon as possible Tire Change Procedure WARNINGS When one of the front wheels is off the ground the transmission alone will not prevent your vehicle from moving or slipping off the jack even if your vehicle is in park P MKC TME enUSA WARNINGS To help prevent your vehicle from moving when you change a tire be sure the parking brake is set then block in both directions the wheel that is diagonally opposite other side and end
355. nches or limited production tires as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal Regulations Part 575104 c 2 U S Department of Transportation Tire quality grades The U S Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it 310 Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA AB C WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics Wheels and Tires The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature AB C WARNING A The temperature grade for this tire
356. ncrease the risk of injury in a crash The side airbags are located on the outboard side of the seatbacks of the front seats In certain sideways crashes the airbag on the side affected by the crash will be inflated The airbag was designed to inflate between the door panel and occupant to further enhance the protection provided occupants in side impact crashes Supplementary Restraints System E152533 The system consists of the following A label or embossed side panel indicating that side airbags are fitted to your vehicle Side airbags located inside the driver and front passenger seatbacks Front passenger sensing system Yee Crash sensors and monitoring AA system with readiness indicator See Crash Sensors and Airbag Indicator page 55 Note The passenger sensing system will deactivate the passenger seat mounted side airbag if it detects an empty passenger seat MKC TME enUSA The design and development of the side airbag system included recommended testing procedures that were developed by a group of automotive safety experts known as the Side Airbag Technical Working Group These recommended testing procedures help reduce the risk of injuries related to the deployment of side airbags DRIVER KNEE AIRBAG A driver s knee airbag is located under the instrument panel During a crash the restraints control module may activate the driver s knee airbag based on crash severity and occupant con
357. nd record the type of driving city or highway This provides an accurate estimate of the vehicle s fuel economy under current driving conditions Additionally keeping records during summer and winter show how temperature impacts fuel economy In general lower temperatures mean lower fuel economy EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARNINGS f Do not park idle or drive your vehicle in dry grass or other dry ground cover The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system which can start a fire A Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle have your dealer inspect your vehicle immediately Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes Fuel and Refueling Your vehicle is equipped with various emission control components and a catalytic converter that will enable your vehicle to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards To make sure that the catalytic converter and other emission control components continue to work properly e Use only the specified fuel listed e Avoid running out of fuel e Do not turn off the ignition while your vehicle is moving especially at high speeds Have the items listed in scheduled maintenance information performed according to the specified schedule The scheduled maintenance items listed in scheduled maintenance information are essential to the life and pe
358. nd provinces require that small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight a height of 4 feet 9 inches 1 45 meters tall or 80 pounds 36 kilograms Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements about the safety of children in your vehicle When possible always properly restrain children 12 years of age and under ina rear seating position of your vehicle Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in a front seating position See Front Passenger Sensing System page 49 MKC TME enUSA INSTALLING CHILD SEATS Child Seats E142594 Use a child safety seat sometimes called an infant carrier convertible seat or toddler seat for infants toddlers or children weighing 40 pounds 18 kilograms or less generally age four or younger 25 Using Lap and Shoulder Belts WARNINGS Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Children 12 and under should be properly restrained in the rear seat whenever possible Depending on where you secure a child restraint and depending on the child restraint design you may block access to certain safety
359. nder this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer of the DEVICE provided you retain no copies you transfer all of the SOFTWARE including all component parts the media Appendices and printed materials any upgrades and if applicable the Certificate s of Authenticity and the recipient agrees to the terms of this EULA If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade any transfer must include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE Termination Without prejudice to any other rights FORD MOTOR COMPANY or MS may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA Security Updates Digital Rights Management Content owners use the WMDRM technology included in your DEVICE to protect their intellectual property included copyrighted content Portions of the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE use WMDRM software to access WMDRM protected content If the WMDRM software fails to protect the content content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke the SOFTWARE s ability to use WMDRM to play or copy protected content This action does not affect unprotected content When your DEVICE downloads licenses for protected content you agree that Microsoft may MKC TME enUSA include a revocation list with the licenses Content owners may require you to upgrade the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE to access their content If you decline an upgrade you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade Consent to Use of Data You ag
360. nditions MyLincoln Touch Note When you connect the service uses GPS technology and advanced vehicle sensors to collect your vehicle s current location travel direction and speed to help provide you with the directions traffic reports or business searches you request Further to provide the services you request for continuous improvement the service may collect and record call details and voice communications For more information see SYNC Services Terms and Conditions at www SYNCMyRide com If you do not want Ford or its service providers to collect your vehicle travel information or other information identified in the Terms and Conditions do not subscribe or use the service SYNC Services uses advanced vehicle sensors integrated GPS technology and comprehensive map and traffic data to give you personalized traffic reports precise turn by turn directions business search news sports weather and more For a complete list of services or to learn more please visit www SYNCMyRide com MKC TME enUSA Connecting to SYNC Services Using Voice Commands uf Press the voice button 2 When prompted say Services This initiates an outgoing call to SYNC Services using your paired and connected Bluetooth enabled cellular phone 3 Once you connect to the service follow the voice prompts to request the desired service such as Traffic or Directions You can also say What are my choices to re
361. ne found Check Channel Guide All the channels in the selected category are either skipped or locked Use the channel guide to turn off the Lock or Skip function on that station Subscription Updated Sirius has updated the channels available for your vehicle No action required Sirius Satellite Radio Voice Commands If you are listening to Sirius satellite ns radio press the voice button on the steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands MKC TME enUSA If you are not listening to Sirius satellite radio press the voice button and after the tone say Sirius then any of the following commands 388 SIRIUS lt Channel name gt Preset lt gt SAT MyLincoln Touch SIRIUS SIRIUS TUNE SAT preset lt gt i re Tune lt Channel Name gt SAT 1 z P Help Preset lt gt SAT 1 Preset lt gt If you have said Sports game see the SAT SAT 2 following Sports game chart Art SAT 2 preset lt gt If you have said Tune see the following SAT 3 Tune chart SAT 1 preset lt gt SAT 3 preset lt gt Sirius lt 0 223 gt Sirius off Sirius on Sports game MKC TME enUSA SPORTS GAME Tune to the lt college name gt game Tune to the lt team city gt game Tune to the lt team
362. ne speed between 2000 and 3000 rpms as shown in your tachometer 1 Connect the positive jumper cable to the positive terminal of the discharged battery 2 Start the engine of the disabled vehicle 252 MKC TME enUSA Roadside Emergencies INN ke 19 E142665 1 Remove the jumper cable from the ground metal surface or connecting point if available MKC TME enUSA 2 Remove the jumper cable on the negative terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 3 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the booster vehicle s battery 4 Remove the jumper cable from the positive terminal of the disabled vehicle s battery After the disabled vehicle has been started and the jumper cables removed allow it to idle for several minutes so the battery can recharge POST CRASH ALERT SYSTEM The system flashes the turn signal lamps and sounds the horn intermittently in the event of a serious impact that deploys an airbag front side side curtain or Safety Canopy or the safety belt pretensioners 253 The horn and lamps will turn off when The hazard control button is pressed The panic button if equipped is pressed on the remote entry transmitter Your vehicle runs out of power Customer Assistance GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized dealer While any authorized dealer handling your
363. neral Hints Note Prolonged use of recirculated air may cause the windows to fog up Note You may feel a small amount of air from the footwell air vents regardless of the air distribution setting Note To reduce humidity build up inside your vehicle do not drive with the system switched off or with recirculated air always switched on MKC TME enUSA Note Do not place objects under the front seats as this may interfere with the airflow to the rear seats Note Remove any snow ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield Note To improve the time to reach comfort in hot weather drive with the windows slightly open for 2 3 minutes after start up or until your vehicle airs out 138 Heated driver seat control Press the control to operate the heated seat See Heated Seats page 147 Ventilated driver seat control Press the control to operate the ventilated seat See Climate Controlled Seats page 148 Power Press to switch the system off and on When the system is off it prevents outside air from entering the vehicle Defrost Press the control to switch on to distribute air through the windshield defroster vents and de mister vents You can also Heated rear window Switches the heated rear window on and off See Heated Windows and Mirrors page 139 Automatic Climate Control Note Adjusting the settings when your vehicle interior is extremely hot or cold is not necessary The system aut
364. ng lamps and indicators illuminate e Without applying the brake pedal press and release the button once Start Starts the engine Starting and Stopping the Engine Press the brake pedal and then press the button for any length of time An indicator light on the button illuminates when then ignition is on and when the engine starts STARTING A GASOLINE ENGINE When you start the engine the idle speed increases this helps to warm up the engine If the engine idle speed does not slow down automatically have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer Note f your vehicle is equipped with remote start you can start your vehicle with the remote and then drive away by pressing the brake pedal and pushing a button on the transmission This allows you to drive away without pressing the engine start button Before starting the engine check the following e Make sure all occupants have fastened their safety belts Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off MKC TME enUSA Make sure the parking brake is on Put the transmission in P Note Do not touch the accelerator pedal 1 Fully press the brake pedal 2 Press the button The system does not function if The key frequencies are jammed The key battery has no charge If you are unable to start the engine do the following 170454 1 Open the center console lid 2 Slide the remote into the back up slot 159
365. ngine coolant concentrations below 40 will decrease the corrosion freeze protection characteristics of the engine coolant and may cause engine damage 286 Vehicles driven year round in non extreme climates should use prediluted engine coolant for optimum cooling system and engine protection What You Should Know About Fail Safe Cooling If the engine coolant supply is depleted this feature allows the vehicle to be driven temporarily before incremental component damage is incurred The fail safe distance depends on ambient temperatures vehicle load and terrain How Fail Safe Cooling Works If the engine begins to overheat the engine coolant temperature gauge will move to the red hot area and A high engine temperature message will appear in the information display The service engine soon indicator will light Maintenance If the engine reaches a preset over temperature condition the engine will automatically switch to alternating cylinder operation Each disabled cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine When this occurs the vehicle will still operate However The engine power will be limited e The air conditioning system will be disabled Continued operation will increase the engine temperature and the engine will completely shut down causing steering and braking effort to increase Once the engine temperature cools the engine can be re started Take your vehicle to an author
366. nnot disable this feature The audio system will mute when the front seat occupants safety belts are not fastened e Early low fuel The low fuel warning activates earlier giving the MyKey user more time to refuel e Driver assist features if equipped on your vehicle are forced on parking aid blind spot information system BLIS with cross traffic alert lane departure warning and forward collision warning system 62 Configurable Settings With an admin key you can configure certain MyKey settings when you first create a MyKey and before you recycle the key or restart the vehicle You can also change the settings afterward with an admin key e Avehicle speed limit can be set Warnings will be shown in the display followed by an audible tone when your vehicle reaches the set speed You cannot override the set speed by fully depressing the accelerator pedal or by setting cruise control e Vehicle speed minders of 45 55 or 65 mph 75 90 or 105 km h Once you select a speed it will be shown in the display followed by an audible tone when the preselected vehicle speed is exceeded MykKey e Audio system maximum volume of 45 A message will be shown in the display when you attempt to exceed the limited volume Also the speed sensitive or compensated automatic volume control will be disabled e Always on setting When this is selected you will not be able to turn off Advance Trac if your vehicle is eq
367. not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials For fabric carpets cloth seats safety belts and seats equipped with side airbags Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Remove light stains and soil with Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner For grease or tar stains Spot clean the area with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner in Canada e Ifaring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning clean the entire area immediately but do not oversaturate or the ring will set 302 Cleaning Black Label Interior If Equipped WARNING Alcantara faux suede fabric is made of polyester microfiber with micro porous polyurethane Using commercially available fabric cleaners can cause permanent damage Note Linco n Black Label vehicles may have Alcantara faux suede fabric on the seats headliner floor mats and door panels Depending on the type of stain use water lemon juice or pure ethyl alcohol when cleaning Vehicle Care Type of Stain Cleaning Procedure Fruit juice jam jelly syrup or ketchup Use lukewarm water and rinse by dabbing with clean water Blood egg excrement or urine Use cold water and rinse by dabbing with clean water Avoid warm water because it makes these substances coagulate
368. ns as it could cause them damage See your device s user guide for further information e For your safety some SYNC functions are speed dependent Their use is limited to when your vehicle is traveling at speeds under 3 mph 5 km h Make sure that you review your device s manual before using it with SYNC Speed restricted Features See the following chart for more specific examples Some features of this system may be too difficult to use while your vehicle is moving so they are restricted from use unless your vehicle is stationary Screens crowded with information such as Point of Interest reviews and ratings SIRIUS Travel Link sports scores movie times or ski conditions e Any action that requires you to use a keyboard is restricted such as entering a navigation destination or editing information e All lists are limited so the user can view fewer entries Such as phone contacts or recent phone call entries Restricted features Cellular Phone Pairing a Bluetooth phone Adding phonebook contacts or uploading phonebook contacts from a USB List entries are limited for phone contacts and recent phone call entries MKC TME enUSA System Functionality Editing the keypad code 355 MyLincoln Touch Restricted features Enabling Valet Mode Editing settings while the rear view camera or active park assist are active Wi Fi and Wireless Editing wireless sett
369. nsmission Adjusted Transmission Adapt Mode The transmission has adjusted the shift strategy The transmission is adjusting the shift strategy Transmission Indicate Mode Lockup On The transmission is locked and unable to select gears Transmission Indicate Mode Lockup Off The transmission is unlocked and free to select gears Invalid Gear Selection You have selected an invalid gear Press Brake Pedal You need to depress the brake pedal MKC TME enUSA 133 Information Displays Message Action Depress Brake to Shift from Park Press N again to Enter Stay in Neutral Mode You need to depress the brake pedal before you can shift from P park You need to press the N neutral button again to enter neutral hold See Automatic Transmission page 171 Stay in Neutral Mode Engaged Neutral hold is active See Automatic Transmission page 171 Stay in Neutral Tow Engaged See Manual to Disable Neutral hold is active See Towing the Vehicle on Four Wheels page 244 SHIFT SYS FAULT Confirm Park Brake Apply Before Exiting the Vehicle There is a system fault and you need to depress the park brake before you exit your vehicle See an authorized dealer SHIFT SYS FAULT Cannot Shift Trans Use Park Brake to Secure Vehicle There is a system fault and you need to depress the park brake before you exit your vehicle See an authorized dealer SHIFT SYS FAU
370. nstructions on calculating your vehicle s load in the Load Carrying chapter See Load Limit page 230 MKC TME enUSA Remember to account for the trailer tongue weight as part of your vehicle load when calculating the total vehicle weight Hitches Do not use a hitch that either clamps onto the bumper or attaches to the axle Distribute the trailer load so 10 15 of the total trailer weight is on the tongue Safety Chains Note Never attach safety chains to the bumper Always connect the safety chains to the hook retainers of your vehicle hitch To connect the trailer s safety chains cross them under the trailer tongue and allow enough slack for turning tight corners Do not allow the chains to drag on the ground 241 Trailer Brakes WARNING Do not connect a trailer s hydraulic brake system directly to your vehicle s brake system Your vehicle may not have enough braking power and your chances of having a collision greatly increase Electric brakes and manual automatic or surge type trailer brakes are safe if you install them properly and adjust them to the manufacturer s specifications The trailer brakes must meet local and federal regulations The rating for the tow vehicle s braking system operation is at the gross vehicle weight rating not the gross combined weight rating Separate functioning brake systems are required for safe control of towed vehicles and trailers weighing more th
371. ntersections Operator Assist is a feature of your SYNC Services subscription For more information on Operator Assist visit www SYNCMyRide com support Follow the voice prompts to select your Destination After the route download is finished the phone call automatically ends MKC TME enUSA If your vehicle is not equipped with Navigation Turn by turn directions appear in the information display in the status bar of your touchscreen system and on the SYNC Services screen You also receive driving instructions from audible prompts When on an active route you can select Route Summary or Route Status using the touchscreen controls or voice commands to view the Route Summary Turn List or the Route Status ETA You can also turn voice guidance on or off cancel the route or update the route 406 If you miss a turn SYNC automatically asks if you want the route updated Just say Yes when prompted and the system delivers a new route to your vehicle If your vehicle is equipped with Navigation SYNC Services downloads your requested destination to the navigation system The navigation system then calculates the route and provides driving instructions See Navigation page 418 Disconnecting from SYNC Services 1 Press and hold the hang up phone button on the steering wheel Say Good bye from the SYNC Services main menu MyLincoln Touch SYNC Services quick tips Personalizing You can pe
372. nual that is provided to you along with your Owner s Manual Special Instructions For your added safety your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls MKC TME enUSA WARNINGS Failure to follow the specific warnings and instructions could result in personal injury See Supplementary Restraints System page 47 Front seat mounted rear facing child or infant seats should NEVER be placed in front of an active passenger airbag Notice to Owners of Pickup Trucks and Utility Type Vehicles WARNING A Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles Before you drive your vehicle please read this Owner s Guide carefully Your vehicle is not a passenger car As with other vehicles of this type failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury or death Using Your Vehicle With a Snowplow Do not use this vehicle for snowplowing 13 Your vehicle is not equipped with a snowplowing package Using Your Vehicle as an Ambulance Do not use this vehicle as an ambulance Your vehicle is not equipped with the Ford Ambulance Preparation Package MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT Using mobile communications equipment is becoming increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs However you must not compromise your own or others safety when using such equipment M
373. o avoid damage to the vehicle 8 The vehicle jacking points are shown here and are depicted on the yellow E162190 warning label on the jack g J 10 Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench 331 MKC TME enUSA Note f equipped with full wheel covers with exposed wheel nuts remove the wheel nuts prior to removing the wheel cover or damage to the wheel cover may occur 11 Replace the flat tire with the spare tire making sure the valve stem is facing outward Reinstall the lug nuts until the wheel is snug against the hub Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel has been lowered 12 Lower the wheel by turning the jack handle counterclockwise D OS E75442 Wheels and Tires 13 Remove the jack and fully tighten the lug nuts in the order shown See Technical Specifications page 334 Stowing the flat tire 1 Put the jack and lug wrench away Make sure the jack is fastened so it does not rattle when you drive 2 Unblock the wheels Ld 3 Stow the flat tire on the floor in the cargo pas Eis area Secure with the flat tire retainer 4 Locate the cargo tie down near the 5 Weave the retainer strap through the strap by following the next steps seatback Push the loop of the retainer wheel openings strap through the tie down Thread the 6 Locate the front cargo tie down at the non loop end through the loop opposite corner of the cargo area to the tie down used in Step
374. o control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death If your AdvanceTrac system activates SLOW DOWN The Advancetrac with Roll Stability Control system helps you keep control of your vehicle when on a slippery surface The electronic stability control portion of the system helps avoid skids and lateral slides and roll stability control helps avoid a vehicle rollover The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction See Using Traction Control page 187 189 E72903 A Vehicle without AdvanceTrac with RSC skidding offits intended route B Vehicle with AdvanceTrac with RSC maintaining control on a slippery surface Stability Control USING STABILITY CONTROL AdvancetTrac with Roll Stability Control RSC The system automatically activates when you start your vehicle The AdvanceTrac with RSC system cannot be completely turned off but the electronic stability control and roll stability control portions of the system are disabled when the transmission is in position R You can turn off the traction control portion of the system independently See Using Traction Control page 187 190 MKC TME enUSA Parking Aids PARKING AID i Equipped WARNINGS To help avoid personal injury please read and understand the limitations of the system as contained in this section Sensing is only an aid for some gener
375. o organizer e Luggage cover e Recovery hook towing eye e Roof racks and carriers e Trailer hitch e Trailer hitch accessories Peace of mind Car cover Wheel locks e Locking fuel plug for capless fuel system 428 The accessory manufacturer designs develops and therefore warrants Lincoln Licensed Accessories and does not design or test these accessories to Lincoln Motor Company engineering requirements Contact an authorized Lincoln dealer for the manufacturer s limited warranty details and request a copy of the Lincoln Licensed Accessories product limited warranty from the accessory manufacturer Accessories For maximum vehicle performance keep the following information in mind when adding accessories equipment passengers and luggage to your vehicle e Do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification label Consult an authorized dealer for specific weight information The Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulate the use of radio transmitter equipped mobile communications systems for example two way radios telephones and theft alarms Any such equipment should comply with the Federal Communications Commission FCC and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission CRTC regulations and an authorized dealer should instal
376. obile communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used particularly in emergency situations Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits Mobile communication equipment includes but is not limited to cellular phones pagers portable email devices text messaging devices and portable two way radios Introduction WARNING Driving while distracted can result in 1 i f ate oss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle We recommend against the use of any hand held device while driving and encourage the use of voice operated systems when possible Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS For your particular global region your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different from the features and options that are described in this Owner s Manual A market unique supplement may be supplied that complements this book By referring to the market unique supplement if provided you can properly identify those features recommendations and specifications that are unique to your vehicle MKC TME enUSA This Owner s Manual is written primarily for the U
377. oft cloth For cleaning and removing spots and stains such as dye transfer use Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially available leather cleaning product for automotive interiors 304 Note Test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous area You should e Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner Clean and treat spills and stains as soon as possible Do not use the following products as these may damage the leather e Oil and petroleum or silicone based leather conditioners Household cleaners Alcohol solutions Solvents or cleaners intended specifically for rubber vinyl and plastics Vehicle Care REPAIRING MINOR PAINT DAMAGE Authorized dealers have touch up paint to match your vehicle s color Your vehicle color code is printed on a sticker on the front left hand side door jamb Take your color code to your authorized dealer to make sure you get the correct color Before repairing minor paint damage use a cleaner such as Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover to remove particles such as bird droppings tree sap insect deposits tar spots road salt and industrial fallout Always read the instructions before using cleaning products CLEANING THE ALLOY WHEELS at Equipped Note Do not apply a cleaning chemical to warm or hot wheel rims and covers Note Some automatic car washes may cause damage to the finish on your wheel rims and covers MKC
378. ol or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface Note Do not use chrome cleaner metal cleaner or polish on wheels and wheel covers e Wash your vehicle first using cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo such as Motorcraft Detail Wash Use Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner Apply the product as you would a wax to clean bumpers and other chrome parts allow the cleaner to dry for a few minutes then wipe off the haze with a clean dry rag MKC TME enUSA Do not apply cleaning product to hot surfaces and do not leave cleaning product on chrome surfaces longer than the time recommended Using other non recommended cleaners can result in severe and permanent cosmetic damage Underbody Flush the complete underside of your vehicle frequently Keep body and door drain holes free from packed dirt Cleaning Plastic Exterior Parts Use only approved products to clean plastic parts e For routine cleaning use Motorcraft Detail Wash Iftar or grease spots are present use Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover 300 WAXING Regular waxing is necessary to protect your car s paint from the elements We recommend that you wash and wax the painted surface once or twice a year When washing and waxing park your vehicle in a shaded area out of direct sunlight Always wash your vehicle before applying wax Use a quality wax that does not contain abrasives Follow the manufacturer
379. omatic transmission 6F35 340 MKC TME enUSA Capacities and Specifications TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Item Capacity Ford part name or equivalent Ford part number Ford specification Brake fluid Between MIN and MAX on reservoir Motorcraft High Performance DOT 4 LV Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid PM 20 WSS M6C65 A2 Door latch hood latch auxiliary hood latch trunk latch seat tracks Multi Purpose Grease spray lithium grease XL 5 Lock cylinder Motorcraft Penetrating and Lock Lubricant U S XL 1 U S None Motorcraft Penetrating fluid Canada CXC 51 A Canada None 2 3 Automatic transmission fluid 9 0 qt 8 5 L Motorcraft MERCON LV XT 10 QLVC WSS M2C938 A Rear differential fluid All Wheel Drive 2 4 pt 115L Motorcraft SAE 80W 90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant XY 80W90 QL WSP M2C197 A Power transfer unit fluid All Wheel 4 Drive 18 fl oz 0 53 L Motorcraft SAE 75W 140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant XY 75W140 QL WSL M2C192 A 567 Engine oil 2 0L EcoBoost MKC TME enUSA 57 qt 5 4 L Motorcraft SAE 5W 30 Premium Synthetic Blend Motor Oil or Motorcraft SAE 5W 30 Full Synthetic Motor Oil 341 XO 5W30 QSP or XO 5W30 QFS U S WSS M2C946 A CXO 5W30 LSP12 or CXO 5W30 LFS12 Canada WSS M2C946 A Capacities and Specifications Item Capacity Ford part name o
380. omatically adjusts to heat or cool the cabin to your selected temperature as quickly as possible For the system to function efficiently the instrument panel and side air vents should be fully open Note f you select AUTO during cold outside temperatures the system directs airflow to the windshield and side window vents In addition the fan may run at a slower speed until the engine warms up Climate Control Note f you select AUTO during hot outside temperatures or when the inside of the vehicle is hot the system automatically uses recirculated air to maximize interior cooling When the interior reaches the selected temperature the system automatically switches to using outside air Heating the Interior Quickly 1 Press the AUTO button 2 Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting Recommended Settings for Heating 1 Press the AUTO button 2 Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting Use 72 F 22 C as a starting point then adjust the setting as necessary Cooling the Interior Quickly Press the MAX A C button Recommended Settings for Cooling 1 Press the AUTO button MKC TME enUSA 2 Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting Use 72 F 22 C as a starting point then adjust the setting as necessary Side Window Defogging in Cold Weather 1 Press the defrost button 2 Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting Use 72 F 22 C as a s
381. on is on the X transmitter This feature allows you to start your vehicle from outside the vehicle The transmitter has an extended operating range Keys and Remote Controls Vehicles with automatic climate control can be configured to operate when the vehicle is remote started See Automatic Climate Control page 136 A manual climate control system will run at the setting it was set to when you switched the vehicle off Many states and provinces have restrictions for the use of remote start Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding remote start systems The remote start system will not work if The ignition is on The alarm system is triggered e You disable the feature The hood is open The transmission is not in P e The vehicle battery voltage is too low The service engine soon light is on MKC TME enUSA Remote Starting the Vehicle Note You must press each button within three seconds of each other Your vehicle will not remote start if you do not follow this sequence E138626 The tag with your transmitter details the starting procedure To remote start your vehicle 1 Press the lock button 2 Press the remote start button twice The exterior lamps will flash twice The horn will sound if the system fails to start See General Information page 112 The power windows will not work during the remote start and the radio will not turn o
382. on solid it means that the vehicle is ready for I M testing The OBD II system monitors the emission control system during normal driving A complete check may take several days If the vehicle is not ready for I M testing you may need to perform the following driving cycle consisting of mixed city and highway driving Drive on an expressway or highway for a steady 15 minutes followed by 20 minutes of stop and go driving with at least four 30 second idle periods Allow the vehicle to sit for at least eight hours without starting the engine Then start the engine and complete the above driving cycle The engine must warm up to its normal operating temperature Once started do not turn off the engine until the above driving cycle is complete If the vehicle is still not ready for I M testing you will have to repeat the above driving cycle Transmission AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION Understanding the Positions of your Electronic Transmission WARNINGS Note A ways come to a complete stop Always set the parking brake fully and before putting your vehicle into and out of make sure your vehicle is in park P park P Turn the ignition off whenever you leave your D vehicle Putting your vehicle in gear 1 Do not apply the brake pedal and g 1 Fully press down the brake pedal accelerator pedal simultaneously Applying both pedals simultaneously for more than three seconds will limit engine rpm which may result in difficult
383. onebook History Messaging Settings NAVIGATION MKC TME enUSA Press to select any of the following My Home Favorites Previous Destinations Point of Interest Emergency Street Address Intersection City Center Map Edit Route Cancel Route CLIMATE Press to select any of the following Driver Settings Recirculated Air Auto Dual Passenger Settings A C Defrost 352 SETTINGS Press to select any of the following Clock e Display Sound e Vehicle Settings e Help Es Press to access your home screen Depending on your vehicle s option package and software your screens may vary in appearance from the descriptions in this section Your features may also be limited depending on your market Check with an authorized dealer for availability INFORMATION MyLincoln Touch Press to select any of the following Services Travel Link Alerts Calendar Apps ENTERTAINMENT Press to select any of the following AM FM SIRIUS CD USB BT Stereo SD Card Line In MKC TME enUSA Using the Touch Sensitive Controls on Your System To turn a feature on and off just touch the graphic with your finger To get the best performance from the touch sensitive controls e Do not press hard on the controls They are sensitive to light touch e Use your bare finger to touch the center of a touch control graphic Touching off center of the graphic may affect operatio
384. onfirm there are no cooling system leaks and fluid is at the recommended level Battery Check and recharge as necessary Keep connections clean If storing your vehicle for more than 30 days without recharging the battery it may be advisable to disconnect the battery cables to ensure battery charge is maintained for quick starting Note f battery cables are disconnected it will be necessary to reset memory features Brakes Make sure brakes and parking brake are fully released Tires Maintain recommended air pressure Vehicle Care Miscellaneous e Make sure all linkages cables levers and pins under your vehicle are covered with grease to prevent rust e Move vehicles at least 25 feet 8 meters every 15 days to lubricate working parts and prevent corrosion Removing Vehicle From Storage When your vehicle is ready to come out of storage do the following e Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt or grease film build up on window surfaces e Check windshield wipers for any deterioration e Check under the hood for any foreign material that may have collected during storage mice squirrel nests e Check the exhaust for any foreign material that may have collected during storage e Check tire pressures and set tire inflation per the Tire Label MKC TME enUSA e Check brake pedal operation Drive your vehicle 15 feet 4 5 meters back and forth to remove rust build up e Check fluid
385. onitor the system to ensure proper operation of the electronic system When an electronic error is detected a message will be displayed in the information display If this happens stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn off the engine After at least 10 seconds reset the system by restarting the engine and watch the information display for a steering message If a steering message returns or returns while driving take the vehicle to your dealer to have it checked Obtain immediate service if a system error is detected You may not notice any difference in the feel of your steering but a serious condition may exist Failure to do so may result in loss of steering control Your vehicle is equipped with an electric power assisted steering system There is no fluid reservoir to check or fill Driving Aids If your vehicle loses electrical power while you are driving or if the ignition is turned off you can steer the vehicle manually but it takes more effort Extreme continuous steering may increase the effort it takes for you to steer This occurs to prevent internal overheating and permanent damage to your steering system If this should occur you will neither lose the ability to steer the vehicle manually nor will it cause permanent damage Typical steering and driving maneuvers will allow the system to cool and steering assist will return to normal Steering Tips If the steering wanders or pulls check for
386. ontrol system off or on a message appears in the information display showing system status 188 MKC TME enUSA Stability Control PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNINGS Vehicle modifications involving braking system aftermarket roof racks suspension steering system tire construction and wheel and tire size may change the handling characteristics of your vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the AdvanceTrac system In addition installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the AdvancetTrac system Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the front center console the tunnel and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the AdvanceTrac sensors Reducing the effectiveness of the AdvancetTrac system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover personal injury and death Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics It s always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control MKC TME enUSA WARNINGS of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage Activation of the Advancetrac system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road this could reduce the operator s ability t
387. oose to display three point of interest categories on the map at one time Starting point indicates the starting 7 point of a planned route MyLincoln Touch Waypoint indicates the location of a waypoint on the map The number inside the circle is different for each waypoint and represents the position of the waypoint in the route list Destination symbol indicates the ending point of a planned route Next maneuver point indicates the location of the next turn on the planned route No GPS symbol indicates that insufficient GPS satellite signals are available for accurate map positioning This icon may display under normal operation in an area with poor GPS access x O Quick touch Buttons When in map mode touch anywhere on the map display to access the following options MKC TME enUSA Set as Dest Touch this button to select a scrolled location on the map as your destination You may scroll the map by pressing your index finger on the map display When you reach the desired location simply let go and then touch Set as Dest Set as Waypoint Touch this button to set the current location as a waypoint Save to Favorites Touch this button to save the current location to your favorites POI Icons Touch this button to select icons to display on the map You can select up to three icons to display on the map at the same time Turn these ON or OFF Cancel Route Touch this butto
388. or implied arising by law or otherwise including but not limited to 443 content quality accuracy completeness effectiveness reliability fitness for a particular purpose usefulness use or results to be obtained from this Data or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error free Disclaimer of Warranty HERE AND ITS LICENSORS INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED OF QUALITY PERFORMANCE MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON INFRINGEMENT Some States Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you Disclaimer of Liability HERE AND ITS LICENSORS INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM DEMAND OR ACTION IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS INJURY OR Appendices DAMAGES DIRECT OR INDIRECT WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THIS DATA OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT REVENUE CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS OR ANY OTHER DIRECT INDIRECT INCIDENTAL SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA ANY DEFECT IN THIS DATA OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY EVEN IF HERE OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMA
389. or luggage racks may reduce fuel economy To maximize the fuel economy drive with the tonneau cover installed if equipped Using fuel blended with alcohol may lower fuel economy Fuel economy may decrease with lower temperatures during the first 8 10 miles 12 16 kilometers of driving Driving Hints e Driving on flat terrain offers improved fuel economy as compared to driving on hilly terrain e Transmissions give their best fuel economy when operated in the top cruise gear and with steady pressure on the gas pedal Four wheel drive operation if equipped is less fuel efficient than two wheel drive operation Close the windows for high speed driving DRIVING THROUGH WATER Note Driving through deep water above the recommended levels can cause vehicle damage If driving through deep or standing water is unavoidable proceed very slowly Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the wheel rims for cars or the bottom of the hubs for trucks MKC TME enUSA E142667 When driving through water traction or brake capability may be limited Also water may enter your engine s air intake and severely damage your engine or your vehicle may stall Once through the water always dry the brakes by moving your vehicle slowly while applying light pressure on the brake pedal Wet brakes do not stop the vehicle as quickly as dry brakes 247 FLOOR MATS E142666 W
390. orized dealer Battery If it illuminates while driving it indicates a malfunction Switch off all unnecessary electrical equipment and have the system checked by an authorized dealer immediately Blind Spot Monitor if Equipped It will illuminate when you switch AN this feature off or in conjunction with a message See Blind Spot Information System page 218 MKC TME enUSA Brake System It will illuminate when you engage OO the parking brake with the ignition on If it illuminates when you are driving check that you do not have the parking brake engaged If you do not have the parking brake engaged this indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system malfunction Have the system checked immediately by an authorized dealer WARNING A Driving your vehicle with the warning lamp on is dangerous A significant decrease in braking performance may occur It will take you longer to stop your vehicle Have your vehicle checked by your authorized dealer immediately Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury 108 Cruise Control if Equipped S It will illuminate when you switch this feature on Direction Indicator luminates when you turn the left mp or right direction indicator or the hazard warning flasher on If the indicators stay on or flash faster check for a burned out bulb See Changing a Bulb page 293 Door
391. ortuous defamatory vulgar obscene libelous or otherwise objectionable and f lease rent out or otherwise permit unauthorized access by third parties to the Telenav Software without advanced written permission of Telenav 4 Disclaimers To the fullest extent permissible pursuant to applicable law in no event will Telenav its licensors and suppliers or agents or employees of any of the foregoing be liable for any decision made or action taken by you or anyone else in reliance on the information provided by the Telenav Software Telenav also does not warrant the accuracy of the map or other data used for the Telenav Software Such data may not always reflect reality due to among other things road closures construction weather new roads and other changing conditions You are responsible for the entire risk arising out of your use of the Telenav Software For example but without limitation you agree not to rely on the Telenav Software for critical navigation in areas where the well being or 439 survival of you or others is dependent on the accuracy of navigation as the maps or functionality of the Telenav Software are not intended to support such high risk applications especially in more remote geographical areas TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV SOFTWARE WHETHER STATUTORY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING ALL WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM COURSE OF DEALING C
392. ory positions Erasing a Personal Code 1 Enter the factory set five digit code 2 Press and release 1 2 on the keypad within five seconds 3 Press and hold 1 2 for two seconds You must do this within five seconds of completing Step 2 All personal codes will erase and only the factory set five digit code will work Anti Scan Feature The keypad will go into an anti scan mode if you enter the wrong code seven times 35 consecutive button presses This mode disables the keypad for one minute and the keypad lamp will flash The anti scan feature turns off after any of the following occur e One minute of keypad inactivity passes e You press the unlock button on the remote control 78 e You switch the ignition on You unlocking the vehicle using intelligent access Unlocking and Locking the Doors To Unlock the Driver Door Enter the factory set five digit code or your personal code You must press each number within five seconds of each other The interior lamps will illuminate Note A doors will unlock if the two stage unlocking feature is disabled See Locking and Unlocking page 68 To Unlock All Doors Enter the factory set code or your personal code then press 3 4 control within five seconds To Lock All Doors Press and hold 7 8 and 9 0 at the same time with the driver door closed You do not need to enter the keypad code first Locks Displaying the Factory Set Code Note
393. osition is changed Other types of errors will produce a temporary message that states Drive Control Malfunction If either condition persists for multiple key cycles have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer 228 Load Carrying REAR UNDER FLOOR STORAGE Cargo Management System it Equipped tt E142445 The system is located in the floor ofthe cargo area Lift the handle to open LUGGAGE COVERS WARNINGS Make sure that the posts are properly latched in mounting features The cover may cause injury in a sudden stop or accident if it is not securely installed MKC TME enUSA WARNINGS Do not place any objects on the cargo area shade They may obstruct your vision or strike occupants of your vehicle in a sudden stop or crash Use the cargo shade to cover items in the cargo area of your vehicle E142447 Insert the ends of the cargo shade into the mounting features located behind the rear seat on the rear trim panels to install the cargo shade To operate the cargo shade 1 Pull the rear edge of the cargo shade rearward 229 2 Secure both ends of the support rod into the retention slots located on the rear quarter trim panels ROOF RACKS AND LOAD CARRIERS WARNING When loading the roof racks we recommend you evenly distribute the load as well as maintain a low center of gravity Loaded vehicles with higher centers of gravity may handle differently than unloaded vehicle
394. otential incorrect system operation Note f a person adds electrical or electronic accessories or components to the vehicle the accessories or components may adversely affect the low voltage battery performance and durability and may also affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle 289 For longer trouble free operation keep the top of the battery clean and dry Also make certain the battery cables are always tightly fastened to the battery terminals If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water When a battery replacement is required the battery should only be replaced with a Ford recommended replacement battery that matches the electrical requirements of the vehicle Because your vehicle s engine is electronically controlled by a computer some engine control settings are maintained by power from the low voltage battery Some engine computer settings like the idle trim and fuel trim strategy optimize the driveability and performance of the engine Maintenance Some other computer settings like the clock and radio station presets are also maintained in memory by power from the low voltage battery When a technician disconnects and connects the low voltage battery these settings are erased Note Until you switch the ignition to the on posit
395. ou exceeded the cranking time You cannot attempt to start the engine for at least 15 minutes After 15 minutes you are limited to a 15 second engine cranking time You need to wait 60 minutes before you can crank the engine for 60 seconds again MKC TME enUSA Automatic Engine Shutdown If your vehicle is equipped with a keyless ignition it has a feature that automatically shuts down the engine if it has been idling for an extended period The ignition also turns off in order to save battery power Before the engine shuts down a message appears in the information display showing a timer counting down from 30 seconds If you do not intervene within 30 seconds the engine shuts down Another message appears in the information display to inform you that the engine has shut down in order to save fuel Start your vehicle as you normally do Automatic Engine Shutdown Override Note You cannot permanently switch off the automatic engine shutdown feature When you switch it off temporarily it turns on at the next ignition cycle You can stop the engine shutdown or reset the timer at any point before the 30 second countdown has expired by doing any of the following 160 e You can reset the timer by interacting with your vehicle such as pressing the brake pedal or accelerator pedal You can temporarily switch off the shutdown feature any time the ignition is on for the current ignition cycle only Use the information
396. ou can use the remote control at any time The luggage compartment release button only works when your vehicle speed is less than 5 mph 8 km h 68 Unlocking the Doors Two Stage Unlock E176107 Press the button to unlock the driver door Press the button again within three seconds to unlock all doors The direction indicators will flash Press and hold both the lock and unlock buttons on the remote control for four seconds to disable or enable two stage unlocking Disabling two stage unlocking allows all vehicle doors to unlock with one press of the button The direction indicators will flash twice to indicate a change to the unlocking mode The unlocking mode applies to the remote control keyless entry keypad and intelligent access Locks Intelligent access at the driver door will unlock all doors when you disable two stage unlocking Locking the Doors E176108 Press the button to lock all the doors The direction indicators will flash Press the button again within three seconds to confirm that all the doors are closed The doors lock again the horn sounds and the direction indicators flash if all the doors and the luggage compartment are closed MKC TME enUSA Mislock The horn sounds twice and the lamps will not flash if e Locking is not successful Any door or the liftgate is open The hood is open Power Liftgate If Equipped WARNINGS Make sure all persons are clear of the
397. our vehicle The feature is active when The feature is configured on in the information display See General Information page 112 e The ignition is off 72 All doors and the liftgate are closed e You lock your vehicle The feature is not active when e Your vehicle detects the intelligent access key is inside The intelligent access key is in close range of the vehicle for more than two minutes The anti theft alarm triggers You do not start your vehicle for more than five days The vehicle battery charge is low Note When you disable this feature you must switch the ignition on to reset it Locks MANUAL LIFTGATE WARNINGS It is extremely dangerous to ride ina cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a crash people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death Make sure to close and latch the liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust fumes into your vehicle This will also prevent passengers and cargo from falling out If you must drive with the liftgate open keep the vents or windows open so outside air comes into your vehicle Failure to follow this warning could result in serious per
398. our vehicle you may not be able to create a Vehicle Health Report until your vehicle odometer has reached 200 miles Note Cellular phone and SMS charges may apply when making a report 413 Register for Vehicle Health Report and set your report preferences at www SYNCMyRide com After registering you can request a Vehicle Health Report inside your vehicle Return to your account at www SYNCMyRide com to view your report You can also choose for SYNC to remind you automatically to run reports at specific mileage intervals Cellular phone airtime usage may apply when reporting The system allows you to check your vehicle s overall health in the form of a diagnostic report card The Vehicle Health Report contains valuable information such as e Vehicle diagnostic information Scheduled maintenance Open recalls and Field Service Actions Items noted during vehicle inspections by your authorized dealer that still need servicing Making a Report e If you want to run a report by using 2 the touchscreen touch Apps gt Vehicle Health Report MyLincoln Touch To run a report by voice command ns press the voice button on the steering wheel and when prompted say Vehicle health report Vehicle Health Report Privacy Notice When you create a Vehicle Health Report Ford Motor Company may collect your cellular phone number to process your report request and diagnostic information about your vehicle
399. our vehicle may be adversely affected until the engine computer eventually relearns the idle trim and fuel trim strategy Note A ways dispose of automotive batteries in a responsible manner Follow your local authorized standards for disposal Call your local authorized recycling center to find out more about recycling automotive batteries Note t is recommended that the negative battery cable terminal be disconnected from the battery if you plan to store your vehicle for an extended period of time Maintenance CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES E142463 i ws Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of the blade to check for roughness Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid or water applied with a soft sponge or cloth CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES The wiper arms can be manually moved when the ignition is off This allows for ease of blade replacement and cleaning under the blades 1 Pull the wiper blade and arm away from the glass MKC TME enUSA E129990 2 2 Press the locking buttons together 3 Rotate and remove the wiper blade 4 Install in the reverse order Note Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place Lower the wiper arm and blade back to the windshield The wiper arms will automatically return to their normal position when the ignition is turned on To change the rear blades do the following 1 Lift the wiper arm 291 E130060 2 Slightly rotate the wiper blade from t
400. our vehicle to unlock when one of the following conditions are met You touch the inside of the front exterior door handle You press the luggage compartment button You press a button on the transmitter If excessive radio frequency interference is present in the area or if the transmitter battery is low you may need to mechanically unlock your door You can use the mechanical key blade in your intelligent access key to open the driver door in this situation See Remote Control page 58 Keys and Remote Controls REMOTE CONTROL Intelligent Access Key E144506 Your intelligent access keys to operate the power locks and the remote start system The key must be in your vehicle to activate the push button start system Removable Key Blade The intelligent access key also contains a removable mechanical key blade that you can use to unlock the driver door MKC TME enUSA E176224 Slide the release on the back of the remote control and pivot the cover off to access the key blade IN O HH HHH SAVE FOR CUSTOMER RECORDS Note Your vehicle s backup keys came with a security tag that provides important vehicle key cut information Keep the tag in a safe place for future reference 58 Replacing the Battery Note Refer to local regulations when disposing of transmitter batteries Note Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board
401. oviders MKC TME enUSA Description of Other Rights and Limitations Speech Recognition If the SOFTWARE includes speech recognition component s you should understand that speech recognition is an inherently statistical process and that recognition errors are inherent in the process Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process Limitations on Reverse Engineering Decompilation and Disassembly You may not reverse engineer decompile or disassemble nor permit others to reverse engineer decompile or disassemble the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation 431 Limitations on Distributing Copying Modifying and Creating Derivative Works You may not distribute copy make modifications to or create derivative works based on the SOFTWARE except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation Single EULA The end user documentation for the DEVICE and related systems and services may contain multiple EULAs such as multiple translations and or multiple media versions e g in the user documentation and in the software Even if you receive multiple EULAs you are licensed to use only one 1 copy of the SOFTWARE SOFTWARE Transfer You may permanently transfer your rights u
402. p or repeat in audio Increase or decrease in audio volume This is poor time alignment by the radio broadcaster No action required This is a broadcast issue Sound fading or blending in and out The radio is shifting between analog and digital audio No action required The reception issue may clear up as you continue to drive There is an audio mute delay when selecting HD2 or HD3 multicast preset or Direct Tune The digital multicast is not available until the HD Radio broadcast is decoded Once decoded the audio is available No action required This is normal behavior Wait until the audio is available Cannot access HD2 or HD3 multicast channel when recalling a preset or from a direct tune The previously stored multicast preset or direct tune is not available in your current reception area No action required The station is not available in your current location Text information does not match currently playing audio Data service issue by the radio broadcaster Fill out the station issue form at website listed below MKC TME enUSA 382 MyLincoln Touch Potential station issues Issues There is no text information shown for currently selected frequency Cause Data service issue by the radio broadcaster Action Fill out the station issue form at website listed below HD2 HD7 stations not found when Scan is pressed Press
403. passenger frontal airbag the passenger airbag status indicator will illuminate the OFF lamp and stay lit to remind you that the front passenger frontal airbag is disabled If the child restraint has been installed and the passenger airbag status indicator illuminates the ON lamp then turn the vehicle off remove the child restraint from the vehicle and reinstall the restraint following the child restraint manufacturer s instructions The front passenger sensing system is designed to enable may inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag anytime the system senses that a person of adult size is sitting properly in the front passenger seat When the front passenger sensing system enables the front passenger frontal airbag may inflate the passenger airbag status indicator will illuminate the ON lamp and remain illuminated Supplementary Restraints System If a person of adult size is sitting in the front passenger seat but the airbag off indicator lamp is lit it is possible that the person isn t sitting properly in the seat If this happens e Turn the vehicle off and ask the person to place the seat back in the full upright position Have the person sit upright in the seat centered on the seat cushion with the person s legs comfortably extended Restart the vehicle and have the person remain in this position for about two minutes This will allow the system to detect that person and enable the passenger
404. passenger or bystander Driving habits have a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety Observe posted speed limits Avoid fast starts stops and turns Avoid potholes and objects on the road Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking MKC TME enUSA Highway Hazards No matter how carefully you drive there is always the possibility that you may eventually have a flat tire on the highway Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of traffic This may further damage the flat tire but your safety is more important If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tires for damage If a tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove wheel and replace it with your spare tire and wheel If you cannot detect a cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected 322 Tire and Wheel Alignment A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires If your vehicle seems to pull to one side when you re driving the wheels may be out of alignment Have an authorized dealer check the wheel alignment periodically Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause un
405. ponents certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm Introduction PERCHLORATE Certain components in your vehicle such as airbag modules safety belt pretensioners and remote control batteries may contain perchlorate material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal For more information visit Web Address www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate LINCOLN AUTOMOTIVE FINANCIAL SERVICES Lincoln Automotive Financial Services offers a full range of financing and lease plans to help you acquire your vehicle If you have financed or leased your vehicle through Lincoln Automotive Financial Services thank you for your business For your convenience we offer a number of ways to contact us as well as help manage your account MKC TME enUSA Phone 1 888 498 8801 For more information regarding Lincoln Automotive Financial Services as well as access Account Manager please go to www LincolnAFS com REPLACEMENT PARTS RECOMMENDATION Your vehicle has been built to the highest standards using quality parts We recommend that you demand the use of genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever your vehicle requires scheduled maintenance or repair You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the
406. powder to lubricate the bag or sodium compounds for example baking soda that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes but none of the residue is toxic Supplementary Restraints System While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries contact with a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions or swelling Temporary hearing loss is also a possibility as a result of the noise associated with a deploying airbag Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures facial and eye injuries or internal injuries particularly to occupants who are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment Thus it is extremely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possible while maintaining vehicle control Routine maintenance of the airbags is not required MKC TME enUSA DRIVER AND PASSENGER AIRBAGS WARNINGS Never place your arm or any objects over an airbag module Placing your arm over a deploying airbag can result in serious arm fractures or other injuries Objects placed on or over the airbag inflation area may cause those objects to be propelled by the airbag into your face and torso causing serious injury Airbags can kill or injure a child i
407. r 172 Reverse R With the transmission in reverse R your vehicle will move backward Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of reverse R Neutral N With the transmission in neutral N you can start your vehicle and it is free to roll Hold the brake pedal down while in this position Stay in Neutral mode Stay in Neutral mode allows your vehicle to stay in neutral N when you exit the vehicle Your vehicle must be stationary to enter this mode To enter Stay in Neutral mode 1 Press the neutral N button on your shifter assembly 2 The message Press N to enter Stay in Neutral mode will appear in your information display screen 3 Press the neutral N button again to enter Stay in Neutral mode Transmission The message Stay in Neutral mode engaged will appear in your information display screen when your vehicle has entered Stay in Neutral mode Note During this mode the N button will flash continuously and your instrument cluster will display N as the selected gear Exiting Stay in Neutral mode To disable Stay in Neutral mode select another gear See the Putting the Vehicle in Gear for instructions on how to do this Entering a Carwash Note A ways put your vehicle in Stay in Neutral mode when entering an automatic car wash Failure to do this could result in vehicle damage not covered by warranty Drive D The normal driving position for the best fuel e
408. r vehicle may be different from this example Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire MKC TME enUSA E142545 T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below 316 A T Indicates a type of tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that is intended for temporary service on cars sport utility vehicles minivans and light trucks B 145 Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire C 80 Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire s ratio of height to width Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall D D Indicates a diagonal type tire R Indicates a radial type tire E 16 Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches If you change your wheel size you will have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter Wheels and Tires Location of the Tire Label You will find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver door Inflating Your Tires Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat Every day before you drive check your tires If one looks lower than the others use a tire ga
409. r equivalent Ford part number Ford specification 5 67 Engine oil 2 3L EcoBoost Engi i 8 9 7 qt 9 2 L Motorcraft Orange Antifreeze VC 3DIL B U S CVC 3DIL B Canada nine coolant Coolant Prediluted WSS M97B44 D2 2 0L EcoBoost 9 2 qt 8 7 L Engine coolant i 2 3L EcoBoost Windshield washer fluid Fill as required Motorcraft Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant U S ZC 32 B2 U S WSS M14P19 A Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid Canada CXC 37 A B D and F Canada WSS M14P19 A Fuel tank 15 5 gal 58 5 L A C refrigerant MKC TME enUSA 1 5 Ib 0 68 kg Motorcraft R 134a Refrigerant 342 YN 19 U S WSH M17B19 A Capacities and Specifications Item Capacity Ford part name or equivalent Ford part number Ford specification 9 A C refrigerant compressor oil 4 6 fl oz 136 ml Motorcraft PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil CYN 16 R Canada WSH M17B19 A YN 12 D WSH M1C231 B MKC TME enUSA 343 Capacities and Specifications Ford recommends using Motorcraft Ford DOT 4 LV High Performance Brake Fluid or equivalent meeting WSS M6C65 A2 Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause degraded brake performance and not meet the Ford performance standards Keep brake fluid clean and dry Contamination with dirt water petroleum products or other materials may result in b
410. r four road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle The low tire pressure warning light will turn on if the tire pressure is significantly low Once the light is illuminated your tires are under inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturer s recommended tire pressure Even if the light turns on and a short time later turns off your tire pressure still needs to be checked MKC TME enUSA When Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed When one of your road tires needs to be replaced with the temporary spare the system will continue to identify an issue to remind you that the damaged road wheel and tire assembly needs to be repaired and put back on your vehicle To restore the full function of the tire pressure monitoring system have the damaged road wheel and tire assembly repaired and remounted on your vehicle 326 When You Believe Your System is Not Operating Properly The main function of the tire pressure monitoring system is to warn you when your tires need air It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of functioning as intended See the following chart for information concerning your tire pressure monitoring system Wheels and Tires Low tire pressure warning light Possible cause Customer action required Solid warning light Tire s under inflated Make sure tires are at the proper pressure See Inflating your tires in this chapter After infl
411. r latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to MKC TME enUSA the driver s seating position or Tire Label which is located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver s door The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label The tire suppliers may have additional markings notes or warnings such as standard load or radial tubeless Additional Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall for LT Type Tires Note Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire 315 E142544 LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires these differences are described below A LT Indicates a tire designated by the Tire and Rim Association that is intended for service on light trucks B Load Range and Load Inflation Limits Indicates the tire s load carrying capabilities and its inflation limits Wheels and Tires C Maximum Load Dual Ib kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual defined as four tires on the rear axle a total of six or more tires on the vehicle D Maximum Load Single Ib kg at psi kPa cold Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single defined as two tires total on the rear axle Information on T Type Tires T145 80D16 is an example of a tire size Note The temporary tire size for you
412. r more options such as SD Card BT Stereo and Line In BROWSE within devices Browse USB Help If you only say Browse you can then say any commands in the following chart This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to Sirius satellite radio BROWSE lt League gt Games lt Sirius category gt channels SD card MyLincoln Touch BROWSE Sirius Channel Guide Note This is only available when your MyFord Touch system language is set to North American English USB Help This command is only usable if you have an active subscription to Sirius satellite radio i For more commands in SD card or USB mode see the SD Card and USB Port section of this chapter Your voice system allows you to change audio sources with a simple voice command For example if you are listening to music on a USB device then want to switch to a satellite radio channel simply press the voice button on the steering wheel controls and say the name of the Sirius station such as the Highway The following voice commands are available at the top level of the voice session no matter which current audio source you are listening to such as a USB device or Sirius satellite radio MKC TME enUSA Sample commands lt 87 9 107 9 gt lt 530 1710 gt lt Channel name gt AM lt 530 1710 gt FM
413. r photographs Only photographs that meet the following conditions display Compatible file formats are as follows Jpg gif png bmp e Each file must be 1 5 MB or less Recommended dimensions 800 x 384 MKC TME enUSA Set Balance and Fade DSP THX Deep Note Demo Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Your vehicle may not have these sound settings 365 When you switch this feature on ambient lighting illuminates footwells and cupholders with a choice of colors To access and make adjustments 1 Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle gt Ambient Lighting 2 Touch the desired color 3 Use the scroll bar to increase or decrease the intensity To switch the feature on or off press the power button MyLincoln Touch Vehicle Health Report Switch Automatic Reminders on and off and set the mileage interval at which you would like to receive the reports Press for more information on these selections When done making your selections press Run Vehicle Health Report Now if you want your report You can find more information on Vehicle Health Report in this chapter See Information page 403 Camera Settings This menu allows you to access settings for Press the Settings icon gt Vehicle Thy gt Camera Settings then select from the following settings e Enhanced Park Aids e Rear Camera Delay You can find more information on the rear view ca
414. rable daytime running lamps e Automatic high beam control e Adaptive headlamp control The headlamps remain on for a period of time after you switch the ignition off Use the information display controls to adjust the period of time that the headlamps remain on See Information Displays page 112 Note With the headlamps in the autolamps position you cannot switch the high beam headlamps on until the autolamps system turns the headlamps on 91 Note f the lighting control switch is in the autolamps position and the headlamps are off the parking lamps will light as signature lighting If the headlamps are on or the lighting control switch is in the parking lamps position the parking lamps will not light as signature lighting Windshield Wiper Activated Headlamps The windshield wiper activated headlamps turn on within 10 seconds when you switch the windshield wipers on and the lighting control switch is in the autolamps position They will turn off approximately 60 seconds after you switch the windshield wipers off The headlamps will not turn on by wiper activation e During a mist wipe When the wipers are on to clear washer fluid during a wash condition Ifthe wipers are in intermittent mode Note f you have autolamps and autowipers switched on the low beam headlamps will turn on automatically when the windshield wipers operate continuously Lighting INSTRUMENT LIGHTING DIMMER Note f you
415. rake system damage and possible failure Approximate dry fill capacity Actual amount may vary during fluid changes Automatic transmissions that require Motorcraft MERCON LV transmission fluid should only use Motorcraft MERCON LV transmission fluid Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid may cause transmission damage Change the automatic transmission fluid at the correct service interval See Scheduled Maintenance page 451 See your authorized dealer for fluid level checking or filling 5 Use of synthetic or synthetic blend motor oil is not mandatary Your engine has been designed to use Motorcraft engine oils or equivalent oils that meet Ford s oil specification It is also acceptable to use an engine oil of recommended viscosity grade that meets API SN requirements and displays the API Certification Mark for gasoline engines 6 Do not use oils labeled as API SN unless the label also displays the API certification mark These oils do not meet the requirements of your vehicle s engine and emissions system Do not use supplemental engine oil additives They are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that is not covered by Ford s warranty Add the coolant type originally equipped in your vehicle See the Warning below WARNING The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant R 134a under high pressure Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury Have the air con
416. rams 635 198 540 103 kilograms You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 pounds 104 kilograms If you remove three 100 pound 45 kilogram cement bags then the load calculation would be 1400 2 x 220 9 x 100 1400 440 900 60 pounds Now you MKC TME enUSA have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home In metric units the calculation would be 635 kilograms 2 x 99 kilograms 9 x 45 kilograms 635 198 405 32 kilograms The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle in a manner that does not overload the Front or the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification Label The label shall be affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position 238 Towing TOWING A TRAILER WARNINGS A Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label A Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended gross trailer weight exceeds the limit of the vehicle and could result in engine damage transmission damage structural damage loss of vehicle control vehicle rollover and personal injury Your vehicle may have electrical items such as fuses or relays related to towing See the Fuses chapter Your vehicle s load capacity designation is by weight not by vol
417. ree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may collect and use technical information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and services suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may use this information solely to improve their products or to provide customized services or technologies to you MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and systems suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may disclose this information to others but not in a form that personally identifies you 432 Internet Based Services Components The SOFTWARE may contain components that enable and facilitate the use of certain Internet based services You acknowledge and agree that MS Microsoft Corporation FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers their affiliates and or their designated agent may automatically check the version of the SOFTWARE and or its components that you are utilizing and may provide upgrades or supplements to the SOFTWARE that may be automatically downloaded to your DEVICE Additional Software Services The SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR COMPANY third party software and service suppliers MS Microsoft Corporation their af
418. reful driving Note t is possible to get a blockage warning with no blockage present this is rare and known as a false blockage warning A false blocked condition either self corrects or clears after a key cycle 221 E142443 The system uses radar sensors that are located behind the bumper fascia on each side of your vehicle Do not allow mud snow or bumper stickers to obstruct these areas this can cause degraded system performance If the system detects a degraded performance condition a message warning of a blocked sensor or low visibility will appear in the information display along with a warning indicator You can clear the information display warning but the warning indicator will remain illuminated Driving Aids When you remove a blockage you can reset The following are other situations that may the system two ways Reasons for messages being displayed limit the Blind Spot Information System While driving the system detects at least s A e Certain maneuvering of vehicles entering two objects The radar Clean the fascia area in front and exiting the blind zone TE surface is ofthe radar or remove the e You cycle the ignition from on to off and dirty or obstruction Vehicles passing through the blind zone then back on obstructed at very fast rates If the blockage is still present after the key When several vehicles forming a convoy cycle and driving in traffic check ag
419. repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state created rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws 255 IN CALIFORNIA U S ONLY California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer less a reasonable allowance for consumer use The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18000 miles 29 000 km whichever occurs first 1 Two or more repair attempts are made on the same non conformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR Customer Assistance 2 Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use value or safety of th
420. rformance of your vehicle and to its emissions system If you use parts other than Ford Motorcraft or Ford authorized parts for maintenance replacements or for service of components affecting emission control such non Ford parts should be the equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability MKC TME enUSA Illumination of the service engine soon indicator charging system warning light or the temperature warning light fluid leaks strange odors smoke or loss of engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly An improperly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to enter the vehicle Have a damaged or improperly operating exhaust system inspected and repaired immediately Do not make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine By law vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures repairs services sells leases trades vehicles or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or prevent it from working Information about your vehicle s emission system is on the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal located on or near the engine This decal also lists engine displacement Please consult your warranty information for complete details 169 On Board Diagnostics OBD II Your vehicle is equipped with an on board diagnostics system OBD II that monitors the engine s emiss
421. rgency services if 911 Assist triggers If a connected phone sustains damage or loses connection to SYNC SYNC searches for and tries to connect to any available previously paired phone and tries to make the call to 911 Before making the call e SYNC provides a short window of time about 10 seconds to cancel the call If you fail to cancel the call SYNC attempts to dial 911 e SYNC says the following or a similar message SYNC will attempt to call 911 to cancel the call press Cancel on your screen or press and hold the phone button on your steering wheel 412 If you do not cancel the call and SYNC makes a successful call a pre recorded message plays for the 911 operator and then the occupant s in your vehicle is able to talk with the operator Be prepared to provide your name phone number and location immediately because not all 911 systems are capable of receiving this information electronically 911 Assist May Not Work If e Your cellular phone or 911 Assist hardware sustains damage in a crash The vehicle s battery or the SYNC system has no power The phone s thrown from your vehicle are the ones paired and connected to the system 911 Assist Privacy Notice When you turn on 911 Assist it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut off Certain versions or updates to 911 Assist may also
422. rn the steering wheel to point the guidelines toward an intended path If you change the steering wheel position while reversing your vehicle might deviate from the original intended path The fixed and active guidelines fade in and out depending on your steering wheel position When your steering wheel position is straight the active guidelines are not visible Always use caution while reversing Objects in the red zone are closest to your vehicle and objects in the green zone are farther away Objects are getting closer to your vehicle as they move from the green zone to the yellow or red zones Use the side view mirrors and rear view mirror to get better coverage on both sides and rear of your vehicle Parking Aids Enhanced Park Aids Note Enhanced park aids is only available when the transmission is in Reverse R Note The reverse sensing system is not effective at speeds above 3 mph 5 km h and may not detect certain angular or moving objects The system uses red yellow and green highlights which appear on top of the video image when an object is detected by the reverse sensing system The alert highlights the closest object detected The reverse sensing alert can be disabled and if visual park aid alert is enabled highlighted areas are still displayed Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF Manual Zoom WARNING When manual zoom is on the full area behind your vehicle is not shown Be a
423. rom your authorized dealer plus any aftermarket equipment Load Carrying Payload is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is carrying The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire Label on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver door vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a Tire Label Look for THE COMBINED WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg OR XXX Ib for maximum payload The payload listed on the Tire Label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built Example only E142516 MKC TME enUSA 9 x x x ol x x x lt x x 8 x 3s by the assembly plant If you install any aftermarket or authorized dealer installed equipment on the vehicle you must subtract the weight of the equipment from the payload listed on the Tire Label in order to determine the new payload SEATINGCAPACITY TOTALS FRONT2 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs eS MANUAL FOR 200 KPA 29PS1 ADDITIONAL SPARE T145 80D16 420 KPA 60 PSI INFORMATION P225 60R17 200 KPA 29 PSI XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 231 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION REAR 3 WARNING A The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can be limited either by volume capacity how much space is available or by payload capacity how much weight the vehicle should carry Once you have reached the maximum payload of
424. rs ZO Re If a blocked sensor message appears in the information display dirt water or an object is blocking the sensor The sensor is located behind a cover near the driver side of the lower grille If anything blocks the sensor your vehicle cannot see through the sensor and the collision warning system will not work Possible causes for the blocked sensor message and corrective actions are listed below E145632 Driving Aids Cause Action The radar sensor cover in the grille is dirty or obstructed Clean the radar sensor cover or remove the obstruction The surface of the radar sensor cover is clean but the message remains in the display Wait a short time The radar may take several minutes to reset after you remove the obstruction Heavy rain spray snow or fog in the air interferes with the radar signals The collision warning system is temporarily disabled Shortly after weather conditions improve the collision warning system automatically reactivates Swirling water snow or ice on the road surface interferes with the radar signals The collision warning system is temporarily disabled Shortly after weather conditions improve the collision warning system automatically reactivates System Limitations WARNING 1 The collision warning system s brake support only reduces collision speed if you first apply your brakes You must brake as you would in any typical braking situ
425. rsonalize your Services feature to provide quicker access to your most used or favorite information You can save address points such as work or home You can also save favorite information like sports teams such as Detroit Lions or a news category You can learn more about personalization by logging onto www SYNCMyRide com Push to interrupt Press the voice button at any time while connected to SYNC Services to interrupt a voice prompt or an audio clip such as a sports report and say your voice command Portable Your subscription is associated with your Bluetooth enabled cellular phone number not your VIN Vehicle Identification Number You can pair and connect your phone to any vehicle equipped with SYNC Services and continue enjoying your personalized services F SERVICES SYNC Services Voice Commands SERVICES TEE wa When a route has been ae eas Cancel route t downloaded non navigation Update route systems press the voice button Navigation voice off 7 on the steering wheel controls When _ g Help prompted say any of the following Navigation voice on commands Next turn Route status Route summary 407 MKC TME enUSA MyLincoln Touc Sirius Travel Link f Equipped WARNING A Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control crash and injury We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any
426. s Pull a front exterior door handle to unlock and open the door The unlock sensor is on the back of the handle Make sure not to touch the lock sensor area on the front of the handle 70 E146044 Press and hold the lock sensor area for about a second to lock your vehicle To avoid unlocking the door inadvertently make sure you only touch the lock sensor and not other areas of the door handle After locking the doors with the lock sensor there is a brief delay before you can unlock your vehicle This delay lets you pull the handle to make sure it locked Note Keep the door handle surface clean to avoid issues with operation At the Liftgate Press the exterior liftgate release button inside the top of the liftgate pull cup handle Locks Smart Unlocks This feature helps to prevent you from unintentionally locking your intelligent access key inside the passenger compartment or rear cargo area When you lock your vehicle using the power door lock with the door open vehicle in park and ignition off your vehicle will search for an intelligent access key in the passenger compartment after you close the door If your vehicle finds a key all of the doors will immediately unlock You can override the smart unlock feature and intentionally lock the intelligent access key inside your vehicle To do this lock your vehicle after you have closed all the doors by e Using the keyless entry keypad e Pressing
427. s This may cause the mirror to appear loose and it will need to be re synchronized Press the control to fold the mirrors in until the movement stops You will hear a click that indicates re synchronization If you do not hear a click use the control again to fold the mirrors all the way out and then in again Once you hear the click the mirrors will operate normally until you fold them manually again Heated Exterior Mirrors See Heated Windows and Mirrors page 139 Memory Mirrors You can save and recall the mirror positions through the memory function See Memory Function page 145 MKC TME enUSA Auto Dimming Feature The driver s exterior mirror automatically dims when the interior auto dimming mirror turns on Lincoln Welcome Mat Projection lights on the bottom of the mirror housings project an image onto the ground a short distance from the vehicle See Lighting page 90 Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors f Equipped WARNING Objects in the blind spot mirror are closer than they appear The blind spot mirror has a wide angle mirror inside the exterior mirror that can increase visibility along the side of your vehicle 100 Check the main mirror first before a lane change then check the blind spot mirror If no vehicles are present in the blind spot mirror and the traffic in the adjacent lane is at a safe distance signal that you intend to change lanes Glance over your shoulder to veri
428. s Take extra precautions such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance when driving a heavily loaded vehicle The maximum recommended load is 50 pounds 22 kilograms for vehicles with a panoramic roof and 80 pounds 36 kilograms for vehicles without a panoramic roof Evenly distribute the load on the roof rack Load Carrying Note Never place loads directly on the roof panel The intended design of the roof panel is not to directly carry a load Make sure that you securely fasten the load Check the tightness of the load before driving and at each fuel stop PAYLOAD E143816 MKC TME enUSA LOAD LIMIT Vehicle Loading with and without a Trailer This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle trailer or both to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before 230 loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s Tire Label or Safety Compliance Certification Label Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up f
429. s above approximately 5 mph 8 km h en E156130 The system alerts you of certain collision risks The system s sensor detects your vehicle s rapid approach to other vehicles traveling in the same direction as your vehicle Driving Aids E156131 When your vehicle rapidly approaches another vehicle a red warning light flashes and a tone sounds The brake support system assists you in reducing any collision speed by pre charging the brakes If the risk of collision continues to increases after the audio visual warning the brake support prepares the brake system for rapid braking The system does not automatically activate the brakes but if the brake pedal is pressed even lightly the brakes apply full stopping power MKC TME enUSA Using the Collision Warning System WARNING The collision warning system s brake support reduces collision speed only if you brake your vehicle before any collision As in any typical braking situation you must press your brake pedal You can use your information display control to adjust the warning system s sensitivity to any one of three possible settings See General Information page 112 Note When possible the manufacturer recommends using the highest sensitivity setting If warnings are too frequent you can reduce your system s sensitivity Reduced sensitivity causes fewer and later system warnings See General Information page 112 225 Blocked Senso
430. s insect repellent and suntan lotion to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces If a spill occurs wipe off immediately Your warranty may not cover these damages If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces 1 Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean soft cloth as quickly as possible 2 Use Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially available leather cleaning product for automotive interiors Test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous area 3 Alternatively wipe the surface with a clean soft cloth and a mild soap and water solution Dry the area with a clean soft cloth MKC TME enUSA 4 If necessary apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to a clean soft cloth and press it onto the soiled area Allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes 5 Remove the soaked cloth then with a clean damp cloth use a rubbing motion for 60 seconds on the soiled area 6 Dry the area with a clean soft cloth CLEANING LEATHER SEATS ir Equipped Note Follow the same procedure as cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces For routine cleaning wipe the surface with a soft damp cloth and a mild soap and water solution Dry the area with a clean s
431. scessccccatsscicsveaveccccsttuacitenssosctastatatieearaceates 109 Fasten Safety Belt 109 Front Airbagler elite 109 Heads Up Display 109 High Beam si HOO Ajasime Low Fuel L V l sssssssussnsnuns 109 Low Tire Pressure Warning 109 Low Washer Fluid 110 Parking Lamps 110 Powertrain Fault 110 Service Engine Soon 110 Stability Control 110 Ventilation Stability Control Off 110 See Climate Control 136 Washer Fluid Check 288 485 MKC TME enUSA Index Washers See Cleaning the Exterior cess 299 See Wipers and Washers 86 WaXINQissesareesrssensss 300 Welcome Lighting 95 Wheel Nuts See Changing a Road Wheel 328 Wheels and Tires 308 General Information 308 Technical Specifications 334 Windows and Mirrors 97 Windshield Washers 88 Windshield Wipers 86 Intermittent Wipe 86 Speed dependent WIPES 86 Wipers and Washers 86 486 MKC TME enUSA
432. se damage not covered by your warranty and can result in fire or serious injury Note fused when the engine is not running the battery will discharge There may be insufficient power to restart your engine Note Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the power point This will damage the outlet and blow the fuse Note Do not hang any type of accessory or accessory bracket from the plug Note Do not use the power point over the vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or you may blow a fuse Note Do not use the power point for operating a cigar lighter element MKC TME enUSA Note mproper use of the power point can cause damage not covered by your warranty Note A ways keep the power point caps closed when not in use Run the engine for full capacity use of the power point To prevent the battery from being discharged Do not use the power point longer than necessary when the engine is not running Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or while the vehicle remains parked for extended periods of time Locations Power points may be found In front of the center console Inside the center console storage bin Onthe rear of the center console 12V or NOV AC Inthe rear cargo area 155 110 Volt AC Power Point if Equipped WARNING Do not keep electrical devices plugged in the power point whenever the device is not in use Do not use any extension cord
433. sensor is malfunctioning or your spare tire is in use See Tire Pressure Monitoring System page 324 If the warning stays on or continues to come on contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible Traction Control Message Action Traction Control Off Traction Control On The status of the traction control system after you switched it off or on See Using Traction Control page 187 Spinout Detected Hazards Activated A spinout has occurred and the hazards are on MKC TME enUSA 132 Information Displays Transmission Message Action Transmission Malfunction Service Now See an authorized dealer Transmission Overheating Stop Safely The transmission is overheating and needs to cool Stop in a safe place as soon as possible Transmission Service Required See an authorized dealer Transmission Too Hot Press Brake The transmission is getting hot Stop to let it cool Transmission Limited Function See Manual The transmission has overheated and has limited functionality See Automatic Transmission page 171 Transmission Warming Up Please Wait The transmission is too cold Wait for it to warm up before you drive Transmission Not in Park A reminder to shift into park In addition this message is typical after reconnecting or recharging the battery until you cycle the ignition to the on mode See Changing the 12V Battery page 288 Tra
434. serious personal injury Note Do not do the following e Place heavy objects on the seat Operate the seat heater if water or any other liquid is spilled on the seat Allow the seat to dry thoroughly MKC TME enUSA The rear seat heat controls are located on the rear of the center console The heated seats only operate when the ignition is on E146322 e Press the heated seat symbol to cycle through the various heat settings and off Warmer settings are indicated by more indicator lights e Press again to deactivate The heated seat module resets at every ignition run cycle While the ignition is on press the high or low heated seat switch to enable heating mode When activated they will turn off automatically when you turn the engine off 148 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATS ir Equipped Heated Seats WARNING Persons who are unable to feel pain to the skin because of advanced age chronic illness diabetes spinal cord injury medication alcohol use exhaustion or other physical conditions must exercise care when using the seat heater The seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures especially if used for long periods of time Do not place anything on the seat that insulates against heat such as a blanket or cushion because this may cause the seat heater to overheat Do not puncture the seat with pins needles or other pointed objects because this may damage the heating element which
435. set may be saved at any time Recalling a Pre Set Position Press and release the pre set button associated with your desired driving position The seat mirrors and steering column will move to the position stored for that pre set Note A pre set memory position can only be recalled when the ignition is off or when the transmission is in park P or neutral N if the ignition is on Note Press any seat or mirror adjustment switch or any memory button during a memory recall to cancel the operation Seats A pre set memory position can also be recalled by e Pressing the unlock button on your intelligent access key fob if it is linked to a pre set position Unlocking the intelligent driver door handle if a linked key fob is present Entering a personal entry code on the Securicode keypad See Locks page 68 Note Using a linked key fob to recall your memory position when the ignition is off will move the seat and steering column to the Easy Entry position Linking a Pre Set Position to your Remote Control or Intelligent Access Key Your vehicle can save the pre set memory positions for up to three remote controls or intelligent access IA keys 1 With the ignition on move the memory positions to the desired positions MKC TME enUSA 2 Press and hold the desired pre set button for about five seconds A chime will sound after about two seconds Continue holding until a second chime is heard
436. sitioning between no lane markings to lane markings or vice versa Standing water on the road 216 MKC TME enUSA Driving Aids Why is the feature not available line markings are gray when I can see the lane markings on the road Faint lane markings partial yellow lane markings on concrete roads Lane width too narrow or too wide Camera not calibrated after a windshield replacement Driving on tight roads or on uneven roads Why does the vehicle not come back into the middle of the lane always as expected in the Aid or Aid Alert mode High cross winds Large road crown Rough roads grooves shoulder drop offs Heavy uneven loading of the vehicle or improper tire inflation pressure If the tires have been exchanged including snow tires or the suspension has been modified 217 MKC TME enUSA Driving Aids BLIND SPOT INFORMATION SYSTEM Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert if equipped WARNING To help avoid injuries NEVER use the Blind Spot Information System as a replacement for using the interior and exterior mirrors or looking over your shoulder before changing lanes The Blind Spot Information System is not a replacement for careful driving __ OD co _ CT E124788 MKC TME enUSA The Blind Spot Information System aids you in detecting vehicles that may have entered the blind spot zone A
437. sonal injury Note Be careful when opening or closing the liftgate in a garage or other enclosed area to avoid damaging the liftgate MKC TME enUSA Note Do not hang anything for example a bike rack from the glass or liftgate This could damage the liftgate and its components Note Do not leave the liftgate open while driving This could damage the liftgate and its components 73 Opening the Liftgate Manually Be To YEA E180684 Locks Press the button to unlatch the liftgate Once unlatched pull on the outside handle to open the liftgate With the Remote Control J 7a Press the button twice within three xA seconds Pull on the outside handle to open Closing the Liftgate E155976 A handle is located inside the liftgate to help with closing MKC TME enUSA POWER LIFTGATE it Equipped WARNINGS It is extremely dangerous to ride ina cargo area inside or outside of a vehicle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly Make sure to close and latch the liftgate to prevent drawing exhaust fumes into your vehicle This will also prevent passengers and cargo from falling out If you must drive with the liftgate open keep the vents or
438. spare wheel and tire assembly information for a description Store and maintain at the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on the Tire Label 6 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak Wheels and Tires When the tread is worn down to one sixteenth of an inch 2 mm tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning Built in treadwear indicators or wear bars which look like narrow strips of smooth 7 Check the sidewalls to make sure Improper or inadequate vehicle there are no gouges cuts or bulges maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Inspect all your tires Inspecting Your Tires and Wheel Valve including the spare frequently and Stems replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves Check the tire and valve stems for holes cracks or cuts that may permit air leakage and repair or replace the tire and replace the valve stem Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking cuts bruises and other signs of damage or excessive wear If internal damage to the tire is suspected have the tire demounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced For your safety tires that are damag
439. ss 125 Lane Keeping System 126 Maintenance ua 127 MY KY nimes 128 PAT AIG ni eeens 129 Starting System Tire Pressure Monitoring System 132 Traction Control sinus 132 MKC TME enUSA Trans miss OMi 133 Installing Child Seats 25 Child Seats sess 25 Using Lap and Shoulder Belts eee 25 Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren LATCH iccsssssccssssesasssessesssscsscssnaeniecss 28 Using Tether Straps 30 Instrument Cluster 105 Instrument Lighting Dimmer 92 Interior Lamps Front Interior Lamp 95 Rear Interior Lamp 96 Interior Mirror ss 101 Auto Dimming Mirror 101 iningos sitein MP RET 7 J Jump Starting the Vehicle 251 Connecting the Jumper Cables 251 JUMP STAM becscs nsechasseeccsssesssssevecsesedesesssiersoneces 252 Preparing Your Vehicle 251 Removing the Jumper Cables 252 480 K Keyless EMY ieii sisane Ri 77 SECURICODE KEYLESS ENTRY KEYPAD LT Keyless Starting 158 Ignition Modes 158 Keys and Remote Controls 57 L Lane Keeping System Switching the System On and Off nae Lighting COnMmtrOl cicscecvicaiscideceraniccissseavserers Headlamp Flasher High BEAMS sesscssnssesscesssesssideases niet LIQHING sanitaires Lincoln Automotive Financial Services 12 Load Carriers See Roof Racks and Load Carriers 229
440. ssage is displayed followed by a tone Occasional system messages may occur in normal operation For recurring or frequent system faults contact an authorized dealer to have your vehicle serviced Parking Aids Troubleshooting the System The system does not look for a space The traction control system may be off The transmission is in Reverse R your vehicle must be moving forward to detect a parking space The system does not offer a particular space Something may be contacting the front bumper or side sensors There is not enough room on both sides of your vehicle in order to park There is not enough space for the parking maneuver on the opposite side of the parking space Your vehicle is farther than 6 5 ft 2 0 m from the parking space Your vehicle is closer than 16 in 40 cm from neighboring parked vehicles The transmission is in R Reverse your vehicle must be moving forward to detect a parking space 198 MKC TME enUSA Parking Aids The system does not position the vehicle where I want in the space Your vehicle is rolling in the opposite direction of the transmission rolling forward when Reverse R is selected An irregular curb along the parking space prevents the system from aligning your vehicle properly Vehicles or objects bordering the space may not be positioned correctly You pulled your vehicle too far past the parking space The sys
441. ssages using Bluetooth are phone dependent features Note Certain features in text messaging are speed dependent and not available when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over 3 mph 5 km h Note SYNC does not download read text messages from your phone You can send and receive text messages using Bluetooth read them aloud and translate text messaging acronyms such as LOL 399 1 Touch the top left corner of the display to access the Phone menu 2 Select Messaging 3 Choose from the following Listen speaker icon Dial Send Text View Delete Composing a Text Message Note This is a speed dependent feature It is unavailable when your vehicle is traveling at speeds over 3 mph 5 km h Note Downloading and sending text messages using Bluetooth are phone dependent features 1 Touch the top left corner of the display to access the Phone menu 2 Touch Messaging gt Send Text 3 Enter a phone number or choose from your phonebook MyLincoln Touc 4 You can select from the following options Send which sends the message as it is Edit Text which allows you to customize the pre defined message or create a message on your own You can then preview the message verify the recipient as well as update the message list Text message options I ll call you back in a few minutes just left PII be there soon Can you give me a call I
442. ssary to perform the extra maintenance For specific recommendations see your dealership service advisor or technician 459 MKC TME enUSA Scheduled Maintenance Perform the services shown in the following e Example 2 The OIL CHANGE tables when specified or within 3000 miles REQUIRED message has not come on 4800 kilometers of the OIL CHANGE but the odometer reads 30000 miles REQUIRED message appearing in the 48000 kilometers for example the information display Intelligent Oil Life Monitor was reset at Example 1 The OIL CHANGE REQUIRED 25000 miles 40000 kilometers message comes on at 28751 miles Perform the engine air filter replacement 46270 kilometers Perform the 30000 mile 48000 kilometer automatic transmission fluid replacement Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier As required Change engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal Scheduled Maintenance chart Inspect frequently service Inspect and lubricate U joints as required See axle maintenance items under Exceptions Every 30000 miles 48000 Change automatic transmission fluid km Every 60000 miles 96000 Replace spark plugs km 460 MKC TME enUSA Scheduled Maintenance Extensive idling or low speed driving for long distances as in heavy commercial use such as delivery taxi patrol car or livery As required
443. ssenger seat may affect the performance of the front passenger sensing system which could seriously increase the risk of injury or death This system works with sensors that are part of the front passenger s seat and safety belt to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if the front passenger s frontal airbag should be enabled may inflate or not ERAIRBAG OFF ON E177067 The front passenger sensing system uses a passenger airbag status indicator that will illuminate indicating that the front passenger frontal airbag is either ON enabled or OFF disabled MKC TME enUSA The indicator lamp is located in the center stack of the instrument panel Note The passenger airbag status indicator OFF and ON indicator lamps will illuminate for a short period of time when the ignition is first turned on to confirm it is functional The front passenger sensing system is designed to disable will not inflate the front passenger s frontal airbag when the front passenger seat is unoccupied or a rear facing infant seat a forward facing child restraint or a booster seat is detected Even with this technology parents are strongly encouraged to always properly restrain children in the rear seat The sensor also turns off the passenger front airbag and seat mounted side airbag when the passenger seat is empty 50 When the front passenger sensing system disables will not inflate the front
444. ssible system ring tones your currently paired phone s ring tone a beep text to speech or a silent notification Text Message Notification Select a text message notification if supported by your phone Choose from possible system alert tones text to speech or silent Internet Data Connection If your phone is compatible use this screen to adjust your internet data connection Select to make your connection profile with the personal area network or to switch off your connection You can also choose to adjust your settings or have the system always connect never connect when roaming or query on connect Press for more information MKC TME enUSA Manage Phonebook Touch this button to access features such as automatic phonebook download re download your phonebook add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook Roaming Warning Touch this button to have the system alert you when your phone is in roaming mode Phone Voice Commands Press the voice button on the ns steering wheel controls When prompted say any ofthe following commands PHONE Call Call lt name gt Call lt name gt at home PHONE Call lt name gt on cell Call lt name gt on other Call voicemail Dial Do not disturb off Do not disturb on Forward text messages Go to hands free Hold call off Hold on
445. ssing a List of Available Commands If you use the touchscreen press the Settings icon gt Help gt Voice Command List If you use the steering wheel control press the voice icon After the tone speak your command clearly Available voice commands Audio list of commands Bluetooth audio list of commands Browse list of commands CD list of commands Climate control list of commands List of commands MyLincoln Touch Available voice commands Navigation list of commands Phone list of commands Radio list of commands SD card list of commands Sirius satellite list of commands Travel link list of commands USB list of commands Voice instructions list of commands Voice settings list of commands Help This command is only available when your vehicle is equipped with the navigation system and the navigation system SD card is in the card slot i This command is only available when you have an active SIRIUS satellite radio subscription MKC TME enUSA Voice Settings Voice settings allow you to customize the level of system interaction help and feedback The system defaults to standard interaction that uses candidate lists and confirmation prompts as these provide the highest level of guidance and feedback e Interaction Mode Novice mode provides detailed interaction and guidance
446. ssion is in R e and moving toward a stationary object at a speed of 3 mph 5 km h or less but not moving and a moving object is approaching the rear of the vehicle at a speed of 3 mph 5 km h or less e and moving at a speed of less than 3 mph 5 km h and a moving object is approaching the rear of the vehicle at a speed of less than 3 mph 5 km h Front Sensing System The front sensors are active when the gearshift is in any position other than P Park or N Neutral and the vehicle speed is below 6 mph 10 km h 192 E130382 A x Lee Se Coverage area of up to 27 inches 70 centimeters from the front of the vehicle and about 6 14 inches 15 35 centimeters to the side of the front end of the vehicle Refer to the reverse sensing section for details on coverage area Parking Aids The system sounds an audible warning when obstacles are near either bumper in the following manner e Objects detected by the front sensors are indicated by a high pitched tone from the front radio speakers Objects detected by the rear sensors are indicated by a lower pitched tone from the rear radio speakers e The sensing system reports the obstacle which is closest to the front or rear of the vehicle For example if an obstacle is 24 inches 60 centimeters from the front of the vehicle and at the same time an obstacle is only 16 inches 40 centimeters from the rear of the vehicle the lower pitched
447. st setting when you start your vehicle 211 MKC TME enUSA Driving Aids DRIVER ALERT it Equippea WARNING The driver alert system is designed to aid you It is not intended to replace your attention and judgment You are still responsible to drive with due care and attention Note The system will store the on or off setting in the information display menu through ignition cycles Note f enabled in the menu the system will be active at speeds above 40 mph 64 km h When below the activation speed the information display will inform you that the system is unavailable Note The system works as long as one lane marking can be detected by the camera Note fthe camera is blocked or ifthe windshield is damaged the system may not function Note The system may not be available in poor weather or other low visibility conditions MKC TME enUSA The system automatically monitors your driving behavior using various inputs including the front camera sensor If the system detects that your driving alertness is reduced below a certain threshold the system will alert you using a chime and a message in the information display Using Driver Alert Switching the system on and off You may switch the system on or off through the information display by selecting Settings then Driver Assist then Driver Alert in the menu When activated the system will monitor your alertness level based upon your drivin
448. stics OBD in the Fuel and Refueling chapter for more information about having your vehicle serviced See Emission Control System page 168 If the light is blinking engine misfire is occurring which could damage your catalytic converter Drive in a moderate fashion avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle serviced immediately Note Under engine misfire conditions excessive exhaust temperatures could damage the catalytic converter or other vehicle components When you first switch the ignition on before engine start the service engine soon indicator light illuminates to check the bulb and to indicate whether your vehicle is ready for inspection maintenance testing 110 Normally the service engine soon light will stay on until you crank the engine and then turn itself off if no malfunctions are present However if after 15 seconds the service engine soon light blinks eight times it means that your vehicle is not ready for inspection maintenance testing See Emission Control System page 168 Stability Control It will flash when the system is Pda active If it remains illuminated or does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on this indicates a malfunction During a malfunction the system will switch off Have the system checked by an authorized dealer immediately See Using Stability Control page 190 Stability Control Off It will illuminate when you switch the system off
449. sult in loss of vehicle control serious injury or death When you are going downhill your vehicle speed may increase above the set speed The system will not apply the brakes Change down a gear to assist the system in maintaining the set speed Failure to do so could result in loss of vehicle control serious injury or death MKC TME enUSA Note Cruise contro will disengage if the vehicle speed decreases more than 10 mph 16 km h below your set speed while driving uphill E145976 The cruise controls are located on the steering wheel Switching Cruise Control On Press and release ON Setting a Speed The indicator will appear in the instrument cluster 1 Accelerate to the desired speed 203 2 Press and release SET 3 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal The indicator will change colors in the instrument cluster Changing the Set Speed Note f you accelerate by pressing the accelerator pedal the set speed will not change When you release the accelerator pedal you will return to the speed that you previously set e Press and hold SET or SET Release the control when you reach the desired speed Press and release SET or SET The set speed will change in approximately 1 mph 2 km h increments Press the accelerator or brake pedal until you reach the desired speed Press and release SET Canceling the Set Speed Press CNCL or tap the brake pedal You will no
450. t 2 4 meters B Center height of lamp to ground 292 MKC TME enUSA Maintenance E171165 5 Locate the vertical adjuster on each headlamp Turn the adjuster either clockwise or counterclockwise in order to aim the headlamp 6 Close the hood and switch off the lamps Horizontal Aim Adjustment Horizontal aim is not required for this vehicle and is non adjustable MKC TME enUSA REMOVING A HEADLAMP E171166 1 Make sure the headlamp control is in the off position and open the hood Remove the pushpin and the four screws from the headlamp assembly Carefully pull the headlamp assembly as far as possible toward the front of the vehicle to disengage it from the lower fixing point Carefully lift the outer side of the headlamp and remove it Disconnect the electrical connector 293 CHANGING A BULB Lamp Assembly Condensation The vents in the exterior lamps allow for normal changes in pressure Condensation can be a natural by product of this design When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold When normal condensation occurs a thin film of mist can form on the interior of the lens The thin mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions Examples of acceptable condensation are e Presence o
451. t continued driving with the service engine soon indicator on can result in increased emissions lower fuel economy reduced engine and transmission smoothness and lead to more costly repairs MKC TME enUSA Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M Testing Some state provincial and local governments may have Inspection Maintenance I M programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration If the service engine soon indicator is on or the bulb does not work you may need to have the vehicle serviced See On Board Diagnostics OBD II Your vehicle may not pass the I M test if the service engine soon indicator is on or not working properly bulb is burned out or if the OBD II system has determined that some of the emission control systems have not been properly checked In this case your vehicle is not ready for I M testing If the vehicle s engine or transmission has just been serviced or the battery has recently run down or been replaced the OBD II system may indicate that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing To determine if the vehicle is ready for I M testing turn the 170 ignition key to the on position for 15 seconds without cranking the engine If the service engine soon indicator blinks eight times it means that the vehicle is not ready for I M testing if the service engine soon indicator stays
452. t Routing i Entertainment 376 AM FM Radio 378 Bluetooth Audio 394 Browsing Device Content 377 CD E E E T A ES 389 Line In Auxiliary Input Jack 394 SD Card Slot and USB Port 391 Sirius Satellite Radio If Activated 385 Supported Media Players Formats and Metadata Information 394 EPB See Electric Parking Brake eee 183 Essential Towing Checks 241 Before Towing a Trailer 242 Hitches 2A Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Persona Watercraft PWC 242 Safety CHAINS srssiesssvesssssccsesssstsvsoavoccsgeatbsvevesssnecevss 241 Trailer Brakes 241 Trailer La Mp Serner assises 242 When Towing a Trailer 242 Event Data Recording See Data Recording 9 Export Unique Options 14 MKC TME enUSA Extended Service Plan ESP 448 SERVICE PLANS CANADA ONLY SERVICE PLANS U S Only Exterior Mirrors 9S Auto Dimming Feature 100 Blind Spot Monitor 101 Fold Away Exterior Mirrors 99 Heated Exterior Mirrors 100 Integrated Blind Spot Mirrors Lincoln Welcome Mat Memory Mirrors 100 Power Exterior Mirrors 98 F Fastening the Safety Belts eee 38 How to Extract Safety Belts in the Rear Outboard Positions 40 Safety Belt Extension Assembly 41 Safety Belt Locking Modes 39 Using Safety Belts During Pregnancy 39 Floor MAtS ue
453. t access the saved station if your vehicle is outside the station s reception area Reception area If you are listening to a multicast station and you are on the fringe of the reception area the station may mute due to weak signal strength If you are listening to HD1 the system switches back to the analog broadcast until the digital broadcast is available again However if you are listening to any of the possible HD2 HD7 multicast channels the station mutes and stays muted unless it is able to connect to the digital signal again Station blending When the system first receives a station aside from HD2 HD7 multicast stations it first plays the station in the analog version Once the receiver verifies the station is an HD Radio station it shifts to the digital version Depending on the station quality you may hear a slight sound change when the station changes from analog to digital Blending is the shift from analog to digital sound or digital back to analog sound MKC TME enUSA 381 MyLincoln Touc In order to provide the best possible experience use the contact form to report any station issues found while listening to a station broadcasting with HD Radio technology Independent entities own and operate each station These stations are responsible for ensuring all audio streams and data fields are accurate Potential station issues Issues Cause Action Echo stutter ski
454. t accumulate as expected then the intended user is not using the MyKey or an admin key user recently cleared and then recreated a MyKey 0 MyKeys Indicates the number of MyKeys programed to your vehicle Use this feature to detect how many MyKeys you have for your vehicle and determine when a MyKey has been deleted 0 Admin Keys Indicates how many admin keys are programed to your vehicle Use this feature to determine how many unrestricted keys you have for your vehicle and detect if an additional MyKey has been programed MKC TME enUSA 65 Myk ey USING MYKEY WITH REMOTE START SYSTEMS MyKey is not compatible with non MYKEY TROUBLESHOOTING Ford approved aftermarket remote start systems If you choose to install a remote start system see an authorized dealer for a Ford approved remote start system Condition Potential Causes cannot create a MyKey The key or fob used to start the vehicle does not have admin privileges The key or fob used to start the vehicle is the only admin key there always has to be at least one admin key Vehicles with push button start The intelligent access key fob is not positioned correctly next to the steering column See Keyless Starting page 158 SecuriLock passive anti theft system is disabled or in unlimited mode The vehicle has been started using a remote start system that is not programmed with admin privileges See Using MyKey Wi
455. t erase the set speed Cruise Control Resuming the Set Speed Press and release RES Switching Cruise Control Off Note You will erase the set speed if you switch the system off Press and release OFF or switch the ignition off USING ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL ir Equipped WARNINGS Always pay close attention to changing road conditions especially when using adaptive cruise control Adaptive cruise control cannot replace attentive driving Failing to follow any of the warnings below or failing to pay attention to the road may result in a crash serious injury or death Adaptive cruise control is not a crash warning or avoidance system MKC TME enUSA WARNINGS Adaptive cruise control will not detect stationary or slow moving vehicles below 6 mph 10 km h Adaptive cruise control will not detect pedestrians or objects in the roadway Adaptive cruise control will not detect oncoming vehicles in the same lane Do not use the adaptive cruise control when entering or leaving a highway in heavy traffic or on roads that are winding slippery or unpaved Do not use in poor visibility specifically fog rain spray or snow Note It is your responsibility to stay alert drive safely and control the vehicle at all times The system adjusts your speed to maintain a proper distance between you and the vehicle in front of you in the same lane You can select from one of four gap settings 204
456. t such as restaurants hotels and attractions When you have selected a point of interest the location and information appear such as address and phone number If cityseekr lists the point of interest more information is available such as a brief description check in and checkout times or restaurant hours MyLincoln Touch Press More Information for a longer review a list of services and facilities the average room or meal price as well as the website This screen displays the point of interest icon such as Hotel Coffeehouse 7 Food amp Drink ny Nightlife Attraction MKC TME enUSA z This icon appears when your selection exists in multiple categories within the system When you are viewing more information for hotels cityseekr also tells you if the hotel has certain services and facilities using icons such as Restaurant e Business center Handicap facilities Laundry Refrigerator 24 hour room service Fitness center Internet access Pool Wi fi For restaurants cityseekr can provide information such as star rating average cost review handicap access hours of operation and website address 421 For hotels cityseekr can provide information such as star rating price category review check in and checkout times hotel service icons and website address Setting Your Navigation Preferences Select settings for the system to take into
457. t your previously pre set temperature setpoint Touch and hold MyTemp to store a new pre set for temperature setpoint Touch the heated steering wheel icon if equipped to warm the steering wheel Note f your vehicle is equipped with a wood trimmed steering wheel it does not heat between the 10 o clock and 2 o clock positions Climate Control Voice Commands Press the voice button on the us steering wheel controls When prompted say any of the following commands Climate control commands Climate automatic Climate my temperature Climate off MKC TME enUSA Climate control commands Climate on CLIMATE Climate temperature lt 15 5 29 5 gt degrees A C off Climate temperature lt 60 85 gt degrees A C on Help There are additional climate control commands but in order to access them you have to say Climate first When the system is ready to listen you may say any of the following commands 417 Automatic Defrost off Defrost on Dual off Floor on Fan decrease Fan increase MAX A C off MyLincoln Touch CLIMATE CLIMATE MAX A C on Temperature increase My temp Temperature low Off Windshield floor on On Help Panel floor on Panel on Rear defrost off Rear defrost on Recirc off R
458. table for Use with Outdoor Appliances Do not use an indoor extension cord outdoors This could result in an electric shock or become a fire hazard Use as short an extension cord as possible Do not use multiple extension cords Make sure that when in operation the extension cord plug and heater cord plug connections are free and clear of water This could cause an electric shock or fire Make sure your vehicle is parked in a clean area clear of combustibles Make sure the heater heater cord and extension cord are firmly connected MKC TME enUSA e Check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes e Make sure the system is unplugged and properly stowed before driving your vehicle Make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the block heater cord plug when not in use Make sure the heater system is checked for proper operation before winter Using the Engine Block Heater Make sure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry prior to use Clean them with a dry cloth if necessary The heater uses 0 4 to 1 0 kilowatt hours of energy per hour of use The system does not have a thermostat It achieves maximum temperature after approximately three hours of operation Using the heater longer than three hours does not improve system performance and unnecessarily uses electricity 162 Fuel and Refueling SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WARNINGS
459. tarting point then adjust the setting as necessary 3 Direct the instrument panel side air vents toward the side windows 4 Close the instrument panel vents HEATED WINDOWS AND MIRRORS Heated Rear Window Note You must switch the ignition on to use this feature 139 Press the button to clear the rear window of thin ice and fog Press the button again within 10 minutes to switch it off It switches off automatically after 10 minutes or when you switch the ignition off Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean the inside of the rear window or to remove decals from the inside of the rear window This may cause damage to the heated grid lines which your warranty does not cover Heated Exterior Mirror Note Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or attempt to readjust the mirror glass if it has frozen in place These actions could cause damage to the glass and mirrors Note Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives fuel or other petroleum based cleaning products Both heated mirrors remove ice mist and fog when you switch on the heated rear window Climate Control CABIN AIR FILTER Your vehicle is equipped with a cabin air filter It is located inside the instrument panel and to the left of the glove box The particulate filtration system reduces the concentration of airborne particles such as dust spores and pollen in the air supplied to the
460. te button the system defaults to the Fastest Route option and begins guidance During route guidance you can press the talking bubble icon that appears in the upper right navigation corner green bar if you want the system to repeat route guidance information When the system repeats the last guidance instruction it updates the distance to the next guidance instruction since it detects when the vehicle is moving MyLincoln Touch Point of Interest POI Categories Main categories Food Drink amp Dining Travel amp Transportation Financial Emergency Community Health amp Medicine Automotive Shopping Entertainment amp Arts Recreation amp Sports Government Domestic Services MKC TME enUSA Subcategories Restaurant Golf Parking Home amp Garden Personal Care Services Auto Dealership Govt Office Public Transit Education To expand these listings press the in front of the listing The system also allows you to sort alphabetically by distance or by cityseekr listings if available 420 cityseekr Note cityseekr point of interest POI information is limited to approximately 912 cities 881 in the United States 20 in Canada and 11 in Mexico cityseekr E142634 cityseekr when available is a service that provides more information about certain points of interes
461. ted space is suitable for parking Note You should drive your vehicle as parallel to the other vehicles as possible while passing a parking space 194 Note f the direction indicator is not on the system automatically searches on the vehicle s passenger side Note The system always offers the last detected parking space for example if the vehicle detects multiple spaces while you are driving it offers the last one Note f driven above approximately 20 mph 35 km h the touchscreen shows a message to alert you to reduce your vehicle speed Parking Aids Automatic Steering into a Parking When you shift the transmission into Reverse Space R with your hands off the wheel and nothing obstructing its movement your vehicle steers itself into the space Indicated by tones instructions to move your vehicle back and forth in the space display on the gt e E130108 F When you think your vehicle has enough sacle saci E os space in front and behind it or you hear a PARA SN SR AE 0 ans Arone solid tone from the parking aid accompanied w ue the Los of the Manually deactivate the system by by a touchscreen display message and a ACUVO Pale ASSIS E PIOCESS ANS CVET ils Pressing the active park assist button i responsible for checking the parking job and tone bring your vehicle to a complete stop mee any necessary Sa cae ees Grabbing the steering wheel putting the transmission in Park P
462. teering wheel The information display provides the corresponding information MKC TME enUSA Information Display Controls E170369 e Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu e Press the right arrow button to enter a sub menu Press the left arrow button to exit a menu e Press and hold the left arrow button at any time to return to the main menu display escape button e Press the OK button to choose and confirm settings or messages 112 Main menu From the main menu bar on the left side of the information display you can choose from the following categories A N Driver Assist a Settings Scroll up or down to highlight one of the categories and then press the right arrow key or OK to enter into that category Press the left arrow key as needed to exit back to the main menu Fuel Economy Trip 1 amp 2 Choose between the standard or AN enhanced trip display Information Displays Trip 1 amp 2 Normal or Towing Distance to E Trip odometer Average fuel economy Press and hold OK to reset the currently displayed trip information Trip odometer shows the accumulated trip distance Trip Timer when you switch your vehicle off the timer stops and then restarts when you restart your vehicle Average fuel economy shows the average fuel economy for a given trip Fuel Economy Use the left or
463. tem performs best when you drive the same distance past the parking space The tires may not be installed or maintained correctly not inflated correctly improper size or of different sizes A repair or alteration has changed detection capabilities A parked vehicle has a high attachment salt sprayer snowplow moving truck bed etc The parking space length or position of parked objects changed after your vehicle passed The temperature around your vehicle changes quickly driving from a heated garage into the cold or after leaving a car wash WARNINGS REAR VIEW CAMERA r Equipped A Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper WARNINGS might not be seen on the screen due to the i The rear view camera system is a limited coverage of the camera system reverse aid supplement device that still Back up as slow as possible since requires the driver to use it in conjunction I higher speeds might limit your reaction with the interior and exterior mirrors for time to stop the vehicle maximum coverage 199 MKC TME enUSA WARNINGS Use caution when using the rear video camera and the liftgate is ajar If the liftgate is ajar the camera will be out of position and the video image may be incorrect All guidelines if enabled have been removed when the liftgate is ajar Parking Aids WARNINGS Use caution when turning camera features on or off while in Reverse R M
464. tem will provide a steering wheel vibration EIRE Note The alert and aid diagrams illustrate general zone coverage They do not indicate the exact zone coverage area 214 MKC TME enUSA Driving Aids Intensity This setting affects the intensity of the steering wheel vibration used for the alert and alert aid modes This setting is not valid for the aid mode Low e Medium e High System Display E151660 When you turn the system on an overhead graphic of a vehicle with lane markings will display in the information display If you turn the system on and select aid mode arrows will display along with the lane markings MKC TME enUSA When you turn the system off the lane marking graphics will not display Note f adaptive cruise control is enabled the overhead vehicle graphic may still be displayed While the system is on the color of the lane markings will change to indicate the system status Gray Indicates that the system is temporarily unable to provide a warning or intervention on the indicated side s This may be because Your vehicle is under the activation speed e Your turn indicator is active Your vehicle is in a dynamic maneuver 215 The road has no or poor lane markings in the camera field of view The camera is obscured or unable to detect the lane markings due to environmental conditions significant sun angles shadows snow heavy rain fog traf
465. tering the vehicle See Climate Control page 136 Towing Follow these guidelines if you have a need for recreational RV towing An example of recreational towing would be towing your vehicle behind a motorhome We designed these guidelines to prevent damage to your transmission Front wheel drive vehicles CANNOT be flat towed all wheels on the ground as vehicle or transmission damage may occur You must place the front wheels on a two wheel tow dolly If you are using a tow dolly follow the instructions specified by the equipment provider All wheel drive vehicles CANNOT be flat towed all wheels on the ground as vehicle or transmission damage may occur It is recommended to tow your vehicle with all four 4 wheels off the ground such as when using a car hauling trailer Otherwise you cannot recreational tow your vehicle 245 MKC TME enUSA Driving Hints BREAKING IN You need to break in new tires for approximately 300 miles 480 kilometers During this time your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics Avoid driving too fast during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers Vary your speed frequently and change up through the gears early Do not labor the engine Do not tow during the first 1000 miles 1600 kilometers ECONOMICAL DRIVING Your fuel economy is affected by several things such as how you drive the conditions you drive under and how you maintain your vehicle
466. terior Overview 17 Audible Warnings and Indicators 111 Headlamps On Warning Chime 111 Keyless Warning Alert 111 Parking Brake On Warning Chime 111 Audio Control 83 Seek Next or Previous 83 Audio System ss General Information AUUtOlAM DS is sis datas calevocdivacielsestetieressscens Windshield Wiper Activated Headlamps Automatic Climate Control Automatic High Beam Control Activating the System Manually Overriding the System Automatic Transmission 171 Automatic Transmission Adaptive Learning ae Brake Shift Interlock Override If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck In Mud or SNOW aer e eae Eer a eiie Push Button Shift Transmission SelectShift Automatic Transmission 173 Automatic Transmission Fluid Check 287 AULOWID CUS Essonne 87 Auxiliary Power Points 155 110 Volt AC Power Point 155 12 Volt DC Power Point 155 LOCAL OMS Hi ssssccccccesescerexixesectecastsni iivssncsetiniesesvtats 155 AWD See All Wheel Drive 177 B Blind Spot Information System 218 Blind Spot Information System BLIS with Cross Traffic Alert 218 Bonnet Lock See Opening and Closing the Hood 279 Booster Seats 31 Types of Booster Seats 32 Brake Fluid Check 288 MKC TME enUSA Brakes iss cuiendaciinsecerivansemnbaceninranies 182 General Information 182 Breaking In 246 Bulb Specification
467. th Remote Start Systems page 66 cannot program the configurable settings The key or fob used to start your vehicle does not have admin privileges No MyKeys are created See Creating a MyKey page 63 The vehicle has been started using a remote start system that is not programmed with admin privileges See Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems page 66 cannot clear the MyKeys The key or fob used to start your vehicle does not have admin privileges No MyKeys are created See Creating a MyKey page 63 The vehicle has been started using a remote start system that is not programmed with admin privileges See Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems page 66 MKC TME enUSA 66 MykKey Condition Potential Causes lost the only admin key lost a key Purchase a new key from your authorized dealer Program a spare key See Passive Anti Theft System page 80 accidentally programmed all keys as MyKeys The vehicle has a remote start system that is recognized as an admin key Clear all MyKeys by using the remote start See Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems page 66 The vehicle s system does not recognize any programmed MyKeys See Creating a MyKey page 63 MyKey total includes one additional key An unknown key or fob has been created as a MyKey The vehicle has a remote start system See Using MyKey With Remote Start Systems page 66
468. th the typical range MKC TME enUSA Note f the camera sensor cannot track the road lane markings or if your vehicle speed drops below approximately 40 mph 64 km h the alertness level will change to grey for a short time and the information display will inform you that the system is unavailable Resetting the System You can reset the system by either e Switching the ignition off and on Stopping the vehicle and then opening and closing the driver s door LANE KEEPING SYSTEM f Equippeo WARNING The system is designed to aid the driver It is not intended to replace the driver s attention and judgment The driver is still responsible to drive with due care and attention Note The system works above 40 mph 64 km h 213 Note The system works as long as the camera can detect one lane marking Note The system may not function if the camera is blocked or there is damage to the windshield Note When Aid mode is on and the system detects no steering activity for a short period the system will alert you to put your hands on the steering wheel The system may detect a light grip or touch on the steering wheel as hands off driving The system detects unintentional drifting toward the outside of the lane and alerts or aids you to stay in the lane through the steering system and instrument cluster display The system automatically detects and tracks the road lane markings using a camera mounte
469. the chance of injury in a crash event For example if an occupant slouches lies down turns sideways sits forward leans forward or sideways or puts one or both feet up the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased Children and Airbags WARNING A Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat Never place a rear facing child seat in front of an active airbag If you must use a forward facing child seat in the front seat move the seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back E142846 49 Children must always be properly restrained Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a crash FRONT PASSENGER SENSING SYSTEM WARNINGS 1 Even with Advanced Restraints Systems children 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death A Sitting improperly out of position or with the seat back reclined too far can take off weight from the seat cushion and affect the decision of the front passenger sensing system resulting in serious injury or death in a crash Always sit upright against your seat back with your feet on the floor Supplementary Restraints System WARNINGS Any alteration or modification to the front pa
470. the closed end of the air filter into the bottom of the tray The closed end should fit inside the groove in the tray The tab of the closed end of the air filter should be oriented down and fit between the forks on the tray as shown at the arrow above Note Make sure you align the tab in the air filter element with the fork in the air cleaner assembly tray 5 Install the air cleaner assembly lid and tighten the four fasteners 298 MKC TME enUSA Vehicle Care GENERAL INFORMATION Your Ford or Lincoln authorized dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes CLEANING PRODUCTS For best results use the following products or products of equivalent quality Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover ZC 42 e Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner ZC 15 e Motorcraft Detail Wash ZC 3 A e Motorcraft Dusting Cloth ZC 24 e Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser U S only ZC 20 e Motorcraft Engine Shampoo Canada only CXC 66 A e Motorcraft Multi Purpose Cleaner Canada only CXC 101 Motorcraft Premium Glass Cleaner Canada only CXC 100 MKC TME enUSA e Motorcraft Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid Canada only CXC 37 A B D or F Motorcraft Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant U S only ZC 32 B2 e Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet amp Upholstery Cleaner ZC 54 Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl
471. the lock button on another intelligent access key e Touching the locking area on the handle with another intelligent access key in your hand MKC TME enUSA When you open one of the front doors and lock your vehicle using the power door lock all doors will lock Autolock Feature The autolock feature will lock all the doors when all of the following occur All doors are closed e The ignition is on e You shift into any gear putting your vehicle in motion Your vehicle attains a speed greater than 4 mph 7 km h The autolock feature repeats when both of the following occur e You open then close any door while the ignition is on and your vehicle speed is 9 mph 15 km h or lower e Your vehicle then attains a speed greater than 12 mph 20 km h 71 Autounlock Feature The autounlock feature unlocks allthe doors when all of the following occur The ignition is on all the doors are closed and your vehicle has been in motion at a speed greater than 4 mph 7 km h e Your vehicle comes to a stop and you switch the ignition off or to accessory e You open the driver door within 10 minutes of switching the ignition off or to accessory Note The doors will not autounlock if you electronically lock your vehicle after you switch the ignition off and before you open the driver door Enabling or Disabling Note You can enable or disable the autounlock and autolock features independently of eac
472. the personal area network or to switch off your connection You can also choose to adjust your settings or have the system always connect never connect when roaming or query on connect Press for more information Manage Phonebook Access features such as automatic phonebook download re download your phonebook add contacts from your phone as well as delete or upload your phonebook Roaming Warning Have the system alert you when in Roaming mode MKC TME enUSA 372 MyLincoln Touch Wireless amp Internet Your system has a Wi Fi feature that creates a wireless network within your vehicle thereby allowing other devices such as personal computers or phones in your vehicle to speak to each other share files or play games Using this Wi Fi feature everyone in your vehicle can also gain access the internet if you have a USB mobile broadband connection inside your vehicle your phone supports personal area networking and if you park outside a wireless hotspot Press the Settings icon gt Settings Thy gt Wireless amp Internet then select from the following Wi fi Wi Fi Settings Wi Fi Network Client Mode turns the Wi Fi feature on and off in your vehicle Make sure you switch it on for connectivity purposes Choose a Wireless Network allows you to use a previously stored wireless network You can categorize by alphabetical listing priority and signal strength You can
473. ther the Blind Spot Information or the Cross Traffic Alert systems that illuminates the alert indicator with no vehicle in the coverage zone Some amount of false alerts are normal they are temporary and self correct System Errors If either system senses a problem with the left or right sensor the Blind Spot Information System telltale will illuminate and a message will appear in the information display See Information Messages page 118 All other system faults will display only with a message in the information display MKC TME enUSA Switching the Systems Off and On You can temporarily switch off one or both systems in the information display See General Information page 112 When you switch off the Blind Spot Information System you will not receive alerts and the information display will display a system off message The system switches back on whenever you switch the ignition on You can also have one or both systems switched off permanently at an authorized dealer Once switched off the system can only be switched back on at an authorized dealer STEERING Electric Power Steering WARNINGS The electric power steering system has diagnostic checks that continuously monitor the system to ensure proper operation When a system error is detected a steering message will appear in the information display 223 WARNINGS The electric power steering system has diagnostic checks that continuously m
474. thorized dealer To replace instrument panel lights see your authorized dealer 296 MKC TME enUSA Maintenance CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR FILTER WARNING To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and personal burn injuries do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed Do not remove the air cleaner while the engine is running When changing the air filter element use only the air filter element listed in the Motorcraft Parts table See Motorcraft Parts page 337 For EcoBoost equipped vehicles When servicing the air cleaner it is important that no foreign material enter the air induction system The engine and turbocharger are susceptible to damage from even small particles Change the air filter element at the proper interval See Scheduled Maintenance page 451 MKC TME enUSA Note Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the engine if the correct air filter element is not used 1 Loosen the four fasteners and remove the air cleaner assembly lid 2 Remove the air filter element from the air filter housing 3 Wipe any dirt or debris from the air cleaner assembly to make sure no dirt gets in the engine and to make sure you have a good seal 297 Maintenance 4 Install the new air filter element Slide the open end of the air filter element in first below the tab Then push
475. ting the status of the voice session such as Listening Success Failed Paused or Try Again How to Use Voice Commands with Your System e Press the voice icon After the ns tone speak your command clearly MyLincoln Touc These commands can be said at any time during a voice session Cancel Exit Go back List of commands Main menu Next page Previous page What can say Help MKC TME enUSA What Can I Say To access the available voice commands for the current session do one of the following During a voice session press the help icon in the lower left status bar of the screen Say What can say for an on screen listing of the possible voice commands associated with your current voice session Press the voice icon After the tone say Help for an audible list of possible voice commands Helpful Hints Make sure the interior of your vehicle is as quiet as possible Wind noise from open windows and road vibrations may prevent the system from correctly recognizing spoken commands After pressing the voice icon wait until after the tone sounds and Listening appears before saying a command Any command spoken before this does not register with the system 360 Speak naturally without long pauses between words At any time you can interrupt the system while it is speaking by pressing the voice icon Acce
476. tion such as the center console or the glove box when your vehicle is moving Hard objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop which may increase the risk of serious injury The audio extension cable must be long enough to allow the portable music player to be safely stored while your vehicle is moving MKC TME enUSA The auxiliary input jack allows you to connect and play music from your portable music player through your vehicle speakers You can use any portable music player designed for use with headphones Your audio extension cable must have male 1 8th inch 3 5 millimeter connectors at each end 1 Switch off the engine radio and portable music player Set the parking brake and put the transmission in position P 2 Plug the extension cable from the portable music player into the auxiliary input jack 395 Switch the radio on Select either a tuned FM station or a CD Adjust the volume as desired Switch your portable music player on and adjust its volume to half its maximum level Press AUX until LINE or LINE IN appears in the display You should hear music from your device even if it is low Adjust the volume on your portable music player until it reaches the volume level of the FM station or CD Do this by switching back and forth between the AUX and FM or CD controls MyLincoln Touch PHONE m monduo gt MKC TME enUSA Phone Quick Dial Phonebook History
477. tive reflections Note The sensors may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves The system determines the clearance to the front and rear of your vehicle and automatically steers your vehicle out of a parallel parking space hands free while you control the accelerator gearshift and brakes The system visually and audibly instructs you to enter traffic 196 The system may not function correctly if something passes between the front bumper and the parking space a pedestrian or cyclist or if the edge of the neighboring parked vehicle is high off the ground for example a bus tow truck or flatbed truck Do not use the system if You have attached a foreign object bike rack or trailer to the front or rear of your vehicle or attached close to the sensors You have attached an overhanging object surfboard to the roof The front bumper or side sensors are damaged or obstructed by a foreign object front bumper cover A mini spare tire is in use Using Park Out Assist P While your vehicle is at rest in a parallel parking space press the button located on the right side of the center stack Parking Aids The touchscreen displays a message requesting an indication of direction Use the direction indicator to signal which side of your vehicle you want to exit the parking space Note f there is no vehicle in front of you the Park Out Assist feature cannot be activated A
478. to moderately hilly roads No extended idling 5000 7499 miles 8000 11999 km Severe Moderate to heavy load or towing Mountainous or off road conditions Extended idling Extended hot or cold operation MKC TME enUSA 3000 4999 miles 5000 7999 km Extreme Maximum load or towing Extreme hot or cold operation 456 Scheduled Maintenance Maintenance Intervals At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display Change engine oil and filter Rotate the tires Perform a multi point inspection recommended Inspect the automatic transmission fluid level Consult your dealer for requirements Inspect the brake pads shoes rotors drums brake linings hoses and parking brake Inspect the engine cooling system strength and hoses Inspect the exhaust system and heat shields Inspect the rear axle and U joints Lubricate any areas with grease fittings All wheel drive vehicles Inspect the half shaft boots Inspect the steering linkage ball joints suspension tire rod ends driveshaft and U joints Lubricate any areas with grease fittings All wheel drive vehicles 457 MKC TME enUSA Scheduled Maintenance At every oil change interval as indicated by the information display Inspect the tires tire wear and measure the tread depth Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise wear loos
479. to the system Max Number of Keys Learned You have programmed the maximum number of keys to the system Not Enough Keys Learned You have not programmed enough keys to the system Key Battery Low Replace Soon The key battery is low Change the battery as soon as possible Engine On Inform the driver that they are exiting the vehicle and the engine is on Lane Keeping System Message Action Lane Keeping Sys Malfunction Service Required The system has malfunctioned Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible Front Camera Temporarily Not Available The system has detected a condition that has caused the system to be temporarily unavailable Front Camera Low Visibility Clean Screen The system has detected a condition that requires you to clean the windshield in order for it to operate properly Front Camera Malfunction Service Required The system has malfunctioned Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible Keep Hands on Steering Wheel The system requests the driver to keep their hands on the steering wheel MKC TME enUSA 126 Information Displays Maintenance Message Action LOW Engine Oil Pressure Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible and turn off the engine Check the oil level If the warning stays on or continues to come on with your engine running contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible Chang
480. tone sounds An alternating warning sounds from the front and rear if there are objects at both bumpers that are closer than 10 inches 25 centimeters For specific information on the reverse sensing portion of the system refer to that section MKC TME enUSA ACTIVE PARK ASSIST rf equippea WARNING Designed to be a supplementary park aid this system may not work in all conditions This system cannot replace the driver s attention and judgment The driver is responsible for avoiding hazards and maintaining a safe distance and speed even when the system is in use Note The driver is always responsible for controlling the vehicle supervising the system and intervening if required Note The sensors may not detect objects in heavy rain or other conditions that cause disruptive reflections Note The sensors may not detect objects with surfaces that absorb ultrasonic waves Note Whenever the battery is disconnected or a new battery installed you need to drive your vehicle a short distance and your speed must exceed 12 4 mph 20 km h so the system can recalibrate the steering angle data 193 The system detects an available parallel parking space and automatically steers your vehicle into the space hands free while you control the accelerator gearshift and brakes The system visually and audibly instructs you to park the vehicle The system may not function correctly if something passes between
481. tter snow or ice and you do not observe changes the system will go into low beam mode until you clear the blockage A message may also appear in the instrument cluster display noting the front camera is blocked 93 Note Typical road dust dirt and water spots will not affect the performance of the automatic high beam system However in cold or inclement weather conditions you will notice a decrease in the availability of the high beam system especially at start up If you want to change the beam state independently of the system you may switch the high beams on or off using the multifunction switch Automatic control will resume when conditions are correct Note Modification of the vehicle ride height such as using much larger tires may degrade feature performance A camera sensor centrally mounted behind the windshield of your vehicle continuously monitors conditions to decide when to switch the high beams off and on Once the system is active the high beams will switch on if the ambient light level is low enough there is no traffic in front of the vehicle the vehicle speed is greater than 25 mph 40 km h Lighting The high beams will switch off if the system detects the headlamps of an approaching vehicle or the tail lamps of a preceding vehicle e vehicle speed falls below 16 mph 25 km h the ambient light level is high enough that high beams are not required the system detects s
482. u have filled your tires to the recommended inflation pressure How Temperature Affects Your Tire Pressure The tire pressure monitoring system monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire While driving in a normal manner a typical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase about 2 to 4 psi 14 to 28 kPa from a cold start situation If the vehicle is stationary overnight with the outside temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature the tire pressure may decrease about 3 psi 21 kPa for a drop of 30 F 17 C in ambient temperature This lower pressure value may be detected by the tire pressure monitoring system as being significantly lower than the recommended MKC TME enUSA inflation pressure and activate the system warning light for low tire pressure If the low tire pressure warning light is on visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat If one or more tires are flat repair as necessary Check the air pressure in the road tires If any tire is under inflated carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest location where air can be added to the tires Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL WARNINGS The use of tire sealants may damage your tire pressure monitoring system and should not be used However if you must use a sealant the tire pressure monitoring system sensor and valve stem on the wheel must be replaced by an authorized dealer
483. uch to turn on fully automatic operation Select the desired temperature using the temperature control The system automatically adjusts fan speed air distribution A C operation and outside or recirculated air to heat or cool the vehicle to maintain the selected temperature Rear defrost Touch to switch the rear window defroster and heated mirrors if equipped on or off MAX defrost Touch to clear the windshield of fog and thin ice The driver and passenger temperatures set to HI outside air distributes through the windshield vents the air conditioning automatically turns on and the fan automatically adjusts to the highest speed The heated rear window automatically turns on when you switch on MAX defrost and you will be unable to select recirculated air to prevent fogging 416 MyLincoln Touch J Manual airflow distribution controls Press these buttons to turn airflow on or off to the windshield instrument panel or floor vents The system can distribute air thru any combination of these vents The indicators for all of these buttons will turn off whenever the air distribution is automatically controlled K Driver settings Depending on your vehicle and option package you may have the following features Touch the and to adjust the temperature Touch the heated seat icon to control the heated seat if equipped Touch the cooled seat icon to control the cooled seat if equipped See Seats page 141 Touch MyTemp to selec
484. uge to check pressure of all tires and adjust if required At least once a month and before long trips inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge including spare if equipped Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company MKC TME enUSA You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick type tire pressure gauge Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire performance and wear Under inflation or over inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns WARNING 1 Under inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire It also may result in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of vehicle control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat 317 Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if itis less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certificat
485. uipped with this feature CREATING A MYKEY Use the information display to create a MyKey 1 Insert the key you want to program into the ignition If your vehicle is equipped with a push button start place the intelligent access key fob into the backup slot The location of your backup slot is in another chapter See Starting and Stopping the Engine page 158 2 Switch the ignition on MKC TME enUSA 3 Access the main menu on the information display controls and select Settings then MyKey by pressing OK or the gt button 4 Press OK or the gt button to select Create MyKey 5 When prompted hold the OK button until you see a message informing you to label this key as a MyKey The key will be restricted at the next start MyKey is successfully created Make sure you label it so you can distinguish it from the admin keys You can also program configurable settings for the key s See Programming Changing Configurable Settings Programming Changing Configurable Settings Use the information display to access your configurable MyKey settings 63 1 Switch the ignition on using an admin key or fob 2 Access the main menu on the information display controls and select Settings then MyKey by pressing OK or gt button 3 Use the arrow buttons to get to a feature 4 Press OK or gt to make a selection Note You can clear or change your MyKey settings at any time during the same key cycle as
486. ume so you cannot necessarily use all available space when loading a vehicle MKC TME enUSA Towing a trailer places an extra load on your vehicle s engine transmission axle brakes tires and suspension Inspect these components periodically during and after any towing operation Load Placement To help minimize how trailer movement affects your vehicle when driving Load the heaviest items closest to the trailer floor Load the heaviest items centered between the left and right side trailer tires e Load the heaviest items above the trailer axles or just slightly forward toward the trailer tongue Do not allow the final trailer tongue weight to go above or below 10 15 of the loaded trailer weight e Select a tow bar with the correct rise or drop When both the loaded vehicle and trailer are connected the trailer frame should be level or slightly angled down toward your vehicle when viewed from the side 239 When driving with a trailer or payload a slight takeoff vibration or shudder may be present due to the increased payload weight Additional information regarding proper trailer loading and setting your vehicle up for towing is located in another chapter of this manual See Load Limit page 230 You can also find the information in the RV amp Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer TRAILER SWAY CONTROL it Equipped WARNING Turning off trailer sway control increas
487. umn position MKC TME enUSA Easy Entry and Exit Feature When you switch the ignition off the steering column will move to the full up position to allow extra room to exit your vehicle The column will return to the previous setting when you switch the ignition on You can enable or disable this feature in the information display See Information Displays page 112 AUDIO CONTROL If Equipped You can operate the following functions with the control 83 E145979 A Volume up Volume down Seek up or next Seek down or previous Mute moO DW Seek Next or Previous Press the seek button to tune the radio to the next or previous stored preset play the next or the previous track Steering Wheel Press and hold the seek button to tune the radio to the next station up or down the frequency band seek through a track VOICE CONTROL i Equipped E145980 A Voice recognition B End a call C Answer a call See MyLincoln Touch page 350 MKC TME enUSA CRUISE CONTROL Type 1 E145976 Type 2 E145977 See Cruise Control page 203 INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL E145981 See Information Displays page 112 Cluster Display Control Features E145982 Steering Wheel Use this control to access some of the MyLincoln Touch features in the information display Navigate through the screen and press OK to select See MyLincoln Touch page 350 HEATED S
488. upright driving position before adjusting the head restraint Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible Make sure that you remain comfortable If you are extremely tall adjust the head restraint to its highest position Rear seat outboard head restraints The head restraints consist of A A An energy absorbing head restraint B Two steel stems C Guide sleeve adjust front seat only and unlock button D Guide sleeve unlock and remove button E Fold button E138643 142 MKC TME enUSA Seats Adjusting the Head Restraint Raising the Front Seat Head Restraint Pull the head restraint up Lowering the Front Seat Head Restraint 1 Press and hold button C 2 Push the head restraint down Removing the Head Restraint 1 Pull the head restraint up until it reaches its highest position 2 Press and hold buttons C and D 3 Pull the head restraint up Installing the Head Restraint Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it locks MKC TME enUSA Folding the Rear Seat Head Restraint 1 Press and hold button E 2 Pull it back up to reset Tilting Head Restraints The front seat head restraints tilt for extra comfort To tilt the head restraint do the following I E144727 143 1 Adjust the seatback to an upright driving or riding position 2 Pivot the he
489. uss what s not covered 2 ExtraCARE Covers 113 components and includes many high tech items 3 BaseCARE Covers 84 components 4 PowertrainCARE Covers 29 critical components Lincoln Extended Service Plan is honored by all authorized Lincoln and Ford dealers in the U S and Canada It is the only extended service plan authorized and backed by Lincoln Motor Company That means you get e Reliable quality service at any Lincoln or Ford dealership e Repairs performed by factory trained technicians using genuine parts 448 Rental Car Reimbursement 1st day Rental Benefit You take advantage of replacement transportation if your vehicle is at your authorized dealer for same day covered repairs Extended Rental Benefits If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered repairs you are eligible for rental car coverage including bumper to bumper warranty repairs and Field Service Actions Roadside Assistance Exclusive 24 7 roadside assistance including Towing flat tire change and battery jump starts Out of fuel and lock out assistance Travel expense reimbursement for lodging meals and rental car Destination assistance for taxi shuttle rental car coverage and emergency transportation Extended Service Plan ESP Transferable Coverage If you sell your vehicle before your Lincoln Extended Service Plan coverage expires you can transfer any remaining coverage to the new
490. utions are taken to preserve the components Vehicle Care General Store all vehicles in a dry ventilated place Protect from sunlight if possible If vehicles are stored outside they require regular maintenance to protect against rust and damage Body Wash your vehicle thoroughly to remove dirt grease oil tar or mud from exterior surfaces rear wheel housing and underside of front fenders Periodically wash your vehicle stored in exposed locations Touch up exposed or primed metal to prevent rust Cover chrome and stainless steel parts with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent discoloration Re wax as necessary when your vehicle is washed Lubricate all hood door and trunk lid hinges and latches with a light grade oil MKC TME enUSA Cover interior trim to prevent fading Keep all rubber parts free from oil and solvents Engine The engine oil and filter should be changed prior to storage as used engine oil contain contaminates that may cause engine damage Start the engine every 15 days Run at fast idle until it reaches normal operating temperature With your foot on the brake shift through all the gears while the engine is running Fuel system Fill the fuel tank with high quality fuel until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel pump nozzle 306 Cooling system Protect against freezing temperatures When removing your vehicle from storage check coolant fluid level C
491. utomatic Steering out of a Parking Space The system determines a suitable clearance to the front and rear of your vehicle The touchscreen displays a message to shift to Reverse R Drive D or Sport S MKC TME enUSA When you shift the transmission into R Reverse D Drive or S Sport with your hands off the wheel and nothing obstructing its movement your vehicle steers itself to exit the space If there is not sufficient clearance to the vehicle in front of you the system displays instructions to move your vehicle back and forth in the space Parking Aid is enabled to avoid contact to the neighboring vehicles When automatic steering is finished the touchscreen displays a message informing you to take control and a tone sounds indicating the completion of the Park Out Assist process Note The driver is responsible for checking traffic conditions at all times 197 Deactivating the Park Out Assist Feature Manually deactivate the system by Pressing the active park assist button Grabbing the steering wheel Driving above 6 mph 10 km h during automatic steering Turning off the traction control system Certain vehicle conditions can also deactivate the system such as Traction control has activated on a slippery or loose surface There is an anti lock brake system activation or failure Something touches the steering wheel If a problem occurs with the system a warning me
492. utton gt On 2 When you hear a song you like touch TAG The system automatically saves the song s information and transfers it to your portable music player if supported when you connect it to the system The system automatically transfers the tag to your player if already connected and a pop up confirms the transfer w 4 When you access iTunes with your portable music player the tags appear to you as a reminder The system allows you to tag up to approximately 100 songs For a list of devices that support tagging see www SYNCMyRide com www SYNCMyRide ca or www syncmaroute ca MyLincoln Touch When HD Radio broadcasts are active you can access the following functions Scan allows you to hear a brief sampling of all available stations This feature still works when HD Radio reception is on although it does not scan for HD2 HD7 channels You may see the HD logo appear if the station has a digital broadcast HD Radio Reception and Station Troubleshooting Memory presets allow you to save an active channel as a memory preset Touch and hold a memory preset slot until the sound returns There is a brief mute while the radio saves the station Sound returns when finished When switching to an HD2 or HD3 memory preset the sound mutes before the digital audio plays because the system has to reacquire the digital signal Potential reception issues Note As with any saved radio station you canno
493. vehicle line will provide warranty service we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training and equipment so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs This means that depending on the warranty repair needed you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft parts or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford MKC TME enUSA Away From Home If you are away from home when your vehicle needs service contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center or use the online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer In the United States Mailing address Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P O Box 6248 Dearborn MI 48121 Telephone 1 800 521 4140 TDD for the hearing impaired 1 800 232 5952 Online Additional information and resources are available online at www lincolnowner com 254 These are some of the items that can be found online e U S dealer locator by Dealer Name City State or Zip Code Owner Manuals e Maintenance Schedules e Recalls e Ford Extended Service Plans Ford Genuine Accessories e Service specials and promotions I
494. vehicle to make sure the display works High Beam It will illuminate when you switch the high beam headlamps on It will flash when you use the headlamp flasher 109 Hood Ajar Displays when the ignition is on and the hood is not completely closed Low Fuel Level It will illuminate when the fuel level is low or the fuel tank is nearly empty Refuel as soon as possible Low Tire Pressure Warning It will illuminate when your tire pressure is low If the lamp remains e on with the engine running or when driving check your tire pressure as soon as possible It will also illuminate momentarily when you switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp is functional If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on or begins to flash at any time have the system checked by an authorized dealer Instrument Cluster Low Washer Fluid Sa lt will illuminate when the ME windshield washer fluid is low Parking Lamps SPA it will illuminate when you switch 00 the parking lamps on Powertrain Fault IIluminates when the system has L detected a powertrain or an all wheel drive fault Contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible MKC TME enUSA Service Engine Soon If the service engine soon indicator light stays illuminated after you start the engine it indicates that the On Board Diagnostics system OBD has detected a malfunction of your vehicle emissions control system Refer to On board diagno
495. vices memory sticks flash drives or thumb drives and charge devices if they support this feature Playing Music from Your Device Note The system is capable of indexing up to 30 000 songs MyLincoln Touch Insert your device and select the D SD Card or USB tab once the system recognizes it You can then select from the following options Repeat This feature replays the currently playing song or album Shuffle Touch this button to play music on the selected album or folder in random order Similar Music This feature allows you to choose music similar to what is currently playing More Info Touch this button to see disc information such as current track artist name album and genre Options Touch this button to view and adjust various media settings MKC TME enUSA Sound Settings allows you to adjust settings for Bass e Midrange Treble e Balance and Fade THX Deep Note Demo e DSP Digital Signal processing e Occupancy Mode Speed Compensated Volume Note Your vehicle may not have all these sound settings Media Player Settings allows you to select more settings which is under Media Player See Settings page 363 Device Information displays software and firmware information about the currently connected media device Update Media Index indexes your device when you connect it for the first time and each time the content changes such as adding or removing tracks
496. visibility Have the system turn on your radio for traffic announcements Have the system avoid traffic problems automatically Switch traffic alert notifications on and off Have the system display accident icons Have the system display traffic jam icons Have the system display closed roads Avoid Areas Phone Enter specific areas that you would like to avoid on planned navigation routes Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt Phone then select from the following MKC TME enUSA 371 MyLincoln Touc Phone Bluetooth Devices Connect disconnect add or delete a device as well as save it as a favorite Bluetooth Switch Bluetooth on and off Do Not Disturb Have all calls go directly to your voice mail and not ring inside your vehicle With this feature switched on text message notifications are also suppressed and do not ring inside your vehicle 911 Assist Switch on or switch off the 911 Assist feature See Information page 403 Phone Ringer Select the type of notification for phone calls ring tone beep text to speech or have it be silent Text Message Notification Select the type of notification for text messages alert tone beep text to speech or have it be silent Internet Data Connection If compatible with your phone you can adjust your internet data connection Select to make your connection profile with
497. voir 281 Maintenance UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW 2 3L ECOBOOST E171685 A Engine coolant reservoir B Engine oil dipstick 282 MKC TME enUSA Maintenance Engine oil filler cap Brake fluid reservoir Battery Power distribution box Air filter assembly Ta nm OO Windshield washer fluid reservoir ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK E170468 A MIN B MAX MKC TME enUSA ENGINE OIL CHECK 1 Make sure that your vehicle is on level ground 2 Check the oil level before starting the engine or switch the engine off and wait 10 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan 3 Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a clean lint free cloth Replace the dipstick and remove it again to check the oil level If the oil level is at the minimum mark add oil immediately See Technical Specifications page 341 283 Note Make sure that the oil level is between the minimum and the maximum marks Note Do not use oil additives or other engine treatments Under certain conditions they may cause engine damage Note The oil consumption of new engines reaches its normal level after approximately 3000 mi 5 000 km Maintenance Adding Engine Oil E142732 Only use oils certified for gasoline engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubric
498. w such instructions c do not input destinations or otherwise manipulate the Telenav Software unless your vehicle is stationary and parked d do not use the Telenav Software for any illegal unauthorized unintended unsafe hazardous or unlawful purposes or in any manner inconsistent with this Agreement e arrange all GPS and wireless devices and cables necessary for use of the Telenav Software in a secure manner in your vehicle so that they will not interfere with your driving and will not prevent the operation of any safety device such as an airbag You agree to indemnify and hold Telenav harmless against all claims resulting from any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate use of the Telenav Software in any moving vehicle including as a result of your failure to comply with the directions above 438 2 Account Information You agree a when registering the Telenav Software to provide Telenav with true accurate current and complete information about yourself and b to inform Telenav promptly of any changes to such information and to keep it true accurate current and complete 3 Software License Subject to your compliance with the terms of this Agreement Telenav hereby grants to you a personal non exclusive non transferable license except as expressly permitted below in connection with your permanent transfer of the Telenav Software license without the right to sublicense to use the Telenav Softwar
499. ware of your surroundings when using the manual zoom feature MKC TME enUSA Note Manual zoom is only available when the transmission is in Reverse R Note Only the centerline shows when you enable manual zoom This allows you to get a closer view of an object behind your vehicle The zoomed image keeps the bumper in the image to provide a reference The zoom is only active while the transmission is in Reverse R When you shift the transmission out of Reverse R the feature automatically turns off and you must enable it to use it used again Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF The default setting for the manual zoom is OFF Rear Camera Delay When shifting the transmission out of Reverse R and into any gear other than Park P the camera image remains in the display until your vehicle speed reaches 5 mph 8 km h This occurs when the rear camera delay feature is on or until a radio button is selected 202 Selectable settings for this feature are ON and OFF The default setting for the rear camera delay is OFF Cruise Control PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal You can use cruise control when your vehicle speed is greater than 20 mph 30 km h USING CRUISE CONTROL WARNINGS Do not use cruise control in heavy traffic on winding roads or when the road surface is slippery This could re
500. ware utilizes map and other data licensed to Telenav by third party vendors for the benefit of you and other end users This Agreement includes end user terms applicable to these companies included at the end of this Agreement and thus your use of the Telenav Software is also subject to such terms You agree to comply with the following additional terms and conditions which are applicable to Telenav s third party vendor licensors MKC TME enUSA End User License Agreement For Distribution By HERE For North America APAC The content provided Data is licensed not sold By opening this package or installing copying or otherwise using the Data you agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement If you do not agree to the terms of this agreement you are not permitted to install copy use resell or transfer the Data If you wish to reject the terms of this agreement and have not installed copied or used the Data you must contact your retailer or HERE North America LLC as defined below within thirty 30 days of purchase for a refund of your purchase price To contact HERE please visit www here com The Data is provided for your personal internal use only and may not be resold It is protected by copyright and is subject to the following terms this End User License Agreement and conditions which are agreed to by you on the one hand and HERE and its licensors including their licensors and suppl
501. while the advanced mode has less audible interaction and more tone prompts Confirmation Prompts The system uses these short questions to confirm your voice request If turned off the system simply makes a best guess as to what you requested The system may still occasionally ask you to confirm settings e Phone and Media Candidate Lists Candidate lists are lists of possible results from your voice commands The system creates these lists when it has the same confidence level of several options based on your voice command To access these settings using the touchscreen 361 1 Press the Settings icon gt Settings gt then Voice Control 2 Select from the following Interaction Mode Confirmation Prompts Media Candidate Lists Phone Candidate Lists e Voice Control Volume To access these settings using voice commands 1 Press the voice icon Wait for the prompt Please say a command Another tone sounds to let you know the system is listening 2 Say any of the following commands Voice settings using voice commands Confirmation prompts off Confirmation prompts on Interaction mode advanced Interaction mode novice MyLincoln Touch Voice settings using voice commands Media candidate lists off Media candidate lists on Phone candidate lists off Phone candidate lists on Help MKC TME enUSA Using Voice
502. windows open so outside air comes into your vehicle Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury Keep keys out of reach of children Do not allow children to play near an open or moving power liftgate 74 Note Cycling the ignition while the liftgate is power closing and is near the latch may cause the liftgate to reverse to the full open position Make sure that you close the liftgate before operating or moving the vehicle especially in an enclosure like a garage or a parking structure You could damage the liftgate or its components Note Do not hang anything for example a bike rack from the spoiler glass or liftgate This could damage the liftgate and its components The liftgate only operates with the transmission in park P Three warning tones sound as the liftgate begins to power close Five short tones indicate a problem with the open or close request such as The ignition is on and the transmission is not in park P The battery voltage is below the minimum operating voltage The vehicle speed is at or above 3 mph 5 km h Locks If the liftgate falls after the liftgate has stopped in the open position you may hear four short warning tones This indicates excessive weight on the gate or a possible gas strut failure Have an authorized dealer check the system if you still have the issue after you remove the load Opening and Closing the Liftgate WARNING
503. with the 110 volt AC power point since it will defeat the safety protection design Doing so my cause the power point to overload due to powering multiple devices that can reach beyond the 150 watt load limit and could result in fire or serious injury Note The power point will turn off when you switch off the ignition or the battery voltage drops below 71 volts E143941 Auxiliary Power Points You can use the power point located on the rear of the center console for powering electrical devices that require up to 150 watts When the indicator light located on the power point is on power point is working ignition is on and you have the device plugged in off power point is off ignition is off or you do not have a device plugged in e flashing power point is in fault mode The power point temporarily turns off power if you exceed the 150 watt limit It can also switch to a fault mode when it overloads overheats or shorts For overloading and shorting conditions unplug your device and switch the ignition off and then back on For overheating conditions let the system cool off then turn the ignition off and then back on MKC TME enUSA The power point is not designed for electric devices such as e Cathode ray tube type televisions Motor loads such as vacuum cleaners electric saws and other electric power tools compressor driven refrigerators etc e Measuring dev
504. xample For P metric tires 35 psi 2 4 bar or 36 psi 2 5 bar depending on tires size and for Metric tires 36 psi 2 5 bar Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability Extra load A class of P metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 42 psi 2 9 bar Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure will not increase the tire s load carrying capability kPa Kilopascal a metric unit of air pressure PSI Pounds per square inch a standard unit of air pressure Cold tire pressure The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mi 1 6 km Wheels and Tires Recommended inflation pressure The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label affixed to either the door hinge pillar door latch post or the door edge that meets the door latch post next to the driver s seating position or Tire Label located on the B Pillar or the edge of the driver door B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door Bead area of the tire Area of the tire next to the rim Sidewall of the tire Area between the bead area and the tread Tread area of the tire Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle Rim The meta
505. y from the wheel and tire assembly 4 Use both eye and ear protection For a mounting pressure more than 20 psi 1 38 bar greater than the maximum pressure a Ford dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with the person inflating standing at a minimum of 12 feet 3 66 meters away from the wheel and tire assembly 321 Important Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle It is recommended that the two front tires or two rear tires generally be replaced as a pair The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels originally installed on your vehicle are not designed to be used in aftermarket wheels The use of wheels or tires not recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the operation of your tire pressure monitoring system If the tire pressure monitoring system indicator is flashing your system is malfunctioning Your replacement tire might be incompatible with your tire pressure monitoring system or some component of the system may be damaged Wheels and Tires Safety Practices WARNINGS A If your vehicle is stuck in snow mud or sand do not rapidly spin the tires Spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds Do not spin the wheels at over 35 mph 56 km h The tires may fail and injure a
506. y maintaining speed in traffic and could lead to serious injury Push Button Shift Transmission Your vehicle is equipped with an electronic transmission The shift buttons are located on the instrument panel next to the MyLincoln Touch system The gears are selected by pressing and releasing the PRNDS buttons MKC TME enUSA E146223 Every time a gear is selected the selected button will light up You will also see the gear selected appear in the instrument cluster E155989 171 2 Press and release the button on the instrument panel of the gear you want to select 3 The gearshift button you select will illuminate and the selected gear will appear in the instrument cluster 4 Release the brake pedal and your transmission will remain in the selected gear Note f you attempt to leave your vehicle while it is in gear the vehicle will automatically shift into park P Safety belt and door monitors determine your intent and make the shift for you During this time a Transmission not in Park message will appear in the information display screen prompting you to make the shift Transmission Note To put your vehicle in gear with the door open perform steps 1 4 See the Automatic Return to Park section in this chapter for more information on this feature Park P With the transmission in park P your vehicle locks the transmission and prevents the front wheels from turning Always come to a co
507. y physically transferring the original media e g the CD ROM or DVD you purchased all original packaging all Manuals and other documentation Specifically Multi disc sets may only be transferred or sold as a complete set as provided to you and not as a subset thereof Additional License Limitations Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by HERE in a separate written agreement and without limiting the preceding paragraph your license is conditioned on use of the Data as prescribed in this agreement and you may not a use this Data with any products systems or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles capable MKC TME enUSA of vehicle navigation positioning dispatch real time route guidance fleet management or similar applications or b with or in communication with including without limitation cellular phones palmtop and handheld computers pagers and personal digital assistants or PDAs Note This Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time changing circum stances sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic Data any of which may lead to incorrect results No Warranty This Data is provided to you as is and you agree to use it at your own risk HERE and its licensors and their licensors and suppliers make no guarantees representations or warranties of any kind express
508. y provided by Ford If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged it should be replaced rather than repaired A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly that is different in brand size or appearance from the road tires and wheels and can be one of three types 1 T type mini spare This spare tire begins with the letter T for tire size and may have Temporary Use Only molded in the sidewall MKC TME enUSA 2 Full size dissimilar spare with label on wheel This spare tire has a label on the wheel that states THIS WHEEL AND TIRE ASSEMBLY FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY When driving with one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above do not Exceed 50 mph 80 km h e Load the vehicle beyond maximum vehicle load rating listed on the Safety Compliance Label e Tow a trailer e Use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire e Use more than one dissimilar spare tire at a time e Use commercial car washing equipment e Try to repair the dissimilar spare tire Use of one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above at any one wheel location can lead to impairment of the following e Handling stability and braking performance e Comfort and noise Ground clearance and parking at curbs 329 3 Winter weather driving capability Wet weather driving capability All wheel driving capability Full size dissimilar spare without label o
509. your vehicle do not add more cargo even if there is space available Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover Load Carrying AN TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SEATING CAPACITY 1 5 FRONT p TRER 3 NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL 1AVANT 1 ARRI RE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed yoo kgor ogg Ibs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement na doit jamais d pesser kg ou Ib TIRE COLD TIRE PRESSURE f PRESSION DES SEE OWNER S PNEU PNEUS A FROID MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL P235 70R16 240 KPA 35 PSI INFORMATION REAR P235 70R16 240 KPA 35 psi VOIR LE MANUEL ore POUR PLUS DE sedrs T145 90R17 415 KPA 60 PSI RENSEIGNEMENTS 20000000000000000 XXX XX XXXX XXXXA E142517 CARGO E143817 232 MKC TME enUSA Load Carrying Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment When towing trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part of cargo weight GAW Gross Axle Weight is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload E143818 GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight plus cargo plus passengers MKC TME enUSA GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single ax
510. your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Wheels and Tires Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for

Owner`s Manual 20 1 5 MKC Owner `s M anual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents